Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 458

- MONOBLOCK -

45L FW…………………………………………………………………………………………………….A 1 - 23
45L GM……………………………………………………………………………………………………B 1 – 64
45L GMB………………………………………………………………………………………………….C 1 – 29
45L GMS………………………………………………………………………………………………….D 1 – 21
90L GM……………………………………………………………………………………………………E 1 – 47
120L GT……………………………………………………………………………………………………F 1 – 29
160L GM………………………………………………………………………………………………….G 1 - 21
- SECTIONAL -
50L GS……………………………………………………………………………………………….……H 1 – 45
80L GS………………………………………………………………………………………………….…J 1 – 47
100L GS……………………………………………………………………………………………………K 1 – 44
150L GS……………………………………………………………………………………………………L 1 – 45
250L GS……………………………………………………………………………………………………M 1 - 30

Addional inf
orma on Ekbilgi
Pl
easecontactSal
esDpt .formor ede tail
edinf
orma onorspeci
alr
eques
t. Detaylı
bilgi
v eözelürünl
eriçinsa şböl
ümüi leirbatage ç
ini
z.
WARNING! UYARI !
GMSHy drauli
c,or
ien t
edt oac on nuousi mprovement,r
ese
rvest
heri
ghtto Katal
ogdak iölç
üler,
görsel
lervege ne
lbil
gi
lerfirmamı zdanizi
nsi
zkul
lanı
lamaz
di
scon nue,modifyorr eviset hes pe veçoğall amaz .Bası
mhat aları
ndanfirmamı zsorumludeğil
dir
.
GUR MA KS Aci
Nfica ons,
withoutno c
e.
GMSHY DRAUL I
CHI
I
S N
D.
DEOT
VRER
.
ELES
M.PO
SA N
N.
TIS
CI
B
.
LTLE
D.
STF
IORANYDAMAGECAUS EDBYAN Gürmak sank at
alogdakiür
ünl er
inhabervermeksi
z i
nölçül
eri
ni,ö
zel
li
kler
ini
I
NCORRE CTUS EOFT HEPRODUCT değişrmev eür emi nidurdurmahak kı
nısaklıt
utar.
45LF
W

GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
45L FW GM Series

Features

Simple, compact designed, this valve is only one section for open centre and closed centre hydraulic systems.It does not have
carryover port.
H Fitted with a main pressure relief valve.
H Spool diameter 16 mm -- 0.63 in interchangeable spools.

Additional information
This catalogue shows the product in the most standard configurations. Please
contact Sales Dpt. for more detailed information or special request.

WARNING!
All specifications of this catalogue refer to the standard product at this date.
GMS, oriented to a continuous improvement, reserves the right to
discontinue, modify or revise the specifications, without notice.

GMS IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY DAMAGE CAUSED BY AN INCORRECT


USE OF THE PRODUCT. 1st edition April 2016:

A-2 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GM Series 45L FW

Working conditions
2
This catalogue shows technical specifications and diagrams measured with mineral oil of 46 mm /s – 46cSt viscosity at
40°C temperature.

Nominal flow rating 45 l/min.


Max. flow 55 l
Operating pressure (max.) 250 bar 3600 psi
Back pressure (max.) on outlet port T 25 bar 260 psi
3 3
Internal leakage A(B)→T ∆p=100 bar – 1450psi with fluid and valve at 40°C 3cm /min. 0.18 in /min.
Hydraulic fluid Mineral base oil
Fluid temperature with NBR seals from - 20° to 80°C
with FPM (VITON) seals from - 20° to 100°C
2
Viscosity operating range from 15 to 75 mm /s from 15 to 75 cSt
2
Min. 12 mm /s 12 cSt
2
Max. 400 mm /s 400 cSt
Max. level of
19/16 – ISO 4406
contamination

Standard threads

PORTS THREAD

MAIN PORTS BSP OPTIONAL UN-UNF METRIC


Inlet P 3/4 – 16 (SAE 8)
Ports A and B G 3/8 G 1/2 9/16 – 18 (SAE 6) M18x1,5
Outlet T 3/4 – 16 (SAE 8)

GURMAKSAN A-3
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
45L FW GM Series

Dimensional data

93 56
[3.66] [2.20]
29 48 37.5
[1.14] [1.89] [1.48]
[1.57]
40

A
[1.03]
26.25

[0.32]
Ø8.2
P T
[3.78]

[1.71]

[2.72]
43.5
96

69
[7.24]
184

[1.36]
34.5
[1.03]
26.25

B
[0.53]
13.5

1
[0.80]
20.3

M10 17°
0
[1.77]
45

17°

19.5 33.5 22.5


[0.77] [1.32] [0.89]
92
[3.62]
P.max:315bar

45L FW08/ 1
Valve type 340 / 15

Production batch Production year

Standard threads

BSP BSP OPTIONAL UN-UNF METRIC


PORT
(ISO 228/1) (ISO 228/1) (ISO 11926-1) (ISO 262)
Inlet P 3/4-16 UNF-2B (SAE 8)
A and B ports G 3/8 G 1/2 9/16-18 UNF-2B (SAE 6) M 18x1,5
Outlet T 3/4-16 UNF-2B (SAE 8)

A-4 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GM Series 45L FW

Hydraulic circuit
Standard valve is supplied with positive overlap spool (1CP).

A B

P
T

100 bar
1450 psi

Description example
45L FW08/1(X-100)/1CP8L

Right inlet
A simmetrical body allows the reverse assembly of spool and relative control kit and lever
(ED configuration).

B A

A
P
T

T P
100 bar
1450 psi

B Description example
45L FW08/1(X-100)/ED-1CP8L

GURMAKSAN A-5
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
45L FW GM Series

Performance data (pressure drop vs. flow)

Open centre
From inlet to outlet.
10
(bar)

8
A
100
6 (psi)

Pressure
4
50
B 2

0
0 15 30 45 60
Flow (l/min)

Inlet to work port


From inlet to A port (spool in position 1) or B port (spool in position 2).

10
(bar)

8
A
100
6 (psi)
Pressure

4
50
B
2

0
0 15 30 45 60
Flow (l/min)

Work port to outlet


From A port (spool in position 2) or B port (spool in position 1) to outlet.

10
(bar)

8
A
100
6 (psi)
Pressure

4
50
B
2

0
0 15 30 45 60
Flow (l/min)

A-6 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GM Series 45L FW

Ordering codes
Description example:

45L FW08 / 1 (X - 100) / 1CP 8 L

1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Main relief valve setting (bar)

b.

4.
8

5.
a.
11-12
15-16

9B-10B-11B

LEB

8P
Copper ring

1. 2. 3. SLP
8MG1\MG2

TQ

GURMAKSAN A-7
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
45L FW GM Series

Ordering codes

1. Body kits 4. ”A” side spool positioners page 11


TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
1 - 1 section 9B 30 07 5451 With detent in position 1 and spring return in
neutral position
Include body, seals and rings. 10B 30 07 5452 With detent in position 2 and spring return in
neutral position
11B 30 07 5453 Detent in positions 1 and 2 and spring return in
2. Inlet relief options page 8 neutral position
8MG3(NO) 30 07 5455 With spring return in neutral position and
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
microswitch in positions 1 and 2
KE08K01 : direct pressure relief valve type X
8P 30 07 5463 ON/OFF pneumatic kit
(X-100) 30 05 4917 Range 20 to 315 bar / 290 to 4600 psi
8EP3 30 07 5473 12 VDC ON/OFF electropneumatic kit
standard setting 100 bar / 1450 psi
30 07 5464 24 VDC ON/OFF electropneumatic kit
Standard setting is referred to 6 l/min flow.

V 30 05 5004 Relief valve blanking plug 5. “B” side options page 18


TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
3. Spool options page 9 L 30 07 5335 Standard lever box
LF1 30 07 5337 Lever box with adjustable flow limiter
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION SLP 30 07 5338 Without lever box, with dust-proof plate
1CP 30 01 3534 Double acting with positive overlap, LEB 30 07 5340 Safety lever box
3 positions, A and B closed in neutral position TQ 30 07 5328 Flexible cable connection; for CG cables
2 30 01 3536 Double acting, 3 positions, with A and B open
to tank in neutral position
3 30 01 3543 Single acting on A, 3 positions, B plugged
requires G3/8 plug (see part a.)
4 30 01 3544 Single acting on B, 3 positions, A plugged
6. Complete controls page 21
requires G3/8 plug (see part a.) TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
6 30 01 3535 Double acting, 3 positions, closed center Rotative control type R and ON/OFF solenoid controls type 8ES
7 30 01 3542 Double acting, 3 positions, closed center with
A and B to tank in neutral position
D4 30 01 3537 Double acting, 2 positions, without neutral a. ”A” and “B” ports plugs
position
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
G3/8 30 05 4918 For single acting spools type 3 and 4

4. ”A” side spool positioners page 11 b. Optional handlevers


TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
8 30 07 5427 With spring return in neutral position AL01/M10x200 30 05 4989 Lenght L = 200mm / 7.87in
8D 30 07 5449 With spring return in neutral position and pin
with M6 female thread for dual control
8D2 30 07 5450 With spring return in neutral position and pin
with M8 male thread for dual control
8F2 30 07 5444 With spring return in neutral position and
adjustable flow limiter
19 30 07 5471 2 positions, with spring return in neutral
position from position 1
20 30 07 5472 2 positions, with spring return in neutral
position from position 2
11 30 07 5445 Detent in positions neutral, 1 and 2
12 30 07 5446 Detent in positions 1 and 2
15 30 07 5447 2 positions, detent in positions 1 and neutral
16 30 07 5448 2 positions, detent in positions 2 and neutral
17 30 07 5467 With spring return position 1
18 30 07 5468 With spring return position 2
17D 30 07 5469 With spring return position 1 and pin
with M6 female thread for dual control
18D 30 07 5470 With spring return position 2 and pin
with M6 female thread for dual control

A-8 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GM Series 45L FW

Inlet relief options

Direct pressure relief valve

KE08K01 ( X - 100 )
Standard setting in bar
Adjustment type (X, XH)

Adjustment type

X: with screw XH: valve set and locked

Allen wrench 4 Allen wrench 4


Wrench 19 - 42 Nm / 31 lbft Wrench 13 Wrench 19 - 42 Nm / 31 lbft Wrench 13
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

48 56
[1.89] [2.20]

Performance data

Time response
(% DP)

400 (psi) 105%


(bar)

300 4500
95%
Pressure

90%
2500 psi
Pressure

3000
175 bar

200
10 bar
145 psi
100 1500 OVERSHOOT
10%

0
0 20 40 60 0.03" 0.1" Time (")
Flow (l/min) TIME TRANSIENT
RESPONSE RECOVERY TIME

V: relief valve blanking plug

Allen wrench 8
42 Nm / 31 lbft

1.7
[0.07]

GURMAKSAN A-9
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
45L FW GM Series

Spools options

Type 1CP Type 2

1 0 2 1 0 2
+ 6 mm / 0.24 in + 6 mm / 0.24 in
A B A B
(1) (1)
(0) (0)
(2) (2)
P T P T
- 6 mm / 0.24 in - 6 mm / 0.24 in

Type 3 Type 4

1 0 2 1 0 2
+ 6 mm / 0.24 in + 6 mm / 0.24 in
A B
(1) (1)
(0) (0)
(2) (2)
P T P T
- 6 mm / 0.24 in - 6 mm / 0.24 in

Type 6 Type 7

1 0 2 1 0 2
+ 6 mm / 0.24 in + 6 mm / 0.24 in
A B A B
(1) (1)
(0) (0)
(2) (2)
P T P T
- 6 mm / 0.24 in - 6 mm / 0.24 in

Type D4
For 18 or 18D kit

1 2
A B

P T

A-10 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GM Series 45L FW

Spools options

Type ED-1CP Type ED-2

1 0 2 1 0 2
+ 6 mm / 0.24 in + 6 mm / 0.24 in
A B A B
(1) (1)
(0) (0)
(2) (2)
P T P T
- 6 mm / 0.24 in - 6 mm / 0.24 in

Type ED-3 Type ED-4

1 0 2 1 0 2
+ 6 mm / 0.24 in + 6 mm / 0.24 in
A B
(1) (1)
(0) (0)
(2) (2)
P T P T
- 6 mm / 0.24 in - 6 mm / 0.24 in

GURMAKSAN A-11
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
45L FW GM Series

”A” side spool positioners

With spring return in neutral position


8 kit
It’s supplied with standard spring type D (see force-stroke diagram) and available with lighter spring type C (8MC) or heavier
type E (8ME).

Force-stroke diagram
1 0 2 -0.24 -0.12 0 0.12 0.24 (in)
Allen wrench 4 (lbf)
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 300 60
(N) E
Allen wrench 5 200
D 40
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft 100 C 20
Force

0 0
-20
-100 C
-200 D -40
E -60
-300
-7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
40 Stroke (mm)
[1.57]

8D kit
Spool end joint is available on request in order to screw onto pin.

Spool end joint dimensions (optional) 1 0 2


Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
10 20
Wrench 9 [0.39] [0.79]
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft
[0.59]
Ø15

12
[0.47]
M6

4
[0.16]
Ø9
[0.35]
M6

40 40
[0.31]

[1.57] [1.57]
8

48
[1.89]

8D2 kit

Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 1 0 2
Wrench 9
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft
M8

40 40
[1.57] [1.57]
88
[3.46]

A-12 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GM Series 45L FW

”A” side spool positioners

With spring return in neutral position


8F2 kit

1 0 2
Allen wrench 5 Allen wrench 4
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft

Wrench 13
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft
Allen wrench 4
M8

43
[1.69]
58.5
[2.30]

19 kit

1 0
Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft Force-stroke diagram
0 0.12 0.24 (in)
(lbf)
Allen wrench 5 300 60
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft (N)
200 40
100 20
Force

0 0
-20
-100
-40
-200
-60
-300
40 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
[1.57] Stroke (mm)

20 kit

0 2
Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft Force-stroke diagram
-0.24 -0.12 0
Allen wrench 5 300
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft (N)
200
100
Force

0
-100
-200
-300
40 -7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0
[1.57] Stroke

GURMAKSAN A-13
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
45L FW GM Series

”A” side spool positioners

With detent
11 kit 12 kit

1 0 2 1 0 2
Allen wrench 4 Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Allen wrench 5 Allen wrench 5
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft 9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

40 40
[1.57] [1.57]

Operating features Operating features


Locking and release force . . . . . . . . : 120 N / 27 lbf ±10% Locking and release force . . . . . . . . : 100 N / 22.5 lbf ±10%

15 kit 16 kit

1 0 0 2
Allen wrench 4 Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Allen wrench 5 Allen wrench 5
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft 9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

40 40
[1.57] [1.57]

Operating features Operating features


Locking and release force . . . . . . . . : 100 N / 22.5 lbf ±10% Locking and release force . . . . . . . . : 100 N / 22.5 lbf ±10%

A-14 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GM Series 45L FW

”A” side spool positioners

With spring return


17 kit 18 kit

1 0 2 1 0 2
Allen wrench 4 Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Allen wrench 5 Allen wrench 5
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft 9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

40 40
[1.57] [1.57]

17D kit 18D kit

1 0 2 1 0 2
Allen wrench 4 Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Wrench 9 Wrench 9
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft 9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

12 12
[0.47] [0.47]
M6

M6

40 40
[1.57] [1.57]
42 54
[1.65] [2.13]

GURMAKSAN A-15
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
45L FW GM Series

”A” side spool positioners

With detent and spring return to neutral position from either directions
9B kit

1 0 2 Force-stroke diagram
Port B Port A
Allen wrench 4 2 0 1
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft -0.24 -0.12 0 0.12 0.24 (in)
(lbf)
300 60
(N)
200 40
Force 100 20
0 0
-20
-100
Detent area -40
79 -200
[3.11] -60
-300
Wrench 8 -7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft Stroke (mm)

10B kit

1 0 2 Force-stroke diagram
Port B Port A
Allen wrench 4 2 0 1
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft -0.24 -0.12 0 0.12 0.24 (in)
(lbf)
300 60
(N)
200 40
100 20
Detent area
Force

0 0
-20
-100
-40
79 -200
[3.11] -60
-300
Wrench 8 -7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft Stroke (mm)

11B kit

1 0 2 Force-stroke diagram
Port B Port A
Allen wrench 4 2 0 1
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft -0.24 -0.12 0 0.12 0.24 (in)
(lbf)
300 60
(N)
200 40
100 20
Detent area Detent area
Force

0 0
-20
-100
-40
79 -200
[3.11] -60
-300
Wrench 8 -7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft Stroke (mm)

A-16 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GM Series 45L FW

”A” side spool positioners

With microswitch type 8MG3(NO)


With spring return in neutral position and microswitch operated in both directions.
Also available 8MG1(NO) configuration (microswitch operated in position 1) and 8MG2(NO) configuration (microswitch operated in
position 2); dimensions are the same of 8MG3(NO) configuration.
Same configurations are available with normally closed (NC) contact.
For more information contact Sales Department.

30 8MG3(NO) kit
[1.18]
Wrench 10 1 0 2
9.8 Nm / 7.2 lbft Wrench 22
42 Nm / 31 lbft
Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Other configurations

8MG1(NO) kit 8MG2(NO) kit

1 0 2 1 0 2

81
[3.19]
Allen wrench 4
Operating features
Allen wrench 5 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
MICROSWITCH
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft Mechanical life : 5x105 operations
Electrical life (resistive load) : 5x104 operations 12V
: 5x104 operations 24V

Type 8MG1\MG2(NC-NC)
With double microswitch in position 1 and 2.

60
[2.36] 8MG1\MG2(NC-NC) kit
32
[1.26]
Wrench 10 1 0 2
9.8 Nm / 7.2 lbft Wrench 22
Allen wrench 4 42 Nm / 31 lbft
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft A B Positions A B
1
0
2

111
[4.37]
Operating features
Allen wrench 5 Allen wrench 4 MICROSWITCH
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft Mechanical life : 5x105 operations
Electrical life (resistive load) : 5x104 operations 10A / 12VDC
: 5x104 operations 3A / 24VDC

GURMAKSAN A-17
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
45L FW GM Series

”A” side spool positioners

ON/OFF pneumatic kit type 8P


With spring return to neutral position.

Wrench 10 Allen wrench 4


1 0 2
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
32.5 60.5 VA VB
[1.28] [2.38]
BSP 1/8
VA VB
[1.12]
28.5

Operating features
Pilot pressure..................: min. 5.5 bar / 80 psi
: max.10 bar / 145 psi

104
[4.09]

Allen wrench 4 Wrench 10


6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

ON/OFF electropneumatic kit type 8EP3

Wrench 15 32.5 60.5


Scheme
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft [1.28] [2.38]
VA VB

1 0 2
Allen wrench 4
[3.94]
100

6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
VA VB Scheme ISO 1219
[0.24]
Ø6

1 0 2
[1.40]
35.5

VA VB

Operating features
CONTROL
Pilot pressure : 6 bar / 87 psi
Wrench 5 : max. 15 bar / 218 psi
COIL
104 Nominal voltage tolerance : ±10%
[4.09]
Power rating :8W
142
Nominal current : 12 VDC
[5.59]
: 24 VDC
Allen wrench 4 Wrench 10 Wrench 10 Coil insulation : Class H
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 9 Nm / 6.6 lbft 9 Nm / 6.6 lbft Weather protection : IP65

A-18 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GM Series 45L FW

”B” side options

Lever control
Type L Type L180
Alluminium with protection boot lever pivot box; it can be rotated 180° (execution L180).

17° 17° 1 0 2
Vertical handlever
assembly Horizontal handlever
assembly

M10

Execution L180
[2.74]
69.5
[2.36]
60
[0.79]
20

[0.89]
22.5

20.3
[0.80] Allen wrench 4
[1.48]
37.5

45 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
[1.85]
47

[1.77]

Type LF1 Type SLP

1 0 2 1 0 2

M10

M10

Allen wrench 4
Allen wrench 4
[2.74]

6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
69.5
[2.36]
60
[0.79]
20

[0.89]
22.5

20.3 9
[0.80] Wrench 13 [0.35]
48 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft
[1.89] Allen wrench 4
60 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
[2.36]

GURMAKSAN A-19
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
45L FW GM Series

”B” side options

Special lever controls


Safety levers with lock in neutral complete with handlever; lift handlever knob to operate.
With insulated handlever type LEBP, LEB1P

Type LEB

To be used with body valves without auxiliary relief valves flanged on the working ports.

1 0 2
LEB
[0.33]

LEB1
8.5

lock release
Stroke for

[0.33]
8.5

lock release
Stroke for
Locking bush
Locking bush
[11.22]
285

Wrench 17 Wrench 17
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft
[9.25]
235
[2.32]

[2.32]
59

59
[0.79]

[0.79]
20

20
[0.89]

[0.89]
22.5

22.5

20.3 20.3
[0.80] Allen wrench 4 [0.80] Allen wrench 4
51 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 51 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
[2.01] [2.01]

A-20 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GM Series 45L FW

”B” side options

TQ cable remote control kit


Waterproof cap prearranged for remote control with flexible cable.

Wrench 10 - 9.8 Nm / 7.2 lbft


1 0 2

Wrench 24 - 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

Flexible cable
85
Allen wrench 4 [3.35]
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft

NOTE : For more information about remote cable control, require appropriate documentation.

Connection example

JS100 CG flexible cable


remote control

TQ kit

FW08/1 directional control


valve without lever boxes

GURMAKSAN A-21
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
45L FW GM Series

Special configurations

Directional valve with rotary control kit


58,5
[2,30]
93 56
[3,66] [2,20]
[1,93]
49

A
Standard body kit
[3,78]

P T
96

[9,06]
230

B
[0,24]
-6
[0,80]
20,3

2
Stroke

0
1
[0,24]
+6

22,5
[0,89]
Angle excursion ± 90° 225
[8,86]
A B

P
T

100 bar
1450 psi

Description example
45L FW08/1(X-100)/1CP R SLP

A-22 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GM Series 45L FW

Complete controls

8ES solenoid control


Solenoid direct control with spring return to neutral position.
It needs special spools and standard body (body kit without seals on spool).

Description example:
45L FW08 / 1 ( X - 100 ) / 1N 8ES3 - 24VDC

1. 2. 3. 4.

4.
a.

3. 8ES3
8ES2
8ES3
8ES1 3. 3.
2.

8ES2
1.

3.
8ES1
4.

1. Body kit 3. Control kit


TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
1 - 1 section 8ES1 30 07 5474 Single acting P→ A, with spring return to neutral
position
Include body, seals and rings. 8ES2 30 07 5474 Single acting P→ B, with spring return to neutral
position
8ES3 30 07 5475 Double acting, with spring return to neutral position

2. Spool options 4. Coils


TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
1N(ES) 30 01 3764 Double acting, 3 positions, with A and B With ISO4400 connector
closed in neutral position 12VDC 20 03 2295 Nominal voltage 12VDC
2(ES) 30 01 3765 Double acting, 3 positions, with A and B 24VDC 20 03 2296 Nominal voltage 24VDC
open to tank in neutral position
a. ”A” and “B” ports plugs
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
G3/8 30 05 4918 For single acting controls type 8ES1 and 8ES2

GURMAKSAN A-23
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
45LGM GMT
GMC

GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
45L GM GM Series

Features

Simple , compact and heavy duty designed monoblock valves from 1 to 6 sections for open and closed centre hydraulic
systems..
H Fitted with a main pressure relief valve and a load check valve at GMC series.
H Available with parallel, series or tandem circuit. Series circuit GMCS. Tandem circuit GMT.
H Optional carry--over port (only for parallel or tandem circuit).
H Diameter 16 mm -- 0.63 in interchangeable spools.
H A wide variety of service port valve options.
H Actuation is manual, pneumatic, electro--pneumatic, hydraulic, electro--hydraulic, with solenoid and remote with
flexible cables

spool control kits.

Additional information
This catalogue shows the product in the most standard configurations. Please
contact Sales Dpt. for more detailed information or special request.

WARNING!
All specifications of this catalogue refer to the standard product at this date.
GMS, oriented to a continuous improvement, reserves the right to
discontinue, modify or revise the specifications, without notice.

GMS IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY DAMAGE CAUSED BY AN INCORRECT


USE OF THE PRODUCT. 1st edition April 2016:

B-2 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GM Series 45L GM

Contents

Directional valve with parallel circuit


Dimensional data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-6
Hydraulic circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-7
Ordering codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-8
Inlet relief options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-10
Spools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-11
“A” side spool positioners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-13
“B” side options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-29
Complete controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-37
Outlet port options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-41
Inlet port options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-42

Other executions
Directional valve 45L GMC08/2-P with parallel circuit. . . . . . B-43
Directional valve 45L GMT08/1-N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-44
Directional valve 45L GMCS08/2-S1 with tandem circuit. . . . B-45
Directional valve 45L GMT08/2-SP1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-46

GURMAKSAN B-3
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
45L GM GM Series

Working conditions
2
This catalogue shows technical specifications and diagrams measured with mineral oil of 46 mm /s – 46cSt viscosity at
40°C temperature.

Nominal flow rating 45 l/min.


Max. flow 65 l
Operating pressure (max.) 315 bar 4600 psi
Max. back pressure on outlet port T 20 bar 290 psi
3 3
Internal leakage A(B)→T ∆p=100 bar – 1450psi with fluid and valve at 40°C 3cm /min. 0.18 in /min.
Hydraulic fluid Mineral base oil
Fluid temperature with NBR seals from - 20° to 80°C
with FPM (VITON) seals from - 20° to 100°C
2
Viscosity operating range from 15 to 75 mm /s from 15 to 75 cSt
2
Min. 12 mm /s 12 cSt
2
Max. 400 mm /s 400 cSt
Max. level of contamination 19/16 – ISO 4406

Standard threads
REFERENCE STANDARDS

BSP UN-UNF METRIC


THREAD ISO 228/1 ISO 263 ISO 262
ACCORDING TO
BS 2779 ANSI B1.1 unified
CAVITY ISO 1179 11926 9974-1
ACCORDING TO
SAE J1926 J2244
3852-2 3852-1
DIN
shape X o Y shape X o Y

PORTS THREAD

MAIN PORTS BSP OPTIONAL UN-UNF METRIC


Inlet P and carry-over C G 3/8 G 1/2 3/4 – 16 (SAE 8) M18x1,5
Ports A and B G 3/8 G 1/2 9/16 – 18 (SAE 6) M18x1,5
Outlet T G 3/8 G 1/2 3/4 – 16 (SAE 8) M18x1,5
CONTROL PILOT PORTS
Pneumatics G 1/8 - -
Hydraulics G 1/4 - -

B-4 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GM Series 45L GM

Performance data (pressure drop vs. flow)

Open centre
From side inlet to side outlet.

40
(bar) 540
(psi)
30
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 6 sections
360

Pressure
T 20 4 sections
P
2 sections 180
B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 10

0
0 15 30 45 60
(l/min)
Flow

Inlet to work port


From side inlet to A port (spool in position 1) or B port (spool in position 2).

40
(bar) 540
(psi)
30
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6
360
Pressure

T 20 P→A6(B6)
P
P→A2(B2) 180
B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 10

0
0 15 30 45 60
(l/min)
Flow

Work port to outlet


From A port (spool in position 2) or B port (spool in position 1) to side outlet.

40
(bar) 540
(psi)
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 30
360
T
Pressure

P 20 A2(B2)→T
B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 A6(B6)→T 180
10

0
0 15 30 45 60
(l/min)
Flow

GURMAKSAN B-5
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
45L GM GM Series

directional valve with left inlet


Dimensional data (parallel circuit)

Carry-over
22.5
[0.89]

A 62 5
[2.44] [0.20]
18 B 46
[0.71] [1.81]

A1 A2

[0.33]
Ø8.5
[1.38]
35

P
[4.33]
[3.19]
110
[7.64]

81
194

[2.22]
56.5

B1 B2
[2.03]

spool out
51.5

3
M10
[0.80] [0.49]
20.3 12.5

26°
17°
[1.77]
[1.89]

45
48

17°
M10

26°
2

27 30 37 27.5 24.5 3
[1.06] [1.18] [1.46] [1.08] [0.96] spool in
95.5
[3.76]
P.max:315bar

45L GM08/ 2-P


Valve type 340 / 15

Production batch Production year

A B Weight A B Weight
TYPE TYPE
mm in mm in kg lb mm in mm in kg lb
45L GM 08/1-P 105 4.13 73 2.87 3.1 6.83 45L GM 08/4-P 216 8.50 184 7.24 7.2 15.87
45L GM 08/2-P 142 5.60 110 4.33 4.4 9.70 45L GM 08/5-P 253 9.96 221 8.70 8.7 19.18
45L GM 08/3-P 179 7.05 147 5.79 5.7 12.57 45L GM 08/6-P 290 11.42 258 10.16 10.2 22.49

B-6 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GM Series 45L GM
directional valve with left inlet
Hydraulic circuit

Standard configuration Configuration with upper inlet and outlet


T
A1 B1 A2 B2 A1 B1 A2 B2
P

T
P

100 bar 100 bar


1450 psi 1450 psi

Description example Description example


45L GM08/2-P(X-100)/18L/18L/AET-PSL2 45L GM08/2-P(X-100)/18L/18L/AET-PSA2

Configuration with upper inlet and side outlet Configuration with side inlet and upper outlet
T
A1 B1 A2 B2 A1 B1 A2 B2
P

T
P

100 bar 100 bar


1450 psi 1450 psi

Description example Description example


45L GM08/2-P(X-100)/18L/18L/AET-PSV2 45L GM08/2-P(X-100)/18L/18L/AET-PSB2

GURMAKSAN B-7
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
45L GM GM Series

directional valve with left inlet


Ordering codes
Description example:
1st section following section

45L GM08 / 2 - P ( X - 100 ) / 1 8 L / 8IM / AET - PSL2

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.
Valve setting (bar)

4.
8-11 a. 8.
AET AE AEK 7.

9B-10B-11B
b.

8EI3
8.
Copper ring 5.
L

1. 2. 3.

1. Body kits 3. Spool options page 11


TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
1-P - Parallel, 1 section 1 30 01 3501 Double acting, 3 positions, with A and B
2-P - Parallel, 2 sections closed in neutral position
3-P - Parallel, 3 sections 1A 30 01 3647 Double acting, 3 positions, with A open to
4-P - Parallel, 4 sections tank in neutral position
5-P - Parallel, 5 sections 1B 30 01 3748 Double acting, 3 positions, with B open to
6-P - Parallel, 6 sections tank in neutral position
2 30 01 3503 Double acting, 3 positions, with A and B
Include body, seals and load check valve. open to tank in neutral position
2H 30 01 3504 Double acting, 3 positions, with A and B
partially open to tank in neutral position
2. Inlet relief options page 10 3 30 01 3507 Single acting on A, 3 positions, B plugged
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION requires G3/8 plug (see part a. )
KE08K01 : direct pressure relief valve type X 4 30 01 3508 Single acting on B, 3 positions, A plugged
(X-100) 30 05 4917 Range 20 to 315 bar / 290 to 4600 psi requires G3/8 plug (see part a. )
standard setting 100 bar / 1450 psi 1CS 30 01 3502 As type 1, sensitive type

Standard setting is referred to 6 l/min flow. J6 30 01 3505

V 30 05 5004 Relief valve blanking plug J7 30 01 3506

B-8 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GM Series 45L GM
directional valve with left inlet
Ordering codes

3. Spool options 4. ”A” side spool positioners page 13


TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
Special spools for particular positioner kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 12 8EP4 30 07 5343 12 VDC ON/OFF electropneumatic kit with
5BY 30 01 3509 Double acting, 4 positions, floating circuit manifold
in 4th position with spool out 30 07 5344 24 VDC ON/OFF electropneumatic kit with
5DY 30 01 3511 Double acting, 4 positions, floating circuit manifold
in 4th position with spool in 8EI3 30 07 5331 12 VDC ON/OFF electrohydraulic kit
5PY 30 01 3512 Double acting, 4 positions, floating circuit 30 07 5332 24 VDC ON/OFF electrohydraulic kit
in 4th position with spool out, with check 8EI3F2 - 12 VDC ON/OFF electrohydraulic kit
valve with adjustable stroke limiter
8 30 01 3513 Double acting, 4 positions, regenerative - 24 VDC ON/OFF electrohydraulic kit with
circuit in 4th position with spool in adjustable stroke limiter
Particular positioner kits for special spools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 27
4. ”A” side spool positioners page 13 13NZ 30 07 5316 4 pos. with spring return in neutral position
and detent in 4th pos.: for spool 5DY
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
13QN 30 07 5315 4 pos. with spring return in neutral position
8 30 07 5300 With spring return in neutral position
and detent in 4th pos.: for spool 5BY and 5PY
8D 30 07 5307 With spring return in neutral position and pin
13FZ 30 07 5318 4 positions with spring return in neutral
with M6 female thread for dual control
position: for spool 8
8D2 30 07 5308 With spring return in neutral position and pin
with M8 male thread for dual control
8T 30 07 5301 With spring return in neutral position, 5. “B” side options page 29
for single acting spool type 3 and 4
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
8F2 30 07 5302 With spring return in neutral position and
L 30 07 5335 Standard lever box
adjustable flow limiter
LF1 30 07 5337 Lever box with adjustable flow limiter
8D3 - As type 8 and pin withM8 female thread for
SLP 30 07 5338 Without lever box, with dust-proof plate
dual control
8TL 30 07 5327 As type 8 and pin control with flexible cable LEB 30 07 5340 Safety lever box, vertical configuration
19 30 07 5410 2 positions, with spring return in neutral LUP 30 07 5341 Safety lever box, horizontal configuration
position from position 1 SL - Withou lever box
20 30 07 5411 2 positions, with spring return in neutral SLCZ - Without lever box, with endcap.
position from position 2 TQ 30 07 5328 Flexible cable connection; for CG cables
11 30 07 5303 Detent in positions neutral, 1 and 2 LCB 30 07 5426 Joystick lever for 2 sections operation
12 30 07 5334 Detent in positions 1 and 2
15 30 07 5304 2 positions, detent in positions 1 and neutral 6. Complete controls page 37
16 30 07 5408 2 positions, detent in positions 2 and neutral TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
11NZ 30 07 5317 Detent in positions neutral, 1,2 and 3 Proportional hydraulic control type 8IM and ON/OFF solenoid controls
17 30 07 5412 With spring return position 1 type 8ES and rotative control type R.
18 30 07 5305 With spring return position 2
17D 30 07 5413 With spring return position 1 and pin
7. Outlet port options page 41
with M6 female thread for dual control
18D 30 07 5306 With spring return position 2 and pin TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
with M6 female thread for dual control AET 30 05 4923 Open centre plug
9B 30 07 5309 With detent in position 1 and spring return in AEK 30 05 4927 Closed centre plug
neutral position AE 30 05 6002 G3/8 carry-over sleeve
10B 30 07 5310 With detent in position 2 and spring return in
neutral position
11B 30 07 5311 Detent in positions 1 and 2 and spring return in
8. Inlet and outlet selection * page 7
neutral position TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
9BT - With detent in position 1 and spring return in PSL2 30 05 4918 G3/8 plug for upper inlet
neutral position, For single acting spool type 3 and 4 30 05 4919 G1/2 plug for upper outlet
10BT - With detent in position 2 and spring return in PSA2 30 05 4918 G3/8 plug for side inlet
neutral position, For single acting spool type 3 and 4 30 05 4919 G1/2 plug for side outlet
11BT - Detent in positions 1 and 2 and spring return in
neutral position, For single acting spool type 3 and 4
8MG3(NO) 30 07 5319 With spring return in neutral position and a. ”A” and “B” ports plugs
microswitch in positions 1 and 2 TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
8P 30 07 5329 ON/OFF pneumatic kit G3/8 30 05 4918 For single acting spools type 3 and 4
8PF - Proportional pneumatic kit
8IZ 30 07 5432 Proportional hydraulic control b. Optional handlevers
8EP3 30 07 5420 12 VDC ON/OFF electropneumatic kit
30 07 5330 24 VDC ON/OFF electropneumatic kit TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
AL01/M10x200 30 05 4989 Lenght L = 200mm / 7.87in

GURMAKSAN B-9
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
45L GM GM Series

directional valve with left inlet


Inlet relief options

Direct pressure relief valve

KE08K01 ( X - 100 )
Standard setting in bar
Adjustment type (X, XH)

Adjustment type

X: with screw XH: valve set and locked

Allen wrench 4 Allen wrench 4


Wrench 19 - 42 Nm / 31 lbft Wrench 13 Wrench 19 - 42 Nm / 31 lbft Wrench 13
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

48 56
[1.89] [2.20]

Performance data

Time response
(% DP)

400 (psi) 105%


(bar)

300 4500
95%
Pressure

90%
2500 psi
Pressure

3000
175 bar

200
10 bar
145 psi
100 1500 OVERSHOOT
10%

0
0 20 40 60 0.03" 0.1" Time (")
Flow (l/min) TIME TRANSIENT
RESPONSE RECOVERY TIME

V: relief valve blanking plug

Allen wrench 8
42 Nm / 31 lbft

1.7
[0.07]

B-10 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GM Series 45L GM
directional valve with left inlet
Spools options

Type 1 Type 1A

1 0 2 1 0 2
A B + 6 mm / 0.24 in A B + 6 mm / 0.24 in
(1) (1)
(0) (0)
(2) (2)
P T - 6 mm / 0.24 in P T - 6 mm / 0.24 in

Type 1B Type 2

1 0 2 1 0 2
A B + 6 mm / 0.24 in A B + 6 mm / 0.24 in
(1) (1)
(0) (0)
(2) (2)
P T - 6 mm / 0.24 in P T - 6 mm / 0.24 in

Type 2H Type 3

1 0 2 For 8T kit
A B + 6 mm / 0.24 in
1 0 2
(1)
(0) A + 4.2 mm / 0.17 in
(1)
(2)
P T - 6 mm / 0.24 in (0)
(2)
P T - 4.2 mm / 0.17 in
Type 4 Type 1CS
For 8T kit 1 0 2
1 0 2 A B + 6 mm / 0.24 in
(1)
B + 4.2 mm / 0.17 in (0)
(1)
(2)
(0)
P T - 6 mm / 0.24 in
(2)
P T - 4.2 mm / 0.17 in

Type J6 Type J7

1 0 2 1 0 2
A B + 6 mm / 0.24 in A B + 6 mm / 0.24 in
(1) (1)
(0) (0)
(2) (2)
P T - 6 mm / 0.24 in P T - 6 mm / 0.24 in

GURMAKSAN B-11
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
45L GM GM Series

directional valve with left inlet


Spools options

Type 5BY

For 13QN kit + 9 mm / 0.35 in


3 1 0 2 (3)
A B + 4.5 mm / 0.18 in
(1)
(0)
(2)
P T
- 4.5 mm / 0.18 in

Type 5DY

For 13NZ kit


+ 4.5 mm / 0.18 in
1 0 2 3 (1)
A B (0)
(2)
- 4.5 mm / 0.18 in
(3)
P T
- 9 mm / 0.35 in

Type 5PY

For 13QN kit + 9 mm / 0.35 in


3 1 0 2 (3)
A B + 4.5 mm / 0.18 in
(1)
(0)
(2)
P T
- 4.5 mm / 0.18 in

Type 8

For 13FZ kit


+ 4.5 mm / 0.18 in
1 0 2 3 (1)
A B (0)
(2)
- 4.5 mm / 0.18 in
(3)
P T
- 7.5 mm / 0.30 in

B-12 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GM Series 45L GM
directional valve with left inlet
”A” side spool positioners

With spring return in neutral position


8 kit
It’s supplied with standard spring type D (see force-stroke diagram) and available with lighter spring type C (8MC) or heavier
type E (8ME).
1 0 2 Force-stroke diagram
Allen wrench 4 -0.24 -0.12 0 0.12 0.24 (in)
(lbf)
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 300 60
(N) E
Allen wrench 5 200
D 40
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft 100 C
Force 20
0 0
-20
-100 C
-200 D -40
E -60
-300
-7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
36 Stroke (mm)
[1.42]

8D kit
Spool end joint is available on request in order to screw onto pin.
Spool end joint dimensions (optional) 1 0 2
Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
10 20
Wrench 9 [0.39] [0.79]
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft
[0.59]
Ø15

12
[0.47]
M6

4
[0.16]
Ø9
[0.35]
M6

36
[1.42] 40
[0.31]

[1.57]
8

44
[1.73]

8D2 kit 8T kit


Stroke : 4.2mm

1 0 2 1 0 2
Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Wrench 9
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft Allen wrench 5
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft
M8

36
40 36
[1.57] [1.42] [1.42]
84
[3.31]

GURMAKSAN B-13
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
45L GM GM Series

directional valve with left inlet


”A” side spool positioners

With spring return in neutral position


8F2 kit 8D3 kit

1 0 2 1 0 2
Allen wrench 4
Allen wrench 5 Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Wrench 9
Wrench 13 9 Nm / 6.6 lbft
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft
12
Allen wrench 4 [0.47]
M8

M8
36 36
[1.42] [1.42]
54.5 48
[2.15] [1.89]

8TL kit
For connection with flexible cables it’s necessary to couple 8TL kit with TQ kit
Ø9
[0.35] 1 0 2
[0.59]

TQ kit
Ø15

Allen wrench 4 9.8 Nm


6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 7.2 lbft
Flexible cable Wrench 10
[0.31]
8

32 Wrench 24
[1.26]
52
[2.05]
61
[2.40]

19 kit 20 kit

1 0 0 2
Allen wrench 4 Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft

Allen wrench 5 Allen wrench 5


9 Nm / 6.6 lbft 9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

36 36
[1.42] [1.42]

B-14 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GM Series 45L GM
directional valve with left inlet
”A” side spool positioners

With detent
11 kit 12 kit

1 0 2 1 0 2
Allen wrench 4 Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Allen wrench 5 Allen wrench 5
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft 9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

36 36
[1.42] [1.42]

Operating features Operating features


Locking and release force . . . . . . . . : 120 N / 27 lbf ±10% Locking and release force . . . . . . . . : 100 N / 22.5 lbf ±10%

15 kit 16 kit

1 0 0 2
Allen wrench 4 Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Allen wrench 5 Allen wrench 5
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft 9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

36 36
[1.42] [1.42]

Operating features Operating features


Locking and release force . . . . . . . . : 100 N / 22.5 lbf ±10% Locking and release force . . . . . . . . : 100 N / 22.5 lbf ±10%

11NZ kit
Suitable to 5DY spool
1 0 2 3
Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Allen wrench 5
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

44.3
[1.74] Special body kit

GURMAKSAN B-15
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
45L GM GM Series

directional valve with left inlet


”A” side spool positioners

With spring return


17 kit 18 kit

1 0 2 1 0 2
Allen wrench 4 Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Allen wrench 5 Allen wrench 5
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft 9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

36 36
[1.42] [1.42]

17D kit 18D kit

1 0 2 1 0 2
Allen wrench 4 Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Wrench 9 Wrench 9
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft 9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

12 12
[0.47] [0.47]
M6

M6

36 36
[1.42] [1.42]
38 50
[1.50] [1.97]

B-16 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GM Series 45L GM
directional valve with left inlet
”A” side spool positioners

With detent and spring return to neutral position from either directions
9B kit

1 0 2 Force-stroke diagram
Port B Port A
2 0 1
-0.24 -0.12 0 0.12 0.24 (in)
Allen wrench 4 (lbf)
300 60
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft (N)
200 40
Force 100 20
0 0
-20
-100
Detent area -40
-200
75 -60
-300
[2.95] -7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Wrench 8 Stroke (mm)
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

10B kit

1 0 2 Force-stroke diagram
Port B Port A
2 0 1
-0.24 -0.12 0 0.12 0.24 (in)
Allen wrench 4 (lbf)
300 60
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft (N)
200 40
100 20
Detent area
Force

0 0
-20
-100
-40
-200
75 -60
-300
[2.95] -7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Wrench 8 Stroke (mm)
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

11B kit

1 0 2 Force-stroke diagram
Port B Port A
2 0 1
-0.24 -0.12 0 0.12 0.24 (in)
Allen wrench 4 (lbf)
300 60
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft (N)
200 40
100 20
Detent area Detent area
Force

0 0
-20
-100
-40
-200
75 -60
-300
[2.95] -7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Wrench 8 Stroke (mm)
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

GURMAKSAN B-17
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
45L GM GM Series

directional valve with left inlet


”A” side spool positioners

With detent and spring return to neutral position from either directions
9BT kit

For single acting spool 1 0 2


Stroke : 4.2mm Force-stroke diagram
Port B Port A
2 0 1
-0.24 -0.12 0 0.12 0.24 (in)
Allen wrench 4 300
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 60 (lbf)
(N)
200 40
100 20
Force 0 0
-20
-100
Detent area -40
-200
75 -60
-300
[2.95] -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
Wrench 8 Stroke (mm)
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

10BT kit

For single acting spool 1 0 2


Stroke : 4.2mm Force-stroke diagram
Port B Port A
2 0 1
-0.24 -0.12 0 0.12 0.24 (in)
Allen wrench 4 300
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 60 (lbf)
(N)
200 40
Detent area
100 20
Force

0 0
-20
-100
-40
-200
75 -60
-300
[2.95] -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
Wrench 8 Stroke (mm)
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

11BT kit

For single acting spool 1 0 2


Stroke : 4.2mm Force-stroke diagram
Port B Port A
2 0 1
-0.24 -0.12 0 0.12 0.24 (in)
Allen wrench 4 300
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 60 (lbf)
(N)
200 40
Detent area
100 20
Force

0 0
-20
-100
Detent area -40
-200
75 -60
-300
[2.95] -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
Wrench 8 Stroke (mm)
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

B-18 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GM Series 45L GM
directional valve with left inlet
”A” side spool positioners

With microswitch type 8MG3(NO)


With spring return in neutral position and microswitch operated in both directions.
Also available 8MG1(NO) configuration (microswitch operated in position 1) and 8MG2(NO) configuration (microswitch operated in
position 2); dimensions are the same of 8MG3(NO) configuration.
Same configurations are available with normally closed (NC) contact.
For more information contact Sales Department.

8MG3(NO) kit

26
[1.02] Wrench 22 1 0 2
42 Nm / 31 lbft
Wrench 10
9.8 Nm / 7.2 lbft
Allen wrench 4 Other configurations
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft

8MG1(NO) kit 8MG2(NO) kit

1 0 2 1 0 2

77
[3.03] Operating features
Allen wrench 4 MICROSWITCH
Allen wrench 5 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft Mechanical life : 5x105 operations
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft Electrical life (resistive load) : 5x104 operations 10A / 12VDC
: 5x104 operations 3A / 24VDC

Type 8MG1\MG2(NC-NC)
With double microswitch in position 1 and 2.

56 8MG1\MG2(NC-NC) kit
[2.20]
28
[1.10] 1 0 2
Wrench 10 Wrench 22
9.8 Nm / 7.2 lbft 42 Nm / 31 lbft
Allen wrench 4 Positions A B
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft A B 1
0
2

Operating features
107 MICROSWITCH
[4.21] Mechanical life : 5x105 operations
Electrical life (resistive load) : 5x104 operations 10A / 12VDC
Allen wrench 5 Allen wrench 4
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft : 5x104 operations 3A / 24VDC

GURMAKSAN B-19
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
45L GM GM Series

directional valve with left inlet


”A” side spool positioners

ON/OFF pneumatic kit type 8P


With spring return to neutral position.

1 0 2
Wrench 10 Allen wrench 4
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
VA VB
32.5 56.5
[1.28] [2.22]
BSP 1/8
VA VB
[1.12]
28.5

Operating features
Pilot pressure..................: min. 5.5 bar / 80 psi
: max.10 bar / 145 psi

100
[3.94]

Allen wrench 4 Wrench 10


6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

B-20 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GM Series 45L GM
directional valve with left inlet
”A” side spool positioners

8PF pneumatic proportional kit


With spring return to neutral position.
VA VB
Wrench 10 Allen wrench 4
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 1 0 2
32.5 56.5
[1.28] [2.22]
BSP 1/8
VA VB
[1.12]
28.5

Operating features
Pilot pressure..................: min. 5.5 bar / 80 psi
: max.10 bar / 145 psi

100
[3.94]

Allen wrench 4 Wrench 10


6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

8IZ proportional hydraulic control


It can be used with body kit without seals and ring on spool (standard body) on side
VA VB

1 0 2
30 55
G1/4 [1.18] [2.17]
nr.2 ports
VA VB
[0.47]
Ø12
[1.16]
29.5

Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
98
[3.86]
106.5
[4.19]
Wrench 11
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

Operating features
Max. pilot pressure..................: 50 bar / 725 psi

GURMAKSAN B-21
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
45L GM GM Series

directional valve with left inlet


”A” side spool positioners

ON/OFF electropneumatic kit type 8EP3


With spring return to neutral position. Scheme
Wrench 15 VA VB
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 32.5 56.5
[1.28] [2.22]

1 0 2
Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft Scheme ISO 1219
[3.94]
100

VA VB
1 0 2
[0.24]
Ø6
[1.40]
35.5

VA VB

Operating features
CONTROL
Pilot pressure : 6 bar / 87 psi
: max. 15 bar / 218 psi
COIL
Wrench 5 Nominal voltage tolerance : ±10%
100 Power rating :8W
[3.94] Nominal current : 12 VDC
138 : 24 VDC
[5.43] Coil insulation : Class H
Wrench 10 Wrench 10 Weather protection : IP65
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft 9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

ON/OFF electropneumatic kit type 8EP4


Wrench 15 32.5 56.5
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft [1.28] [2.22]
Scheme
VP

1 0 2
[4.13]
105

Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Scheme ISO 1219
G1/8
[1.46]

1 0 2
37

VA VB

Wrench 5
100
[3.94]
137.5
[5.41]
Wrench 10 Wrench 10
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft 9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

B-22 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GM Series 45L GM
directional valve with left inlet
”A” side spool positioners

ON/OFF electrohydraulic kit type 8EI3


With external pilot and drain.
Scheme
135
[5.31] L
38 55 V
[1.50] [2.17]
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft

1 0 2

Scheme ISO 1219


Solenoid valve
[4.96]

wrench 22 - 9.8 Nm / 7.2 lbft


126

Allen wrench 4 1 0 2
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Collector

V L

110
Allen wrench 4 [4.33]
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft

Operating features
CONTROL
Pilot pressure : min. 10 bar / 145 psi
: max. 50 bar / 725 psi
Max. backpressure on drain L : 25 bar / 360 psi

COIL
Nominal voltage tolerance : ±10%
Power rating : 21 W
Nominal current : 1.75 A - 12 VDC / 0.87 A - 24 VDC
Coil insulation : Class F
Weather protection : IP65

GURMAKSAN B-23
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
45L GM GM Series

directional valve with left inlet


”A” side spool positioners

ON/OFF electrohydraulic kit type 8EI3F2


Collector kit with pilot and drain lines with stroke limiter

135 Scheme
[5.31]
L
38 55
[1.50] [2.17] V
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft

1 0 2

Scheme ISO 1219


[4.96]
126

Allen wrench 4 1 0 2
Solenoid valve 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Collector

wrench 22 - 9.8 Nm / 7.2 lbft


V L

110
Allen wrench 4 [4.33]
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft

Operating features
CONTROL
Pilot pressure : min. 10 bar / 145 psi
: max. 50 bar / 725 psi
Max. backpressure on drain L : 25 bar / 360 psi

COIL
Nominal voltage tolerance : ±10%
Power rating : 21 W
Nominal current : 1.75 A - 12 VDC / 0.87 A - 24 VDC
Coil insulation : Class F
Weather protection : IP65

B-24 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GM Series 45L GM
directional valve with left inlet
”A” side spool positioners

ON/OFF electrohydraulic kit type 8EI3


Collector kit for external pilot and drain

Collector
A1 B1 A2 B2
V L V
L
20 bar
290 psi

A1 A2 P
T
P

B1 B2 100 bar
1450 psi

Description example :
45L GM08/2-P(X-100)/18EI3L/18EI3L/
AET-PSL2-KE2S0-24VDC

COLLECTOR KIT CODES


Type Code Description
KE1S0 30 07 5537 Kit one section
KE2S0 30 07 5512 Kit for 2 sections
KE3S0 30 07 5513 Kit for 3 sections
KE4S0 30 07 5514 Kit for 4 sections
KE5S0 30 07 5515 Kit for 5 sections
KE6S0 30 07 5516 Kit for 6 sections

GURMAKSAN B-25
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
45L GM GM Series

directional valve with left inlet


”A” side spool positioners

ON/OFF electrohydraulic kit type 8EI3


Collector kit with pilot and drain lines
The kit is made of collector, VRP pressure reducing valve and pipes.

37 136.2
[1.46] [5.36]
Collector

VRP
Allen wrench 5
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft A1 B1 A2 B2
Wrench 14
VRP
pressure reducing
valve Drain
[5.96]
151.5

Inlet line
A1 A2 P
T
P
Wrench 27
100 bar
VRC
B1 B2 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft
1450 psi
Wrench 22
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft VRC
backpressure valve
35
[1.38]

Description example :
COLLECTOR KIT CODES
45L GM08/2-P(X-100)/18EI3L/18EI3L/ Type Code Description
VRC-PSL2-KE2R0-24VDC
KE1R0 30 07 5476 Kit one section
KE2R0 30 07 5477 Kit for 2 sections
Operating features
VRP VALVE KE3R0 30 07 5478 Kit for 3 sections
Output pressure : 20 bar / 290 psi KE4R0 30 07 5479 Kit for 4 sections
Max. flow : 8 l/min KE5R0 30 07 5480 Kit for 5 sections
Filtering : 80 µ
KE6R0 30 07 5481 Kit for 6 sections

VRC valve:
Valve assembled on flow through passage provides pilot pressure to the actuator.

Wrench 22
42 Nm / 31 lbft

Wrench 22
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

21
[0.83]

B-26 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GM Series 45L GM
directional valve with left inlet
”A” side spool positioners

Particular positioner kits for special spools


13NZ kit
Detent in 4th position with spool in:available only for spool type 5DY

Force-stroke diagram
1 0 2 3 Floating Port B Port A
3 2 0 1
-0.3 -0.2 -0.1 0 0.1 (in)
400
(N) (lbf)

-0.27

-0.18

0.18
60
200
Allen wrench 4 30
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Force

0 0

-30
-200
-60
-6.8

-4.5

4.5
-400
-9 -8 -7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5
Stroke (mm)
79
[3.11]
Wrench 8 Special body kit Detent area
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft Locking force: 280 N / 63 lbf ±10%
Release force: 300 N / 67.4 lbf ±10%

13QN kit
Detent in 4th position with spool out:available only for spool type 5BY, 5PY

Force-stroke diagram
3 1 0 2 Port B Port A Floating
2 0 1 3
-0.1 0 0.1 0.2 0.3
400
(N) (lbf)
-0.18

0.18

60
0.27

200
Allen wrench 4 30
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Force

0 0

-30
-200
-60
-4.5

4.5

6.8

-400
-5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Stroke (mm)
79
[3.11]
Wrench 8 Special body kit Detent area
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft Locking force: 360 N / 81 lbf ±10%
Release force: 390 N / 87.7 lbf ±10%

GURMAKSAN B-27
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
45L GM GM Series

directional valve with left inlet


”A” side spool positioners

Particular positioner kits for special spools


13FZ kit
4th position with spool in and spring return to neutral position.
Available only for spool type 8
Force-stroke diagram
Regenerative Port B Port A
3 2 0 1
1 0 2 3 -0.3 -0.2 -0.1 0 0.1 (in)
400
(N) (lbf)

-0.30

-0.18

0.18
60
200
Allen wrench 4 30
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Force

0 0

-30
-200
-60
-7.5

-4.5

4.5
-400
-8 -7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5
Stroke (mm)
75
[2.95]
Wrench 8 Special body kit
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

B-28 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GM Series 45L GM
directional valve with left inlet
”B” side options

Lever control
Type L Type L180
Alluminium with protection boot lever pivot box; it can be rotated 180° (execution LM10180).

17° 17°
Vertical handlever 1 0 2
assembly Horizontal handlever
assembly

M10
Execution L180
[2.74]
69.5
[2.36]
60
[0.79]
20

[0,96]
24.5

20.3
[0.80] Allen wrench 4
[1.40]
35.5

45 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
[1.77]
45

[1.77]

Type LF1 Type SLP

1 0 2 1 0 2

M10

M10

Allen wrench 4
Allen wrench 4
[2.74]

6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
69.5
[2.36]
60
[0.79]
20

[0,96]
24.5

20.3 9
Wrench 13 [0.35]
[0.80] 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft
48
[1.89] Allen wrench 4
62 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
[2.44]

GURMAKSAN B-29
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
45L GM GM Series

directional valve with left inlet


”B” side options

Special lever controls


Safety levers with lock in neutral complete with handlever; lift handlever knob to operate.
With insulated handlever type LEBP, LEBSP

Type LEB

To be used with body valves without auxiliary relief valves flanged on the working ports.

1 0 2 1 0 2 3

LEB LEBS
[0.33]

[0.33]
8.5

8.5
lock release

lock release
Stroke for

Stroke for
Locking bush
[11.22]
285

Wrench 17 Wrench 17
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft
[2.32]
59
[0.79]

Allen wrench 4
20

6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
[0.96]
24.5

20.3 20.3
[0.80] Allen wrench 4 [0.80]
51 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 51
[2.01] [2.01]

B-30 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GM Series 45L GM
directional valve with left inlet
”B” side options

Special lever controls


Safety levers with lock in neutral complete with handlever; lift handlever knob to operate.
With insulated handlever type LEB1P, LEBS1P

Type LEB

To be used with body valves without auxiliary relief valves flanged on the working ports.

1 0 2 1 0 2 3

LEB1 LEBS1
[0.33]

[0.33]
8.5

8.5
lock release

lock release
Stroke for

Stroke for
Locking bush

Wrench 17 Wrench 17
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft
[9.25]
235
[2.32]
59
[0.79]

Allen wrench 4
20

6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
[0.96]
24.5

20.3 20.3
[0.80] Allen wrench 4 [0.80]
51 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 51
[2.01] [2.01]

GURMAKSAN B-31
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
45L GM GM Series

directional valve with left inlet


”B” side options

Special lever controls


Safety levers with lock in neutral complete with handlever; lift handlever knob to operate.
With insulated handlever type LEB2P

Type LEB

To be used with body valves without auxiliary relief valves flanged on the working ports.

1 0 2
LEB2
[0.33]
8.5

lock release
Stroke for

Locking bush
[11.22]
285

Wrench 17
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft
[2.32]
59
[0.79]
20
[0.96]
24.5

20.3
[0.80] Allen wrench 4
51 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
[2.01]

B-32 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GM Series 45L GM
directional valve with left inlet
”B” side options
Special lever controls
Safety levers with lock in neutral complete with handlever; lift handlever knob to operate.
With insulated handlever type LUPP

Type LUP

221
[8.70]
20.3 74.5
[0.80] [2.93]
M10 Locking bush

[0.79]
Ø20
22
[2.36] [0.87]
60
Wrench 17
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft Stroke to unlocking

Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft

51
[2.01]

Controls arrangement
Type SL Type SLCZ

1 0 2 1 0 2

29.15 Allen wrench 4


[1.15] 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
[0.31]
8

20.3 75
[0.80] [2.95]

23 Protection cap usable with pneumatic,


[0.91] electropneumatic, and electrohydraulic
8.85
[0.35] spool positioners.
[0.59]
Ø15

Ø9
[0.35]

GURMAKSAN B-33
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
45L GM GM Series

directional valve with left inlet


”B” side options

TQ cable remote control kit


Waterproof cap prearranged for remote control with flexible cable.
1 0 2
Wrench 10 - 9.8 Nm / 7.2 lbft

Wrench 24 - 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

Flexible cable
85
Allen wrench 4 [3.35]
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft

NOTE - For more information about remote cable control, require appropriate documentation.

Connection example

(OPTIONAL)

JS200 remote control

CG flexible cable
LOCK
DIE CASTING

ELECTRICAL
CABLE
( OPTIONAL )

TQ kit

B2 B1

GM08/2 directional control A2 A1


valve without lever boxes

B-34 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GM Series 45L GM
directional valve with left inlet
”B” side options

Connection example

CG flexible cable
JS100 remote control

TQ kit

GM08/1 directional control


valve without lever boxes

GURMAKSAN B-35
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
45L GM GM Series

directional valve with left inlet


”B” side options

LCB mechanical joystick for two sections control


1 0 2
Execution LCB4
2nd section spool Pivot
1 0 2
Wrench 13
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft
1st section spool
LCB HCB KCB
Wrench 10 Allen wrench 5
9.8 Nm / 7.2 lbft

Allen wrench 3 - 6.6 Nm / 4.9 lbft

Wrench 12 - 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

310
254
200
Wrench 13 - 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

Wrench 10 - 9.8 Nm / 7.2 lbft

Description example
45L GM08/2-P(X-100)/18LCB4/18LCB4/AET-PSL2

Dimensions and movement scheme

Execution LCB1 Execution LCB2


pivot placed down on the left pivot placed down on the right
1st section axis 2nd section axis
spool axis
B1 B2
B1-A2 B1-B2 B2-B1 B2-A1

A2 B2 B1 A1

[2.80]
71
[1.40]
35.5
M10

A1-A2 A1-B2 A2-B1 A2-A1


A1 A2 76
[0.83]
21

10 27 [2.99]
[0.39] [1.06]

Execution LCB3 Execution LCB4


pivot placed above on the left pivot placed above on the right

A1-A2 A1 A1-B2 A2-B1 A2 A2-A1

A2 B2 B1 A1
[1.40]
35.5

B1-A2 B1-B2 B2-B1 B2-A1


B1 B2

B-36 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GM Series 45L GM
directional valve with left inlet
Complete controls

8ES solenoid control


Solenoid direct control with spring return to neutral position.
It needs special spools and standard body (body kit without seals on spool).

Description example:
45L GM08 / 1 - P ( X - 100 ) / 1 8ES3 / AET - PSL2 - 24VDC

1. 2. 3. 4.

4.
a.

3. 8ES3
8ES2
8ES3
8ES1 3. 3.
2.

8ES2
1.

3.
8ES1
4.

1. Body kit 3. Control kit


TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
45L GM08/1-P - 1 section 8ES1 30 07 5474 Single acting P→ A, with spring return to neutral
45L GM08/2-P - 2 section position
45L GM08/3-P - 3 section 8ES2 30 07 5474 Single acting P→ B, with spring return to neutral
45L GM08/4-P - 4 section position
45L GM08/5-P - 5 section 8ES3 30 07 5475 Double acting, with spring return to neutral position
45L GM08/6-P - 6 section

2. Spool options 4. Coils


TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
1(ES) 30 01 3643 Double acting, 3 positions, with A and B With ISO4400 connector
closed in neutral position 12VDC 20 03 2295 Nominal voltage 12VDC
2(ES) 30 01 3644 Double acting, 3 positions, with A and B 24VDC 20 03 2296 Nominal voltage 24VDC
open to tank in neutral position
a. ”A” and “B” ports plugs
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
G3/8 30 05 4918 For single acting controls type 8ES1 and 8ES2

GURMAKSAN B-37
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
45L GM GM Series

directional valve with left inlet


Complete controls

8ES solenoid control


Electric wiring example 8ES3 kit
double acting

1 0 2
1 1
2 2 8ES1 kit 8ES2 kit
single acting on A single acting on B

Connector 1 Connector 2
1 0 0 2

P→A P→B
B→T A→T 400 (psi)
- + (bar)
4500
To battery 300

Operating features 200 3000


CONTROL Operation area
Internal leakage A(B) →T 100 1500
(Δp = 100 bar - 1450 psi / T = 40°C) : max. 15 cm3/min - 0.91 in3/min
COIL
Nominal voltage tolerance . . . . . . . . : ±10% 0
Power rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : 36 W 0 15 30 45
Coil insulance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : class H (l/min)
Duty cycle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : 100%

Wrench 24
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

Allen wrench 4 Spool


6.6 Nm / 4.9 lbft Emergency
27 manual override
[1.06]
89.5
[3.52]
7 Nm / 5.2 lbft

Allen wrench 4
6.6 Nm / 4.9 lbft

Coil with ISO4400 connector

B-38 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GM Series 45L GM
directional valve with left inlet
Complete controls

Proportional hydraulic control type 8IM


It can be used with standard spools and body 1 0 2

VA VB
Allen wrench 4 29
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft [1.14]
Pilot pressure - stroke diagram
G1/4 Port B Port A
2 0 1
VA VB -0.2 -0.1 0.1 0.2 (in)
(bar) 20 (psi)

15 200

Pilot pressure
10
100
5

0
47 47 -6 -4 -2 0 2 4 6
[1.85] [1.85]
204 Stroke (mm)
[8.03] Spool overlap area
Allen wrench 5
Metering area
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft
Operating features
Pilot pressure : max. 50 bar / 725 psi
Internal leakage A(B) → T (∆p = 100 bar - 1450 psi / T = 40°C)
........................................ : max. 6cm3/min - 0.37 in3/min

Connection example

VA1 VA2
Hydraulic pilot control valve
series JSSC400
A1 A2

T
P

B1 B2

VB1 VB2

GURMAKSAN B-39
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
45L GM GM Series

directional valve with left inlet


Special configurations

Directional valve with rotary control kit

67.5
[2.66]
105 67
[4.13] [2.64]
[1.77]
45

T
[4.33]

P
110

[9.45]
240

Standard body kit


[0.24]
-6
[0.80]
20.3

2
Stroke

0
1
[0.24]
+6

24.5
[0,96]
Angle excursion ± 90° 225
[8,86]

A B

T
P

100 bar
1450 psi

Description example
45L GM08/1(X-100)/1 R SLP/AET-PSL2

B-40 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GM Series 45L GM
directional valve with left inlet
Outlet port options
It’s possible to have open centre, closed centre and carry-over.

AET: open centre (standard) AE: with carry-over


Wrench 27
42 Nm / 31 lbft

Allen wrench 8

G3/8
42 Nm / 31 lbft C

2.8 22.3
[0.11] [0.88]

A1 B1 A2 B2 A1 B1 A2 B2

T T
P P
C

100 bar 100 bar


1450 psi 1450 psi

Description example Description example


45L GM08/2-P(X-100)/18L/18L/AET-PSL2 45L GM08/2-P(X-100)/18L/18L/AE-PSL2

AEK: closed centre


Wrench 27
42 Nm / 31 lbft

11.3
[0.44]
A1 B1 A2 B2

T
P

100 bar
1450 psi

Description example
45L GM08/2-P(X-100)/18L/18L/AEK-PSL2

GURMAKSAN B-41
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
45L GM GM Series

directional valve with left inlet


Inlet port options

With solenoid pilot unloader valve


With push button for manual override.
137.5
[5.41]

[2.44]
62
A1 A2 G1/2

T T
[7.89]
200.5

P
B1 B2

66.5 130.5
[2.62] [5.14]
155
[6.10]
Operating features
VALVE
ELN: without ELP: push ELT: "push & Maximum operating pressure : 250 bar
emergency button type twist" type Maximum flow : 15 l/min
2 2 2 Internal leakage: max 5 drops/min @ 250bar

1 1 1

Normally open configuration type ELN Normally closed configuration type ELN(NC)
T T
A1 B1 A1 B1

T T

P P

100 bar 100 bar


1450 psi 1450 psi

Description example Description example


45L GM08/2-P(X-100)/18L/...../AET-PSL2-ELN-12VDC 45L GM08/2-P(X-100)/18L/...../AET-PSL2-ELN(NC)-12VDC

B-42 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GM Series 45L GMC
directional valve with left inlet
Dimensional data

Carry-over
22.5
[0.89]

142 62 5
[5.59] [2.44] [0.20]
18 110 46
[0.71] [4.33] [1.81]

A1 A2

[0.33]
Ø8.5
[1.38]
35

P
[4.33]
[3.19]
110
[7.64]

81
194

[2.22]
56.5

B1 B2
[2.03]

spool out
51.5

3
M10
[0.80] [0.49]
20.3 12.5

26°
17°
[1.77]
[1.89]

45
48

17°
M10

26°
2

27 30 37 27.5 24.5 3
[1.06] [1.18] [1.46] [1.08] [0.96] spool in
95.5
[3.76]
P.max:315bar

45L GMC08/ 2
Valve type 340 / 15

Production batch Production year

Standard configuration Configuration with upper inlet and outlet


T
A1 B1 A2 B2 A1 B1 A2 B2
P

T
P

100 bar 100 bar


1450 psi 1450 psi

Description example Description example


45L GMC08/2-P(X-100)/18L/18L/AET-PSL2 45L GMC08/2-P(X-100)/18L/18L/AET-PSA2

GURMAKSAN B-43
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
45L GMT GM Series

directional valve with left inlet


Dimensional data

91
[3.58]
9 73 63.5
[0.35] [2.87] [2.50]
24.5 32.5 46
[0.96] [1.28] [1.81]
8 24.5
[0.31] [0.96]

[0.33]
8.5
A1
T
[1.34]
34

P
[3.19]

[4.06]
103
81
[7.36]
187

[2.01]

spool out
51

B1 3
[1.79]
45.5

M10
[0.39] 1

26°
[0.45]
11.5

17°
0
[1.89]
48

[0.80]

17°
M10
20.3

26°
2
30 27 94
[1.18] [1.06] [3.70] 3
spool in

Configuration with upper inlet and outlet


P
T
A1 B1

100 bar
1450 psi

Description example
45L GMT08/1-N(X-100)/18L

B-44 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GM Series 45L GMCS
directional valve with left inlet
Dimensional data (series circuit)
The description of 45L GMCS valve with series circuit is marked with letter “S” and one figure wich indicate the downstream sections from
series connection.
Carry-over
22.5
[0.89]

142 62 5
[5.59] [2.44] [0.20]
18 110 46
[0.71] [4.33] [1.81]

A1 A2

[0.33]
Ø8.5
[1.38]
35

P
[4.33]
[3.19]
110
[7.64]

81
194

[2.22]
56.5

B1 B2
[2.03]

spool out
51.5

3
M10
[0.80] [0.49]
20.3 12.5

26°
17°
[1.77]
[1.89]

45
48

17°
M10

26°
2

27 30 37 27.5 24.5 3
[1.06] [1.18] [1.46] [1.08] [0.96] spool in
95.5
[3.76]
P.max:315bar

45L GMCS08/ 2-S1


Valve type 340 / 15

Production batch Production year

Standard configuration Configuration with upper inlet and outlet


T
A1 B1 A2 B2 A1 B1 A2 B2
P

T
P

100 bar 100 bar


1450 psi 1450 psi

Description example Description example


45L GMCS08/2-S1(X-100)/18L/18L/AET-PSL2 45L GMCS08/2-S1(X-100)/18L/18L/AET-PSA2

GURMAKSAN B-45
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
45L GMT-SP GM Series

directional valve with left inlet


Dimensional data (with tandem circuit)
The description of 45L GMT valve with tandem circuit is marked with letters “SP” and one figure wich indicate the downstream sections
from tandem connection.

128
[5.04]
9 110 63.5
[0.35] [4.33] [2.50]
30 38.2 31.9 46
[1.18] [1.50] [1.26] [1.81]
8 24.5
[0.31] [0.96]

[0.33]
Ø8.5
A1 A2
T
[1.34]
34

P
[3.19]

[4.06]
103
81
[7.36]
187

[2.01]
51

B1 B2 spool out
[1.79]
45.5

3
M10
1

26°
[0.45]
11.5

17°
0
[1.89]
48

17°
[0.80]
20.3

M10
2 26°

30 37 27 94 3
[1.18] [1.46] [1.06] [3.70] spool in

Configuration with upper inlet and outlet


P
T
A1 B1 A2 B2

100 bar
1450 psi

Description example
45L GMT08/2-SP1(X-100)/18L/18L

B-46 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GM Series 45L GM

Contents

Directional valve with parallel circuit


Dimensional data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-48
Hydraulic circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-49
Ordering codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-50
Inlet relief options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-10
Spools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-52
“A” side spool positioners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-53
“B” side options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-29
Complete controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-37
Outlet port options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-41
Inlet port options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-42

GURMAKSAN B-47
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
45L GM GM Series

directional valve with right inlet


Dimensional data (parallel circuit)

Carry-over
22.5
[0.89]

62 5.5
27.5 37 30 27 [2.44] [0.22]
[1.08] [1.46] [1.18] [1.06] 46
[1.81]

[1.89]
[1.57]

48
40

[0.49]
12.5

[2.03]
51.5

A2 A1
[2.22]
56.5
[3.19]

[7.99]
[4.33]

203
81
110

P
[1.38]
35

T spool out
3
B2 B1 1

26°
5
8. ]

17°
∅ 0.33
[1.77]

[∅
45

17°
M10

26°
M10 2

B 18 24.5 3
[0.71] [0.96] spool in
A 95.5
[3.76]
P.max:315bar

45L GM08/ 2-P


Valve type 340 / 15

Production batch Production year

A B Weight A B Weight
TYPE TYPE
mm in mm in kg lb mm in mm in kg lb
45L GM 08/1-P 105 4.13 73 2.87 3.1 6.83 45L GM 08/4-P 216 8.50 184 7.24 7.2 15.87
45L GM 08/2-P 142 5.60 110 4.33 4.4 9.70 45L GM 08/5-P 253 9.96 221 8.70 8.7 19.18
45L GM 08/3-P 179 7.05 147 5.79 5.7 12.57 45L GM 08/6-P 290 11.42 258 10.16 10.2 22.49

B-48 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GM Series 45L GM
directional valve with right inlet
Hydraulic circuit

Standard configuration Configuration with upper inlet and outlet


T
B2 A2 B1 A1 B2 A2 B1 A1
P

T
P

100 bar 100 bar


1450 psi 1450 psi

Description example Description example


45L GM08/2-P(X-100)/ED-18L/ED-18L/AET-PSL2 45L GM08/2-P(X-100)/ED-18L/ED-18L/AET-PSA2

Configuration with upper inlet and side outlet Configuration with side inlet and upper outlet
T
B2 A2 B1 A1 B2 A2 B1 A1
P

T
P

100 bar 100 bar


1450 psi 1450 psi

Description example Description example


45L GM08/2-P(X-100)/ED-18L/ED-18L/AET-PSV2 45L GM08/2-P(X-100)/ED-18L/ED-18L/AET-PSB2

GURMAKSAN B-49
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
45L GM GM Series

directional valve with right inlet


Ordering codes
Description example:
1st section following section

45L GM08 / 2 - P ( X - 100 ) / ED - 1 8 L / ED - 18ES3 / AET - PSL2

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.
Valve setting (bar)

2.
6.

6.

4.

7. 1.

3.

5.

1. Body kits 3. Spool options page 52


TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
1-P - Parallel, 1 section ED-1 30 01 3516 Double acting, 3 positions, with A and B
2-P - Parallel, 2 sections closed in neutral position
3-P - Parallel, 3 sections ED-1A - Double acting, 3 positions, with A open to
4-P - Parallel, 4 sections tank in neutral position
5-P - Parallel, 5 sections ED-1B - Double acting, 3 positions, with B open to
6-P - Parallel, 6 sections tank in neutral position
ED-2 30 01 3517 Double acting, 3 positions, with A and B
Include body, seals and load check valve. open to tank in neutral position
ED-2H - Double acting, 3 positions, with A and B
partially open to tank in neutral position
2. Inlet relief options page 10 ED-3 30 01 3514 Single acting on A, 3 positions, B plugged
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION requires G3/8 plug (see part a. )
KE08K01 : direct pressure relief valve type X ED-4 30 01 3515 Single acting on B, 3 positions, A plugged
(X-100) 30 05 4917 Range 20 to 315 bar / 290 to 4600 psi requires G3/8 plug (see part a. )
standard setting 100 bar / 1450 psi Special spools for particular positioner kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ED-5BY - Double acting, 4 positions, floating circuit
Standard setting is referred to 6 l/min flow. in 4th position with spool out

SV 30 05 5004 Relief valve blanking plug

B-50 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GM Series 45L GM
directional valve with right inlet
Ordering codes

4. ”A” side spool positioners page 53 6. Complete controls page 37


TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
8 30 07 5427 With spring return in neutral position Proportional hydraulic control type 8IM and ON/OFF solenoid controls
8D 30 07 5449 With spring return in neutral position and pin type 8ES and rotative control type R.
with M6 female thread for dual control
8D2 30 07 5450 With spring return in neutral position and pin 7. Outlet port options page 41
with M8 male thread for dual control
8T - With spring return in neutral position, TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
for single acting spool type 3 and 4 AET 30 05 4923 Open centre plug
8F2 30 07 5444 With spring return in neutral position and AEK 30 05 4927 Closed centre plug
adjustable flow limiter AE 30 05 6002 G3/8 carry-over sleeve
19 30 07 5471 2 positions, with spring return in neutral
position from position 1 8. Inlet and outlet selection * page 49
20 30 07 5472 2 positions, with spring return in neutral
position from position 2 TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
11 30 07 5445 Detent in positions neutral, 1 and 2 PSL2 30 05 4918 G3/8 plug for upper inlet
12 30 07 5446 Detent in positions 1 and 2 30 05 4919 G1/2 plug for upper outlet
15 30 07 5447 2 positions, detent in positions 1 and neutral PSA2 30 05 4918 G3/8 plug for side inlet
16 30 07 5448 2 positions, detent in positions 2 and neutral 30 05 4919 G1/2 plug for side outlet
17 30 07 5467 With spring return position 1
18 30 07 5468 With spring return position 2 a. ”A” and “B” ports plugs
17D 30 07 5469 With spring return position 1 and pin
with M6 female thread for dual control TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
18D 30 07 5470 With spring return position 2 and pin G3/8 30 05 4918 For single acting spools type 3 and 4
with M6 female thread for dual control
9B 30 07 5451 With detent in position 1 and spring return in b. Optional handlevers
neutral position
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
10B 30 07 5452 With detent in position 2 and spring return in
AL01/M10x200 30 05 4989 Lenght L = 200mm / 7.87in
neutral position
11B 30 07 5453 Detent in positions 1 and 2 and spring return in
neutral position
8MG3(NO) 30 07 5455 With spring return in neutral position and
microswitch in positions 1 and 2
8P 30 07 5463 ON/OFF pneumatic kit
8EP3 30 07 5473 12 VDC ON/OFF electropneumatic kit
30 07 5464 24 VDC ON/OFF electropneumatic kit
8EI3 30 07 5465 12 VDC ON/OFF electrohydraulic kit
30 07 5466 24 VDC ON/OFF electrohydraulic kit
Particular positioner kits for special spools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 64
13QN 30 07 5315 4 pos. with spring return in neutral position
and detent in 4th pos.: for spool ED-5BY

5. “B” side options page 29


TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
L 30 07 5335 Standard lever box
LF1 30 07 5337 Lever box with adjustable flow limiter
SLP 30 07 5338 Without lever box, with dust-proof plate
LEB 30 07 5340 Safety lever box, vertical configuration
LUP 30 07 5341 Safety lever box, horizontal configuration
SL - Withou lever box
SLCZ - Without lever box, with endcap.
TQ 30 07 5328 Flexible cable connection; for CG cables

GURMAKSAN B-51
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
45L GM GM Series

directional valve with right inlet


Spools options

Type ED-1 Type ED-1A

1 0 2 1 0 2
A B + 6 mm / 0.24 in A B + 6 mm / 0.24 in
(1) (1)
(0) (0)
(2) (2)
P T - 6 mm / 0.24 in P T - 6 mm / 0.24 in

Type ED-1B Type ED-2

1 0 2 1 0 2
A B + 6 mm / 0.24 in A B + 6 mm / 0.24 in
(1) (1)
(0) (0)
(2) (2)
P T - 6 mm / 0.24 in P T - 6 mm / 0.24 in

Type ED-2H Type ED-3

1 0 2 For 8T kit
A B + 6 mm / 0.24 in
1 0 2
(1)
(0) A + 4.2 mm / 0.17 in
(1)
(2)
(0)
P T - 6 mm / 0.24 in
(2)
P T - 4.2 mm / 0.17 in
Type ED-4
For 8T kit

1 0 2
B + 4.2 mm / 0.17 in
(1)
(0)
(2)
P T - 4.2 mm / 0.17 in

Type ED-5BY

For 13QN kit + 9 mm / 0.35 in


3 1 0 2 (3)
A B + 4.5 mm / 0.18 in
(1)
(0)
(2)
P T
- 4.5 mm / 0.18 in

B-52 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GM Series 45L GM
directional valve with right inlet
”A” side spool positioners

With spring return in neutral position


8 kit
It’s supplied with standard spring type D (see force-stroke diagram) and available with lighter spring type C (8MC) or heavier
type E (8ME).
1 0 2 Force-stroke diagram
Allen wrench 4 -0.24 -0.12 0 0.12 0.24 (in)
(lbf)
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 300 60
(N) E
Allen wrench 5 200
D 40
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft 100 C
Force 20
0 0
-20
-100 C
-200 D -40
E -60
-300
-7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
40 Stroke (mm)
[1.57]

8D kit
Spool end joint is available on request in order to screw onto pin.
Spool end joint dimensions (optional) 1 0 2
Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
10 20
Wrench 9 [0.39] [0.79]
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft
[0.59]
Ø15

12
[0.47]
M6

4
[0.16]
Ø9
[0.35]
M6

40
[1.57] 40
[0.31]

[1.57]
8

48
[1.89]

8D2 kit 8T kit


Stroke : 4.2mm

1 0 2 1 0 2
Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Wrench 9
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft Allen wrench 5
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft
M8

40
40 40
[1.57] [1.57] [1.57]
88
[3.46]

GURMAKSAN B-53
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
45L GM GM Series

directional valve with right inlet


”A” side spool positioners

With spring return in neutral position


8F2 kit 19 kit

1 0 2 1 0
Allen wrench 5 Allen wrench 4 Allen wrench 4
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft

Wrench 13 Allen wrench 5


24 Nm / 17.7 lbft 9 Nm / 6.6 lbft
Allen wrench 4
M8

40 40
[1.57] [1.57]
58.5
[2.30]

20 kit

0 2
Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft

Allen wrench 5
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

40
[1.57]

B-54 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GM Series 45L GM
directional valve with right inlet
”A” side spool positioners

With detent
11 kit 12 kit

1 0 2 1 0 2
Allen wrench 4 Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Allen wrench 5 Allen wrench 5
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft 9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

40 40
[1.57] [1.57]
Operating features Operating features
Locking and release force . . . . . . . . : 120 N / 27 lbf ±10% Locking and release force . . . . . . . . : 100 N / 22.5 lbf ±10%

15 kit 16 kit

1 0 0 2
Allen wrench 4 Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Allen wrench 5 Allen wrench 5
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft 9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

40 40
[1.57] [1.57]

Operating features Operating features


Locking and release force . . . . . . . . : 100 N / 22.5 lbf ±10% Locking and release force . . . . . . . . : 100 N / 22.5 lbf ±10%

GURMAKSAN B-55
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
45L GM GM Series

directional valve with right inlet


”A” side spool positioners

With spring return


17 kit 18 kit

1 0 2 1 0 2

Allen wrench 4 Allen wrench 4


6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Allen wrench 5 Allen wrench 5
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft 9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

40 40
[1.57] [1.57]

17D kit 18D kit

1 0 2 1 0 2
Allen wrench 4 Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Wrench 9 Wrench 9
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft 9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

12 12
[0.47] [0.47]
M6

M6

40 40
[1.57] [1.57]
42 54
[1.65] [2.13]

B-56 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GM Series 45L GM
directional valve with right inlet
”A” side spool positioners

With detent and spring return to neutral position from either directions
9B kit

1 0 2 Force-stroke diagram
Port B Port A
2 0 1
-0.24 -0.12 0 0.12 0.24 (in)
Allen wrench 4 (lbf)
300 60
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft (N)
200 40
Force 100 20
0 0
-20
-100
Detent area -40
-200
79 -60
-300
[3.11] -7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Wrench 8 Stroke (mm)
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

10B kit

1 0 2 Force-stroke diagram
Port B Port A
2 0 1
-0.24 -0.12 0 0.12 0.24 (in)
Allen wrench 4 (lbf)
300 60
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft (N)
200 40
100 20
Detent area
Force

0 0
-20
-100
-40
-200
79 -60
-300
[3.11] -7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Wrench 8 Stroke (mm)
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

11B kit

1 0 2 Force-stroke diagram
Port B Port A
2 0 1
-0.24 -0.12 0 0.12 0.24 (in)
Allen wrench 4 (lbf)
300 60
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft (N)
200 40
100 20
Detent area Detent area
Force

0 0
-20
-100
-40
-200
79 -60
-300
[3.11] -7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Wrench 8 Stroke (mm)
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

GURMAKSAN B-57
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
45L GM GM Series

directional valve with right inlet


”A” side spool positioners

With microswitch type 8MG3(NO)


With spring return in neutral position and microswitch operated in both directions.
Also available 8MG1(NO) configuration (microswitch operated in position 1) and 8MG2(NO) configuration (microswitch operated in
position 2); dimensions are the same of 8MG3(NO) configuration.
Same configurations are available with normally closed (NC) contact.
For more information contact Sales Department.

8MG3(NO) kit

26
[1.02] Wrench 22 1 0 2
42 Nm / 31 lbft
Wrench 10
9.8 Nm / 7.2 lbft
Allen wrench 4 Other configurations
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft

8MG1(NO) kit 8MG2(NO) kit

1 0 2 1 0 2

77
[3.03] Operating features
Allen wrench 4 MICROSWITCH
Allen wrench 5 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft Mechanical life : 5x105 operations
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft Electrical life (resistive load) : 5x104 operations 10A / 12VDC
: 5x104 operations 3A / 24VDC

Type 8MG1\MG2(NC-NC)
With double microswitch in position 1 and 2.

56 8MG1\MG2(NC-NC) kit
[2.20]
28
[1.10] 1 0 2
Wrench 10 Wrench 22
9.8 Nm / 7.2 lbft 42 Nm / 31 lbft
Allen wrench 4 Positions A B
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft A B 1
0
2

Operating features
107 MICROSWITCH
[4.21] Mechanical life : 5x105 operations
Electrical life (resistive load) : 5x104 operations 10A / 12VDC
Allen wrench 5 Allen wrench 4
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft : 5x104 operations 3A / 24VDC

B-58 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GM Series 45L GM
directional valve with right inlet
”A” side spool positioners

ON/OFF pneumatic kit type 8P


With spring return to neutral position.

1 0 2
Wrench 10 Allen wrench 4
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
VA VB
32.5 60.5
[1.28] [2.38]
BSP 1/8
VA VB
[1.12]
28.5

Operating features
Pilot pressure..................: min. 5.5 bar / 80 psi
: max.10 bar / 145 psi

104
[4.09]

Allen wrench 4 Wrench 10


6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

GURMAKSAN B-59
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
45L GM GM Series

directional valve with right inlet


”A” side spool positioners

ON/OFF electropneumatic kit type 8EP3


With spring return to neutral position.
Scheme
Wrench 15 VA VB
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 32.5 60.5
[1.28] [2.38]

1 0 2
Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft Scheme ISO 1219
[3.94]
100

VA VB
1 0 2
[0.24]
Ø6
[1.40]
35.5

VA VB

Wrench 5
104
[4.09]
142
[5.59]
Wrench 10 Wrench 10
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft 9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

Operating features
CONTROL
Pilot pressure : 6 bar / 87 psi
: max. 15 bar / 218 psi
COIL
Nominal voltage tolerance : ±10%
Power rating :8W
Nominal current : 12 VDC
: 24 VDC
Coil insulation : Class H
Weather protection : IP65

B-60 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GM Series 45L GM
directional valve with right inlet
”A” side spool positioners

ON/OFF electrohydraulic kit type 8EI3


With external pilot and drain.
Scheme
139
[5.47] L
38 59 V
[1.50] [2.32]
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft

1 0 2

Scheme ISO 1219


Solenoid valve
[4.96]

wrench 22 - 9.8 Nm / 7.2 lbft


126

Allen wrench 4 1 0 2
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Collector

V L

114
Allen wrench 4 [4.49]
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft

Operating features
CONTROL
Pilot pressure : min. 10 bar / 145 psi
: max. 50 bar / 725 psi
Max. backpressure on drain L : 25 bar / 360 psi

COIL
Nominal voltage tolerance : ±10%
Power rating : 21 W
Nominal current : 1.75 A - 12 VDC / 0.87 A - 24 VDC
Coil insulation : Class F
Weather protection : IP65

GURMAKSAN B-61
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
45L GM GM Series

directional valve with right inlet


”A” side spool positioners

ON/OFF electrohydraulic kit type 8EI3


Collector kit for external pilot and drain

Collector
B2 A2 B1 A1
V
L V L

20 bar
290 psi
T

A2 A1 P
T 100 bar
1450 psi

B2 B1
Description example :
45L GM08/2-P(X-100)/ED-18EI3L/ED-18EI3L/
AET-PSL2-KE2S0-24VDC

COLLECTOR KIT CODES


Type Code Description
KE1S0 -- Kit one section
KE2S0 -- Kit for 2 sections
KE3S0 -- Kit for 3 sections
KE4S0 -- Kit for 4 sections
KE5S0 -- Kit for 5 sections
KE6S0 -- Kit for 6 sections

B-62 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GM Series 45L GM
directional valve with right inlet
”A” side spool positioners

ON/OFF electrohydraulic kit type 8EI3


Collector kit with pilot and drain lines
The kit is made of collector, VRP pressure reducing valve and pipes.

135.5 37
[5.33] [1.46]
Collector

VRP
Allen wrench 5
A1 B1 A2 B2
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft
Wrench 14

VRP
pressure reducing
[5.96]
151.5

valve

Drain T
35
[1.38] Inlet line
Wrench 22 P
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft
VRC
backpressure A2 A1
valve P
T 100 bar
VRC
1450 psi

B2 B1
Wrench 27
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

Description example :
COLLECTOR KIT CODES
45L GM08/2-P(X-100)/ED-18EI3L/ED-18EI3L/ Type Code Description
VRC-PSL2-KE2R0-24VDC
KE1R0 -- Kit one section
KE2R0 -- Kit for 2 sections
Operating features
VRP VALVE KE3R0 -- Kit for 3 sections
Output pressure : 20 bar / 290 psi KE4R0 -- Kit for 4 sections
Max. flow : 8 l/min KE5R0 -- Kit for 5 sections
Filtering : 80 µ
KE6R0 -- Kit for 6 sections

VRC valve:
Valve assembled on flow through passage provides pilot pressure to the actuator.

Wrench 22
42 Nm / 31 lbft

Wrench 22
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

21
[0.83]

GURMAKSAN B-63
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
45L GM GM Series

directional valve with right inlet


”A” side spool positioners

Particular positioner kits for special spools


13QN kit
Detent in 4th position with spool out:available only for spool type ED-5BY

Force-stroke diagram
3 1 0 2 Port B Port A Floating
2 0 1 3
-0.1 0 0.1 0.2 0.3
400
(N) (lbf)

-0.18

0.18
60

0.27
Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 200
30
Force

0 0

-30
-200
-60
-4.5

4.5

6.8
-400
79 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
[3.11] Stroke (mm)
Wrench 8 Special body kit
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft Detent area
Locking force: 360 N / 81 lbf ±10%
Release force: 390 N / 87.7 lbf ±10%

B-64 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
45LGMB

GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
45L GMB GMB Series

Features

Simple , compact and heavy duty designed monoblock valves from 1 to 6 sections for open and closed centre hydraulic
systems..
H Fitted with a main pressure relief valve and a load check valve at GMC series.
H Available with parallel, series or tandem circuit. Series circuit GMCS. Tandem circuit GMT.
H Optional carry--over port (only for parallel or tandem circuit).
H Diameter 16 mm -- 0.63 in interchangeable spools.
H A wide variety of service port valve options.
H Actuation is manual, pneumatic, electro--pneumatic, hydraulic, electro--hydraulic, with solenoid and remote with flexible
cables

spool control kits.

Additional information
This catalogue shows the product in the most standard configurations. Please
contact Sales Dpt. for more detailed information or special request.

WARNING!
All specifications of this catalogue refer to the standard product at this date.
GMS, oriented to a continuous improvement, reserves the right to
discontinue, modify or revise the specifications, without notice.

GMS IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY DAMAGE CAUSED BY AN INCORRECT


USE OF THE PRODUCT. 1st edition April 2016:

C-2 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GMB Series 45L GMB

Contents

Directional valve with parallel circuit


Dimensional data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-6 / C-8
Ordering codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-9
Inlet relief options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-11
Spools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-12
“A” side spool positioners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-13
“B” side options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-23

GURMAKSAN C-3
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
45L GMB GMB Series

Working conditions

This catalogue shows technical specifications and diagrams measured with mineral oil of 46 mm2/s – 46cSt viscosity
at 40°C temperature.

Nominal flow rating 45 l/min.


Max. flow 65 l
Operating pressure (max.) 250 bar 3600 psi
Back pressure (max.) on outlet port T 25 bar 260 psi
3
Internal leakage A(B)→T ∆p=100 bar – 1450psi with fluid and valve at 40°C 3cm /min. 0.18 in3/min.
Hydraulic fluid Mineral base oil
Fluid temperature with NBR seals from - 20° to 80°C
with FPM (VITON) seals from - 20° to 100°C
2
Viscosity operating range from 15 to 75 mm /s from 15 to 75 cSt
2
Min. 12 mm /s 12 cSt
2
Max. 400 mm /s 400 cSt
Max. level of
19/16 – ISO 4406
contamination

Standard threads

PORTS THREAD

MAIN PORTS BSP OPTIONAL UN-UNF METRIC


Inlet P 7/8-14 (SAE 10)
Ports A and B G 1/2 G 3/8 3/4-16 (SAE 8) M18x1,5
Outlet T 7/8-14 (SAE 10)

C-4 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GMB Series 45L GMB

Performance data (pressure drop vs. flow)

Open centre
From side inlet to side outlet.

40
(bar) 540
(psi)
30
A1 A2
360
2 sections

Pressure
T
20
1 sections
P B1 B2 180
10

0
0 15 30 45 60
Flow (l/min)

Inlet to work port


From side inlet to A port (spool in position 1) or B port (spool in position 2).

40
(bar) 540
(psi)
30
A1 A2 360
2 sections
Pressure

T 20
1 sections
P B1 B2 180
10

0
0 15 30 45 60
Flow (l/min)

Work port to outlet


From A port (spool in position 2) or B port (spool in position 1) to side outlet.

40
(bar) 540
(psi)
A1 A2 30
1 sections 360
T
Pressure

20
P B1 B2 2 sections
180
10

0
0 15 30 45 60
Flow (l/min)

GURMAKSAN C-5
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
45L GMB GMB Series

Dimensional data

Carry-over

C
63
[2.48]
29 30 17.5 22.3 25
[1.14] [1.18] [0.69] [0.88] [0.98]

[1.42]
[0.46]
11.8

36
A
T
[1.42]
36

[3.15]

[4.33]
80

110
[7.52]

[1.77]
191

45

[0.33]
Ø8.5

P B
[2.01]
51

[1.56]
39.6

M10 1
[0.80]
20.3

17°
[1.77]

0
45

17°
M10
2
60 20 49.5
[2.36] [0.79] [1.95]
97.5 94.5
[3.84] [3.72]

Standard configuration
A B
P.max:315bar

45L GMB10/ 1
Valve type 340 / 15
100 bar
1450 psi
Production batch Production year
T

Description example
45L GMB10/1-P(X-100)/18L/AET-PSL3

C-6 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GMB Series 45L GMB

Ordering codes
Description example:

45L GMB10 / 1 - P( X - 100 ) / 1 8 L / AET - PSL3

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.
Valve setting (bar)

4.
8-11

a.
AET AE AEK 6.

9B-10B-11B

b.
13QN
Copper ring

3.
2.

8P
1. 5.
L

8MG1\MG2

SLP

TQ

GURMAKSAN C-7
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
45L GMB GMB Series

Dimensional data
Carry-over

C
63 6
[2.48] [0.24]
29 35 31 16.5 22.3 25
[1.14] [1.38] [1.22] [0.65] [0.88] [0.98]

[0.51]

[1.42]
36
13

A1 A2

T
[1.42]
36

[3.15]

[4.33]
80

110
[7.52]

[1.77]
191

45

[0.33]
Ø8.5
P B1 B2
[2.01]
51

[1.56]
39.6

M10 1
[0.80]
20.3

17°
[1.77]

0
45

17°
M10
2
97 20 49.5
[3.82] [0.79] [1.95]
132.5 94.5
[5.22] [3.72]
P.max:315bar

45L GMB10/ 2-P


Valve type 340 / 15

Production batch Production year

Standard configuration Upper inlet and outlet ports configuration


P
T
A1 B1 A2 B2 A1 B1 A2 B2
100 bar 100 bar
1450 psi 1450 psi

Description example Description example


45L GMB10/2-P(X-100)/18L/18L/AET-PSL3 45L GMB10/2-P(X-100)/18L/18L/AET-PSA3

C-8 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GMB Series 45L GMB

Ordering codes
Description example:

1st section following section

45L GMB10 / 2 - P( X - 100 ) / 1 8 L / 1 8 L / AET - PSL3

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.
Valve setting (bar)

4.
8-11 a. 7.
AET AE AEK 6.

9B-10B-11B Copper ring

b.
13QN

2. 3.

5.
8P
L
7. 1.

1. Body kits 3. Spool options page 12


TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
1-P - Parallel, 1 section 1 30 01 3501 Double acting, 3 positions, with A and B
2-P - Parallel, 2 sections closed in neutral position
1A 30 01 3647 Double acting, 3 positions, with A open to
Include body, seals and load check valve. tank in neutral position
1B 30 01 3748 Double acting, 3 positions, with B open to
tank in neutral position
2. Inlet relief options page 11 2 30 01 3503 Double acting, 3 positions, with A and B
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION open to tank in neutral position
KE08K01 : direct pressure relief valve type X 3 30 01 3507 Single acting on A, 3 positions, B plugged
(X-100) 30 05 4917 Range 20 to 315 bar / 290 to 4600 psi requires G3/8 plug (see part a. )
standard setting 100 bar / 1450 psi 4 30 01 3508 Single acting on B, 3 positions, A plugged
requires G3/8 plug (see part a. )
Standard setting is referred to 6 l/min flow. Special spools for particular positioner kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5BY 30 01 3509 Double acting, 4 positions, floating circuit
V 30 05 5004 Relief valve blanking plug in 4th position with spool out
5DY 30 01 3511 Double acting, 4 positions, floating circuit
in 4th position with spool in

GURMAKSAN C-9
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
45L GMB GMB Series

Ordering codes

4. ”A” side spool positioners page 13 5. “B” side options page 23


TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
8 30 07 5300 With spring return in neutral position L 30 07 5335 Standard lever box
8D 30 07 5307 With spring return in neutral position and pin LF1 30 07 5337 Lever box with adjustable flow limiter
with M6 female thread for dual control SLP 30 07 5338 Without lever box, with dust-proof plate
8D2 30 07 5308 With spring return in neutral position and pin LEB 30 07 5340 Safety lever box, vertical configuration
with M8 male thread for dual control TQ 30 07 5328 Flexible cable connection; for CG cables
8T 30 07 5301 With spring return in neutral position, LCB 30 07 5426 Joystick lever for 2 sections operation
for single acting spool type 3 and 4
8F2 30 07 5302 With spring return in neutral position and
adjustable flow limiter 6. Outlet port options page 29
8D3 - As type 8 and pin withM8 female thread for TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
dual control AET 30 05 4923 Open centre plug
8TL 30 07 5327 As type 8 and pin control with flexible cable AEK 30 05 4927 Closed centre plug
19 30 07 5410 2 positions, with spring return in neutral AE1 30 05 4926 G1/2 carry-over sleeve
position from position 1
20 30 07 5411 2 positions, with spring return in neutral
position from position 2 7. Inlet and outlet selection *
11 30 07 5303 Detent in positions neutral, 1 and 2 TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
12 30 07 5334 Detent in positions 1 and 2 PSL3 30 05 4919 G1/2 plug for upper inlet
15 30 07 5304 2 positions, detent in positions 1 and neutral 30 05 4919 G1/2 plug for upper outlet
16 30 07 5408 2 positions, detent in positions 2 and neutral PSA3 30 05 4919 G1/2 plug for side inlet
17 30 07 5412 With spring return position 1 30 05 4919 G1/2 plug for side outlet
18 30 07 5305 With spring return position 2
17D 30 07 5413 With spring return position 1 and pin
with M6 female thread for dual control 8. Complete controls page 27
18D 30 07 5306 With spring return position 2 and pin
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
with M6 female thread for dual control
Proportional hydraulic control type 8IM and rotative control type R.
9B 30 07 5309 With detent in position 1 and spring return in
neutral position
10B 30 07 5310 With detent in position 2 and spring return in a. ”A” and “B” ports plugs
neutral position
11B 30 07 5311 Detent in positions 1 and 2 and spring return in TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
neutral position G1/2 30 05 4919 For single acting spools type 3 and 4
9BT - With detent in position 1 and spring return in
neutral position, For single acting spool type 3 and 4 b. Optional handlevers
10BT - With detent in position 2 and spring return in TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
neutral position, For single acting spool type 3 and 4
AL01/M10x200 30 05 4989 Lenght L = 200mm / 7.87in
11BT - Detent in positions 1 and 2 and spring return in
neutral position, For single acting spool type 3 and 4
8MG3(NO) 30 07 5319 With spring return in neutral position and
microswitch in positions 1 and 2
8P 30 07 5329 ON/OFF pneumatic kit
8PF - Proportional pneumatic kit
8EP3 30 07 5420 12 VDC ON/OFF electropneumatic kit
30 07 5330 24 VDC ON/OFF electropneumatic kit
8EP4 30 07 5343 12 VDC ON/OFF electropneumatic kit with
manifold
30 07 5344 24 VDC ON/OFF electropneumatic kit with
manifold
Particular positioner kits for special spools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13NZ 30 07 5316 4 pos. with spring return in neutral position
and detent in 4th pos.: for spool 5DY
13QN 30 07 5315 4 pos. with spring return in neutral position
and detent in 4th pos.: for spool 5BY and 5PY

C-10 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GMB Series 45L GMB

Inlet relief options

Direct pressure relief valve

KE08K01 ( X - 100 )
Standard setting in bar
Adjustment type (X, XH)

Adjustment type

X: with screw XH: valve set and locked


Wrench 13 - 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft Wrench 13 - 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft
Wrench 19 - 42 Nm / 31 lbft Wrench 19 - 42 Nm / 31 lbft

Allen wrench 4

Allen wrench 4
50 56
[1.97] [2.20]

Performance data

Time response
(% DP)

400 (psi) 105%


(bar)

300 4500
95%
Pressure

90%
Pressure

1450 psi

3000
100 bar

200

100 1500
10%

0
0 20 40 60 Time (")
Flow (l/min) 0.05"
TIME RESPONSE

V: relief valve blanking plug

Allen wrench 8
42 Nm / 31 lbft

GURMAKSAN C-11
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
45L GMB GMB Series

Spools options

Type 1 Type 1A

1 0 2 1 0 2
A B + 6 mm / 0.24 in A B + 6 mm / 0.24 in
(1) (1)
(0) (0)
(2) (2)
P T - 6 mm / 0.24 in P T - 6 mm / 0.24 in

Type 1B Type 2

1 0 2 1 0 2
A B + 6 mm / 0.24 in A B + 6 mm / 0.24 in
(1) (1)
(0) (0)
(2) (2)
P T - 6 mm / 0.24 in P T - 6 mm / 0.24 in

Type 3 Type 4
For 8T kit For 8T kit

1 0 2 1 0 2
A + 4.2 mm / 0.17 in B + 4.2 mm / 0.17 in
(1) (1)
(0) (0)
(2) (2)
P T - 4.2 mm / 0.17 in P T - 4.2 mm / 0.17 in
Type 5BY Type 5DY

For 13QN kit For 13NZ kit


3 1 0 2 1 0 2 3
B A B A

P T P T
+ 9 mm / 0.35 in + 4.5 mm / 0.18 in
(3) (1)
+ 4.5 mm / 0.18 in (0)
(1) (2)
(0) - 4.5 mm / 0.18 in
(2) (3)
- 4.5 mm / 0.18 in - 9 mm / 0.35 in

C-12 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GMB Series 45L GMB

”A” side spool positioners

With spring return in neutral position


8 kit
It’s supplied with standard spring type D (see force-stroke diagram) and available with lighter spring type C (8MC) or heavier
type E (8ME).
1 0 2 Force-stroke diagram
Allen wrench 4 -0.24 -0.12 0 0.12 0.24 (in)
(lbf)
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 300 60
(N) E
Allen wrench 5 200
D 40
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft 100 C
Force 20
0 0
-20
-100 C
-200 D -40
E -60
-300
-7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Stroke (mm)
36
[1.42]

8D kit
Spool end joint is available on request in order to screw onto pin.

Spool end joint dimensions (optional) 1 0 2


Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Wrench 9 10 20
[0.39] [0.79]
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft
[0.59]
Ø15

12
[0.47]
M6

4
[0.16]
Ø9
[0.35]
M6

36 40
[0.31]

[1.42] [1.57]
8

44
[1.73]

8D2 kit 8T kit


Stroke : 4.2mm

1 0 2 1 0 2
Allen wrench 4 Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Allen wrench 5
Wrench 9
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft
M8

36
40 36
[1.42]
[1.57] [1.42]
84
[3.31]

GURMAKSAN C-13
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
45L GMB GMB Series

”A” side spool positioners

With spring return in neutral position


8F2 kit 8D3 kit

1 0 2 1 0 2
Allen wrench 4
Allen wrench 5 Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Wrench 9
Wrench 13 9 Nm / 6.6 lbft
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft
12
Allen wrench 4 [0.47]
M8

M8
36
36 [1.42]
[1.42]
54.5 48
[2.15] [1.89]

8TL kit
For connection with flexible cables it’s necessary to couple 8TL kit with CP080 kit
Ø9
[0.35] 1 0 2
[0.59]

CP080 kit
Ø15

Allen wrench 4 9.8 Nm


6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 7.2 lbft
Flexible cable Wrench 10
[0.31]
8

32 Wrench 24
[1.26]
52
[2.05]
61
[2.40]

19 kit 20 kit

1 0 0 2
Allen wrench 4
Allen wrench 4 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Allen wrench 5 Allen wrench 5
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft 9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

36 36
[1.42] [1.42]

C-14 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GMB Series 45L GMB

”A” side spool positioners

With detent
11 kit 12 kit

1 0 2 1 0 2
Allen wrench 4 Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Allen wrench 5 Allen wrench 5
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft 9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

36 36
[1.42] [1.42]

Operating features Operating features


Locking and release force . . . . . . . . : 120 N / 27 lbf ±10% Locking and release force . . . . . . . . : 100 N / 22.5 lbf ±10%

15 kit 16 kit

1 0 0 2
Allen wrench 4 Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Allen wrench 5 Allen wrench 5
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft 9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

36 36
[1.42] [1.42]

Operating features Operating features


Locking and release force . . . . . . . . : 100 N / 22.5 lbf ±10% Locking and release force . . . . . . . . : 100 N / 22.5 lbf ±10%

GURMAKSAN C-15
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
45L GMB GMB Series

”A” side spool positioners

With spring return


17 kit 18 kit

1 0 2 1 0 2
Allen wrench 4 Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Allen wrench 5 Allen wrench 5
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft 9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

36 36
[1.42] [1.42]

17D kit 18D kit

1 0 2 1 0 2
Allen wrench 4 Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Wrench 9 Wrench 9
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft 9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

12 12
[0.47] [0.47]
M6

M6

36 36
[1.42] [1.42]
38 50
[1.50] [1.97]

C-16 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GMB Series 45L GMB

”A” side spool positioners

With detent and spring return to neutral position from either directions
9B kit

1 0 2 Force-stroke diagram
Port B Port A
2 0 1
-0.24 -0.12 0 0.12 0.24 (in)
Allen wrench 4 (lbf)
300 60
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft (N)
200 40
Force 100 20
0 0
-20
-100
Detent area -40
-200
75 -60
-300
[2.95] -7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Wrench 8 Stroke (mm)
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

10B kit

1 0 2 Force-stroke diagram
Port B Port A
2 0 1
-0.24 -0.12 0 0.12 0.24 (in)
Allen wrench 4 (lbf)
300 60
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft (N)
200 40
100 20
Detent area
Force

0 0
-20
-100
-40
-200
75 -60
-300
[2.95] -7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Wrench 8 Stroke (mm)
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

11B kit

1 0 2 Force-stroke diagram
Port B Port A
2 0 1
-0.24 -0.12 0 0.12 0.24 (in)
Allen wrench 4 (lbf)
300 60
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft (N)
200 40
100 20
Detent area Detent area
Force

0 0
-20
-100
-40
-200
75 -60
-300
[2.95] -7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Wrench 8 Stroke (mm)
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

GURMAKSAN C-17
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
45L GMB GMB Series

”A” side spool positioners

With detent and spring return to neutral position from either directions
9BT kit

For single acting spool 1 0 2


Stroke : 4.2mm Force-stroke diagram
Port B Port A
2 0 1
-0.24 -0.12 0 0.12 0.24 (in)
Allen wrench 4 300
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 60 (lbf)
(N)
200 40
100 20
Force 0 0
-20
-100
Detent area -40
-200
75 -60
-300
[2.95] -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
Wrench 8 Stroke (mm)
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

10BT kit

For single acting spool 1 0 2


Stroke : 4.2mm Force-stroke diagram
Port B Port A
2 0 1
-0.24 -0.12 0 0.12 0.24 (in)
Allen wrench 4 300
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 60 (lbf)
(N)
200 40
Detent area
100 20
Force

0 0
-20
-100
-40
-200
75 -60
-300
[2.95] -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
Wrench 8 Stroke (mm)
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

11BT kit

For single acting spool 1 0 2


Stroke : 4.2mm Force-stroke diagram
Port B Port A
2 0 1
-0.24 -0.12 0 0.12 0.24 (in)
Allen wrench 4 300
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 60 (lbf)
(N)
200 40
Detent area
100 20
Force

0 0
-20
-100
Detent area -40
-200
75 -60
-300
[2.95] -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
Wrench 8 Stroke (mm)
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

C-18 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GMB Series 45L GMB

”A” side spool positioners

With microswitch type 8MG3(NO)


With spring return in neutral position and microswitch operated in both directions.
Also available 8MG1(NO) configuration (microswitch operated in position 1) and 8MG2(NO) configuration (microswitch operated in
position 2); dimensions are the same of 8MG3(NO) configuration.
Same configurations are available with normally closed (NC) contact.
For more information contact Sales Department.

8MG3(NO) kit

26
[1.02] Wrench 22 1 0 2
42 Nm / 31 lbft
Wrench 10
9.8 Nm / 7.2 lbft
Allen wrench 4 Other configurations
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft

8MG1(NO) kit 8MG2(NO) kit

1 0 2 1 0 2

77
[3.03] Operating features
Allen wrench 4 MICROSWITCH
Allen wrench 5 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft Mechanical life : 5x105 operations
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft Electrical life (resistive load) : 5x104 operations 10A / 12VDC
: 5x104 operations 3A / 24VDC

Type 8MG1\MG2(NC-NC)
With double microswitch in position 1 and 2.

56 8MG1\MG2(NC-NC) kit
[2.20]
28
[1.10] 1 0 2
Wrench 10 Wrench 22
9.8 Nm / 7.2 lbft 42 Nm / 31 lbft
Allen wrench 4 Positions A B
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft A B 1
0
2

Operating features
107 MICROSWITCH
[4.21] Mechanical life : 5x105 operations
Electrical life (resistive load) : 5x104 operations 10A / 12VDC
Allen wrench 5 Allen wrench 4
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft : 5x104 operations 3A / 24VDC

GURMAKSAN C-19
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
45L GMB GMB Series

”A” side spool positioners

ON/OFF pneumatic kit type 8P


With spring return to neutral position.
VA VB
Wrench 10 Allen wrench 4
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 1 0 2
32.5 56.5
[1.28] [2.22]
BSP 1/8
VA VB
[1.12]
28.5

Operating features
Pilot pressure..................: min. 5.5 bar / 80 psi
: max.10 bar / 145 psi

100
[3.94]
Allen wrench 4 Wrench 10
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

8PF pneumatic proportional kit


With spring return to neutral position.
VA VB
Wrench 10 Allen wrench 4
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 1 0 2
32.5 56.5
[1.28] [2.22]
BSP 1/8
VA VB
[1.12]
28.5

100
[3.94]
Allen wrench 4 Wrench 10
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

C-20 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GMB Series 45L GMB

”A” side spool positioners

ON/OFF electropneumatic kit type 8EP3


With spring return to neutral position. Scheme
Wrench 15 VA VB
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 32.5 56.5
[1.28] [2.22]

1 0 2
Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft Scheme ISO 1219
[3.94]
100

VA VB
1 0 2
[0.24]
Ø6
[1.40]
35.5

VA VB

Operating features
CONTROL
Pilot pressure : 6 bar / 87 psi
: max. 15 bar / 218 psi
COIL
Wrench 5 Nominal voltage tolerance : ±10%
100 Power rating :8W
[3.94] Nominal current : 12 VDC
138 : 24 VDC
[5.43] Coil insulation : Class H
Allen wrench 4 Wrench 10 Wrench 10 Weather protection : IP65
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 9 Nm / 6.6 lbft 9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

ON/OFF electropneumatic kit type 8EP4


Wrench 15 32.5 56.5
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft [1.28] [2.22]
[4.13]
105

Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
G1/8
[1.46]
37

Wrench 5
100
[3.94]
137.5
[5.41]
Allen wrench 4 Wrench 10 Wrench 10
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 9 Nm / 6.6 lbft 9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

GURMAKSAN C-21
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
45L GMB GMB Series

”A” side spool positioners

Particular positioner kits for special spools


13NZ kit
Detent in 4th position with spool in:available only for spool type 5DY

Force-stroke diagram
1 0 2 3 Floating Port B Port A
3 2 0 1
-0.3 -0.2 -0.1 0 0.1 (in)
400
(N) (lbf)

-0.27

-0.18

0.18
60
200
Allen wrench 4 30
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Force

0 0

-30
-200
-60
-6.8

-4.5

4.5
-400
-9 -8 -7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5
Stroke (mm)
79
[3.11]
Special body kit Detent area
Wrench 8
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft Locking force: 280 N / 63 lbf ±10%
Release force: 300 N / 67.4 lbf ±10%

13QN kit
Detent in 4th position with spool out:available only for spool type 5BY

Force-stroke diagram
3 1 0 2 Port B Port A Floating
2 0 1 3
-0.1 0 0.1 0.2 0.3
400
(N) (lbf)
-0.18

0.18

60
0.27

200
Allen wrench 4 30
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Force

0 0

-30
-200
-60
-4.5

4.5

6.8

-400
-5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Stroke (mm)
79
[3.11]
Wrench 8
Special body kit Detent area
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft Locking force: 360 N / 81 lbf ±10%
Release force: 390 N / 87.7 lbf ±10%

C-22 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GMB Series 45L GMB

”B” side options

Lever control
Type L Type L180
Alluminium with protection boot lever pivot box; it can be rotated 180° (execution LM10180).

17° 17°
Vertical handlever 1 0 2
assembly Horizontal handlever
assembly

M10 Execution L180


[2.74]
69.5
[2.36]
60
[0.79]
20

[0,98]
25

20.3 Allen wrench 4


[0.80]

[1.38]
45 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
35
[1.75]
44.5
[1.77]

Type LF1 Type SLP

1 0 2 1 0 2

M10

M10

Allen wrench 4
Allen wrench 4
[2.74]

6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
69.5
[2.36]
60
[0.79]
20

[0,98]
25

20.3 9
Wrench 13 [0.35]
[0.80] 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft
48
[1.89] Allen wrench 4
62 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
[2.44]

GURMAKSAN C-23
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
45L GMB GMB Series

”B” side options

Special lever controls


Safety levers with lock in neutral complete with handlever; lift handlever knob to operate.
With insulated handlever type LEBP, LEBSP

Type LEB

To be used with body valves without auxiliary relief valves flanged on the working ports.

1 0 2 1 0 2 3

LEB LEBS
[0.33]

[0.33]
8.5

8.5
lock release

lock release
Stroke for

Stroke for
Locking bush
[11.22]
285

Wrench 17 Wrench 17
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft
[2.32]
59
[0.79]

Allen wrench 4
20

6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
[0.98]
25

20.3 20.3
[0.80] Allen wrench 4 [0.80]
51 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 51
[2.01] [2.01]

C-24 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GMB Series 45L GMB

”B” side options

TQ cable remote control kit


Waterproof cap prearranged for remote control with flexible cable.
1 0 2
Wrench 10 - 9.8 Nm / 7.2 lbft

Wrench 24 - 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

Flexible cable
85
Allen wrench 4 [3.35]
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft

NOTE - For more information about remote cable control, require appropriate documentation.

Connection example

(OPTIONAL)

JS200 remote control

CG flexible cable
LOCK
DIE CASTING

ELECTRICAL
CABLE
( OPTIONAL )

TQ kit

GMB10/2 directional control


valve without lever boxes

GURMAKSAN C-25
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
45L GMB GMB Series

”B” side options

LCB mechanical joystick for two sections control


1 0 2
Execution LCB4
2nd section spool Pivot
1 0 2
Wrench 13
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft
1st section spool
LCB HCB KCB
Wrench 10 Allen wrench 5
9.8 Nm / 7.2 lbft

Allen wrench 3 - 6.6 Nm / 4.9 lbft

Wrench 12 - 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

310
254
200
Wrench 13 - 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

Wrench 10 - 9.8 Nm / 7.2 lbft

Description example
45L GMB10/2-P(X-100)/18LCB4/18LCB4/AET-PSL3

Dimensions and movement scheme

Execution LCB1 Execution LCB2


pivot placed down on the left pivot placed down on the right

1st section axis 2nd section axis


B1 B2
spool axis
B1-A2 B1-B2 B2-B1 B2-A1

[2.80]
A2 B2 B1 A1 71
[1.40]
35.5

M10

A1-A2 A1 A1-B2 A2-B1 A2 A2-A1


76
[0.81]
20.5

10 27 [2.99]
[0.39] [1.06]

Execution LCB3 Execution LCB4


pivot placed above on the left pivot placed above on the right
A1 A2
A1-A2 A1-B2 A2-B1 A2-A1

A2 B2 B1 A1
[1.40]
35.5

B1-A2 B1 B1-B2 B2-B1 B2 B2-A1

C-26 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GMB Series 45L GMB

Complete controls

Proportional hydraulic control type 8IM


It can be used with standard spools and body 1 0 2

VA VB
Allen wrench 4 29
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft [1.14]
G1/4 Pilot pressure - stroke diagram
Port B Port A
VA VB 2 0 1
-0.2 -0.1 0.1 0.2 (in)
(bar) 20 (psi)

15 200

Pilot pressure
10
100
5

0
47 47
[1.85] [1.85] -6 -4 -2 0 2 4 6
204 Stroke (mm)
[8.03]
Allen wrench 5 Spool overlap area
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft Metering area

Operating features
Pilot pressure : max. 50 bar / 725 psi
Internal leakage A(B) → T (∆p = 100 bar - 1450 psi / T = 40°C)
........................................ : max. 6cm3/min - 0.37 in3/min

Connection example

Hydraulic pilot control valve


VA1 VA2 series JSSC400

A1 A2

P
B1 B2

VB1 VB2

GURMAKSAN C-27
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
45L GMB GMB Series

Special configurations

Directional valve with rotary control kit


97.5 63
[3.84] [2.48]
[1.77]
45

A
T
[4.33]
110

Standard body kit


B
[9.45]

P
240
[0.24]
-6
[0.80]
20.3

2
Stroke

0
1
[0.24]
+6

25
[0,98]
Angle excursion ± 90° 225
[8,86]
A B
100 bar
1450 psi

Description example
45L GMB10/1-P(X-100)/1 R SLP/AET

C-28 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GMB Series 45L GMB

Outlet port options


It’s possible to have open centre, closed centre and carry-over.

AET: open centre (standard) AE: with carry-over

Wrench 27
42 Nm / 31 lbft

Allen wrench 8

G1/2
42 Nm / 31 lbft C

1.5 21
[0.06] [0.83]

A1 B1 A2 B2 A1 B1 A2 B2

T T
P P
C

100 bar 100 bar


1450 psi 1450 psi

Description example Description example


45L GMB10/2-P(X-100)/18L/18L/AET-PSL3 45L GMB10/2-P(X-100)/18L/18L/AE1-PSL3

AEK: closed centre


Wrench 27
42 Nm / 31 lbft

10
[0.39]

A1 B1 A2 B2

T
P

100 bar
1450 psi

Description example
45L GMB10/2-P(X-100)/18L/18L/AEK-PSL3

GURMAKSAN C-29
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
45LGMS

GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
45L GMS GMS Series

Features

Simple , compact and heavy duty designed monoblock valves from 1 to 6 sections for open and closed centre hydraulic
systems..
H Fitted with a main pressure relief valve and a load check valve at GMC series.
H Available with parallel, series or tandem circuit. Series circuit GMCS. Tandem circuit GMT.
H Optional carry--over port (only for parallel or tandem circuit).
H Diameter 16 mm -- 0.63 in interchangeable spools.
H A wide variety of service port valve options.
H Actuation is manual, pneumatic, electro--pneumatic, hydraulic, electro--hydraulic, with solenoid and remote with flexible
cables

spool control kits.

Additional information
This catalogue shows the product in the most standard configurations. Please
contact Sales Dpt. for more detailed information or special request.

WARNING!
All specifications of this catalogue refer to the standard product at this date.
GMS, oriented to a continuous improvement, reserves the right to
discontinue, modify or revise the specifications, without notice.

GMS IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY DAMAGE CAUSED BY AN INCORRECT


USE OF THE PRODUCT. 1st edition April 2016:

D-2 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GMS Series 45L GMS

Contents

Directional valve with parallel circuit


Dimensional data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-6
Ordering codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-7
Inlet relief options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-9
Spools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-10
“A” side spool positioners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-11
“B” side options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-19

GURMAKSAN D-3
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
45L GMS GMS Series

Working conditions

This catalogue shows technical specifications and diagrams measured with mineral oil of 46 mm2/s – 46cSt viscosity
at 40°C temperature.

Nominal flow rating 45 l/min.


Max. flow 65 l
Operating pressure (max.) 250 bar 3600 psi
Back pressure (max.) on outlet port T 25 bar 260 psi
3
Internal leakage A(B)→T ∆p=100 bar – 1450psi with fluid and valve at 40°C 3cm /min. 0.18 in3/min.
Hydraulic fluid Mineral base oil
Fluid temperature with NBR seals from - 20° to 80°C
with FPM (VITON) seals from - 20° to 100°C
Viscosity operating range from 15 to 75 mm2/s from 15 to 75 cSt
2
Min. 12 mm /s 12 cSt
2
Max. 400 mm /s 400 cSt
Max. level of
19/16 – ISO 4406
contamination

Standard threads

PORTS THREAD

MAIN PORTS METRIC OPTIONAL UN-UNF BSP


Inlet P 3/4 – 16 (SAE 8)
Ports A and B M18x1,5 G 3/8 9/16 – 18 (SAE 6) G 1/2
Outlet T 3/4 – 16 (SAE 8)

D-4 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GMS Series 45L GMS

Performance data (pressure drop vs. flow)

Open centre
From side inlet to side outlet.

40
(bar) 540
(psi)
T
30
360
2 sections

Pressure
P C
20
A1 A2

180
10
B1 B2

0
0 15 30 45 60
Flow (l/min)

Inlet to work port


From side inlet to A port (spool in position 1) or B port (spool in position 2).

40
(bar) 2 sections 540
(psi)
T 1 sections
30
360
Pressure

P C
20
A1 A2

180
10
B1 B2

0
0 15 30 45 60
Flow (l/min)

Work port to outlet


From A port (spool in position 2) or B port (spool in position 1) to side outlet.

40
(bar) 540
(psi)
T
30 2 sections
1 sections 360
Pressure

P C
20
A1 A2

180
10
B1 B2

0
0 15 30 45 60
Flow (l/min)

GURMAKSAN D-5
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
45L GMS GMS Series

Dimensional data (parallel circuit)

67.5
[2.66]
30.8 31.5 24.5
[1.21] [1.24] [0.96]
[1.89]

[1.57]
48

40
T

M8
[1.22]
[1.38]

31
35

[2.03]
51.5
P C 9
[0.35]
A1 A2
[3.05]
77.5
[7.99]

[4.33]

[7.68]
203

110

195

[0.35]
[1.38]

Ø9
35

spool out
B1 B2 3
[0.80]
20.3

26°
[0.80]
20.3

17°
[1.77]
45

17°
M10

26°
M10 2
34 36 34 51 3
[1.34] [1.42] [1.34] [2.01] spool in
B 95.5
[3.76]
A
P.max:315bar

45L GMS18/ 2-P


Valve type 340 / 15

Production batch Production year


Standard configuration
P
T
A1 B1 A2 B2
A B Weight
TYPE
mm in mm in kg lb
45L GMS 18/1 102 3.98 68 2.68 3.20 7.05
C 45L GMS 18/2 138 5.39 104 4.09 4.85 10.69

100 bar
1450 psi

Description example
45L GMS18/2-P(X-100)/18L/18L/AE4

D-6 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GMS Series 45L GMS

Ordering codes
Description example:
1st section following section

45L GMS18 / 2 - P ( X - 100 ) / 1 8 L / 18L / AE4

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.
Valve setting (bar)

4. a.

8-11 6.
b.

9B-10B-11B
5.

Copper ring
3. L
2.
8P

1.

1. Body kits 3. Spool options page 10


TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
1-P - Parallel, 1 section 1 30 01 3516 Double acting, 3 positions, with A and B
2-P - Parallel, 2 sections closed in neutral position
2 30 01 3517 Double acting, 3 positions, with A and B
Include body, seals and load check valve. open to tank in neutral position
2H - Double acting, 3 positions, with A and B
partially open to tank in neutral position
2. Inlet relief options page 9 3 30 01 3514 Single acting on A, 3 positions, B plugged
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION requires G3/8 plug (see part a. )
KE08K01 : direct pressure relief valve type X 4 30 01 3515 Single acting on B, 3 positions, A plugged
(X-100) 30 05 6023 Range 20 to 315 bar / 290 to 4600 psi requires G3/8 plug (see part a. )
standard setting 100 bar / 1450 psi

Standard setting is referred to 6 l/min flow.

V - Relief valve blanking plug

GURMAKSAN D-7
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
45L GMS GMS Series

Ordering codes

4. ”A” side spool positioners page 11 5. “B” side options page 19


TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
8 30 07 5427 With spring return in neutral position L 30 07 5335 Standard lever box
8D 30 07 5449 With spring return in neutral position and pin LF1 30 07 5337 Lever box with adjustable flow limiter
with M6 female thread for dual control SLP 30 07 5338 Without lever box, with dust-proof plate
8D2 30 07 5450 With spring return in neutral position and pin TQ 30 07 5328 Flexible cable connection; for CG cables
with M8 male thread for dual control LCB 30 07 5426 Joystick lever for 2 sections operation
8T - With spring return in neutral position,
for single acting spool type 3 and 4
8F2 30 07 5444 With spring return in neutral position and 6. Outlet port options
adjustable flow limiter TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
19 30 07 5471 2 positions, with spring return in neutral AE4 30 05 6024 M18x1,5 carry-over sleeve
position from position 1
20 30 07 5472 2 positions, with spring return in neutral
position from position 2 a. ”A” and “B” ports plugs
11 30 07 5445 Detent in positions neutral, 1 and 2 TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
12 30 07 5446 Detent in positions 1 and 2 M18x1,5 30 05 4922 For single acting spools type 3 and 4
15 30 07 5447 2 positions, detent in positions 1 and neutral
16 30 07 5448 2 positions, detent in positions 2 and neutral
17 30 07 5467 With spring return position 1 b. Optional handlevers
18 30 07 5468 With spring return position 2 TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
17D 30 07 5469 With spring return position 1 and pin AL01/M10x200 30 05 4989 Lenght L = 200mm / 7.87in
with M6 female thread for dual control
18D 30 07 5470 With spring return position 2 and pin
with M6 female thread for dual control
9B 30 07 5451 With detent in position 1 and spring return in
neutral position
10B 30 07 5452 With detent in position 2 and spring return in
neutral position
11B 30 07 5453 Detent in positions 1 and 2 and spring return in
neutral position
9BT - With detent in position 1 and spring return in
neutral position, For single acting spool type 3 and 4
10BT - With detent in position 2 and spring return in
neutral position, For single acting spool type 3 and 4
11BT - Detent in positions 1 and 2 and spring return in
neutral position, For single acting spool type 3 and 4
8MG3(NO) 30 07 5455 With spring return in neutral position and
microswitch in positions 1 and 2
8P 30 07 5463 ON/OFF pneumatic kit
8EP3 30 07 5473 12 VDC ON/OFF electropneumatic kit
30 07 5464 24 VDC ON/OFF electropneumatic kit

D-8 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GMS Series 45L GMS

Inlet relief options

Direct pressure relief valve

KE08K01 ( X - 100 )
Standard setting in bar
Adjustment type (X, XH)

Adjustment type

X: with screw XH: valve set and locked


Wrench 13 - 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft Wrench 13 - 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft
Wrench 19 - 42 Nm / 31 lbft Allen Wrench 19 - 42 Nm / 31 lbft Allen
wrench 4 wrench 4

50 56
[1.97] [2.20]

Performance data

Time response
(% DP)

400 (psi) 105%


(bar)

300 4500
95%
Pressure

90%
Pressure

1450 psi

3000
100 bar

200

100 1500
10%

0
0 20 40 60 Time (")
Flow (l/min) 0.05"
TIME RESPONSE

V: relief valve blanking plug

Allen wrench 8
42 Nm / 31 lbft

1.5
[0.06]

GURMAKSAN D-9
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
45L GMS GMS Series

Spools options

Type 1 Type 2

1 0 2 1 0 2
A B + 6 mm / 0.24 in A B + 6 mm / 0.24 in
(1) (1)
(0) (0)
(2) (2)
P T - 6 mm / 0.24 in P T - 6 mm / 0.24 in

Type 2H Type 3

1 0 2 For 8T kit
A B + 6 mm / 0.24 in
1 0 2
(1)
(0) A + 4.2 mm / 0.17 in
(1)
(2)
(0)
P T - 6 mm / 0.24 in
(2)
P T - 4.2 mm / 0.17 in
Type 4
For 8T kit

1 0 2
B + 4.2 mm / 0.17 in
(1)
(0)
(2)
P T - 4.2 mm / 0.17 in

D-10 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GMS Series 45L GMS

”A” side spool positioners

With spring return in neutral position


8 kit
It’s supplied with standard spring type D (see force-stroke diagram) and available with lighter spring type C (8MC) or heavier
type E (8ME).

1 0 2 Force-stroke diagram
-0.24 -0.12 0 0.12 0.24 (in)
Allen wrench 4 (lbf)
300 60
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft (N) E
200
Allen wrench 5 D 40
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft
Force 100 C 20
0 0
-20
-100 C
-200 D -40
E -60
-300
-7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Stroke (mm)
40
[1.57]

8D kit
Spool end joint is available on request in order to screw onto pin.

Spool end joint dimensions (optional) 1 0 2


Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
10 20
Wrench 9 [0.39] [0.79]
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft
[0.59]
Ø15

12
[0.47]
M6

4
[0.16]
Ø9
[0.35]
M6

40
[1.57] 40
[0.31]

[1.57]
8

48
[1.89]

8D2 kit 8T kit


Stroke : 4.2mm

1 0 2 1 0 2
Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Wrench 9
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft Allen wrench 5
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft
M8

40
40 40
[1.57] [1.57] [1.57]
88
[3.46]

GURMAKSAN D-11
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
45L GMS GMS Series

”A” side spool positioners

With spring return in neutral position


8F2 kit 19 kit

1 0 2 1 0
Allen wrench 5 Allen wrench 4
Allen wrench 4
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft

Wrench 13 Allen wrench 5


24 Nm / 17.7 lbft 9 Nm / 6.6 lbft
Allen wrench 4
M8

40 40
[1.57] [1.57]
58.5
[2.30]

20 kit

0 2

Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft

Allen wrench 5
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

40
[1.57]

D-12 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GMS Series 45L GMS

”A” side spool positioners

With detent
11 kit 12 kit

1 0 2 1 0 2
Allen wrench 4 Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Allen wrench 5 Allen wrench 5
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft 9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

40 40
[1.57] [1.57]

Operating features Operating features


Locking and release force . . . . . . . . : 120 N / 27 lbf ±10% Locking and release force . . . . . . . . : 100 N / 22.5 lbf ±10%

15 kit 16 kit

1 0 0 2
Allen wrench 4 Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Allen wrench 5 Allen wrench 5
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft 9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

40 40
[1.57] [1.57]

Operating features Operating features


Locking and release force . . . . . . . . : 100 N / 22.5 lbf ±10% Locking and release force . . . . . . . . : 100 N / 22.5 lbf ±10%

GURMAKSAN D-13
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
45L GMS GMS Series

”A” side spool positioners

With spring return


17 kit 18 kit

1 0 2 1 0 2

Allen wrench 4 Allen wrench 4


6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Allen wrench 5 Allen wrench 5
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft 9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

40 40
[1.57] [1.57]

17D kit 18D kit

1 0 2 1 0 2
Allen wrench 4 Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Wrench 9 Wrench 9
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft 9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

12 12
[0.47] [0.47]
M6

M6

40 36
[1.57] [1.42]
42 50
[1.65] [1.97]

D-14 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GMS Series 45L GMS

”A” side spool positioners

With detent and spring return to neutral position from either directions
9B kit

1 0 2 Force-stroke diagram
Port B Port A
2 0 1
-0.24 -0.12 0 0.12 0.24 (in)
Allen wrench 4 (lbf)
300 60
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft (N)
200 40
Force 100 20
0 0
-20
-100
Detent area -40
-200
79 -60
-300
[3.11] -7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Wrench 8 Stroke (mm)
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

10B kit

1 0 2 Force-stroke diagram
Port B Port A
2 0 1
-0.24 -0.12 0 0.12 0.24 (in)
Allen wrench 4 (lbf)
300 60
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft (N)
200 40
100 20
Detent area
Force

0 0
-20
-100
-40
-200
79 -60
-300
[3.11] -7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Wrench 8 Stroke (mm)
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

11B kit

1 0 2 Force-stroke diagram
Port B Port A
2 0 1
-0.24 -0.12 0 0.12 0.24 (in)
Allen wrench 4 (lbf)
300 60
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft (N)
200 40
100 20
Detent area Detent area
Force

0 0
-20
-100
-40
-200
79 -60
-300
[3.11] -7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Wrench 8 Stroke (mm)
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

GURMAKSAN D-15
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
45L GMS GMS Series

”A” side spool positioners

With detent and spring return to neutral position from either directions
9BT kit

For single acting spool 1 0 2


Stroke : 4.2mm Force-stroke diagram
Port B Port A
2 0 1
-0.24 -0.12 0 0.12 0.24 (in)
Allen wrench 4 300
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 60 (lbf)
(N)
200 40
100 20
Force 0 0
-20
-100
Detent area -40
-200
79 -60
-300
[3.11] -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
Wrench 8 Stroke (mm)
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

10BT kit

For single acting spool 1 0 2


Stroke : 4.2mm Force-stroke diagram
Port B Port A
2 0 1
-0.24 -0.12 0 0.12 0.24 (in)
Allen wrench 4 300
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 60 (lbf)
(N)
200 40
Detent area
100 20
Force

0 0
-20
-100
-40
-200
79 -60
-300
[3.11] -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
Wrench 8 Stroke (mm)
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

11BT kit

For single acting spool 1 0 2


Stroke : 4.2mm Force-stroke diagram
Port B Port A
2 0 1
-0.24 -0.12 0 0.12 0.24 (in)
Allen wrench 4 300
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 60 (lbf)
(N)
200 40
Detent area
100 20
Force

0 0
-20
-100
Detent area -40
-200
79 -60
-300
[3.11] -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
Wrench 8 Stroke (mm)
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

D-16 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GMS Series 45L GMS

”A” side spool positioners

With microswitch type 8MG3(NO)


With spring return in neutral position and microswitch operated in both directions.
Also available 8MG1(NO) configuration (microswitch operated in position 1) and 8MG2(NO) configuration (microswitch operated in
position 2); dimensions are the same of 8MG3(NO) configuration.
Same configurations are available with normally closed (NC) contact.
For more information contact Sales Department.

8MG3(NO) kit
26
Wrench 22
[1.02]
42 Nm / 31 lbft
1 0 2
Wrench 10
9.8 Nm / 7.2 lbft
Allen wrench 4 Other configurations
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft

8MG1(NO) kit 8MG2(NO) kit

1 0 2 1 0 2

77
[3.03] Operating features
Allen wrench 4 MICROSWITCH
Allen wrench 5 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft Mechanical life : 5x105 operations
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft Electrical life (resistive load) : 5x104 operations 10A / 12VDC
: 5x104 operations 3A / 24VDC

Type 8MG1\MG2(NC-NC)
With double microswitch in position 1 and 2.

56 8MG1\MG2(NC-NC) kit
[2.20]
28 1 0 2
[1.10] Wrench 22
42 Nm / 31 lbft
Wrench 10
9.8 Nm / 7.2 lbft
Allen wrench 4 Positions A B
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft A B 1
0
2

Operating features
107 MICROSWITCH
[4.21] Mechanical life : 5x105 operations
Electrical life (resistive load) : 5x104 operations 10A / 12VDC
Allen wrench 5 Allen wrench 4 : 5x104 operations 3A / 24VDC
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft

GURMAKSAN D-17
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
45L GMS GMS Series

”A” side spool positioners

ON/OFF pneumatic kit type 8P


With spring return to neutral position.

1 0 2
Wrench 10 Allen wrench 4
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft VA VB
32.5 60.5
[1.28] [2.38]
BSP 1/8
VA VB
Operating features
[1.12]
28.5

Pilot pressure..................: min. 5.5 bar / 80 psi


: max.10 bar / 145 psi

104
[4.09]

Allen wrench 4 Wrench 10


6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

ON/OFF electropneumatic kit type 8EP3


With spring return to neutral position.
Scheme
Wrench 15 VA VB
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 32.5 60.5
[1.28] [2.38]

1 0 2
Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft Scheme ISO 1219
[3.94]
100

VA VB
1 0 2
[0.24]
Ø6
[1.40]
35.5

VA VB

Operating features
CONTROL
Pilot pressure : 6 bar / 87 psi
: max. 15 bar / 218 psi
COIL
Wrench 5 Nominal voltage tolerance : ±10%
104 Power rating :8W
[4.09] Nominal current : 12 VDC
142 : 24 VDC
[5.59] Coil insulation : Class H
Wrench 10 Wrench 10 Weather protection : IP65
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft 9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

D-18 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GMS Series 45L GMS

”B” side options

Lever control
Type L Type L180
Alluminium with protection boot lever pivot box; it can be rotated 180° (execution LM10180).

17° 17°
Vertical handlever 1 0 2
assembly Horizontal handlever
assembly

M10
Execution L180
[2.74]
69.5
[2.36]
60
[0.79]
20

[0.96]
24.5

20.3 Allen wrench 4


[0.80] 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft [1.40]
35.5
[1.77]

45
45

[1.77]

Type LF1 Type SLP

1 0 2 1 0 2

M10

M10

Allen wrench 4
Allen wrench 4
[2.74]

6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
69.5
[2.36]
60
[0.79]
20

[0.96]
24.5

20.3 9
[0.80] Wrench 13 [0.35]
48 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft
[1.89] Allen wrench 4
67 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
[2.64]

GURMAKSAN D-19
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
45L GMS GMS Series

”B” side options

TQ cable remote control kit


Waterproof cap prearranged for remote control with flexible cable.
1 0 2
Wrench 10 - 9.8 Nm / 7.2 lbft

Wrench 24 - 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

Flexible cable
85
Allen wrench 4 [3.35]
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft

NOTE - For more information about remote cable control, require appropriate documentation.

Connection example

(OPTIONAL)

JS200 remote control

CG flexible cable
LOCK
DIE CASTING

ELECTRICAL
CABLE
( OPTIONAL )

TQ kit

B2 B1

P
A2 A1

C
T

GMS18/2 directional control


valve without lever boxes

D-20 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GMS Series 45L GMS

”B” side options

LCB mechanical joystick for two sections control


1 0 2
Execution LCB4
2nd section spool Pivot
1 0 2
Wrench 13
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft
1st section spool
LCB HCB KCB
Wrench 10 Allen wrench 5
9.8 Nm / 7.2 lbft

Allen wrench 3 - 6.6 Nm / 4.9 lbft

Wrench 12 - 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

310
254
200
Wrench 13 - 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

Wrench 10 - 9.8 Nm / 7.2 lbft

Description example
45L GMS18/2-P(X-100)/18LCB4/18LCB4/AE

Dimensions and movement scheme

Execution LCB1 Execution LCB2


pivot placed down on the left pivot placed down on the right
1st section axis 2nd section axis
spool axis
B1 B2
B1-A2 B1-B2 B2-B1 B2-A1

A2 B2 B1 A1

[2.80]
71
[1.40]
35.5

M10

A1-A2 A1-B2 A2-B1 A2-A1


A1 A2 76
[0.83]

[2.99]
21

10 27
[0.39] [1.06]

Execution LCB3 Execution LCB4


pivot placed above on the left pivot placed above on the right

A1-A2 A1 A1-B2 A2-B1 A2 A2-A1

A2 B2 B1 A1
[1.36]
34.5

B1-A2 B1-B2 B2-B1 B2-A1


B1 B2

GURMAKSAN D-21
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
90LGMGMC

GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
90L GM GM Series

Features

Simple, compact and heavy duty designed monoblock valves from 1 to 6 sections for open and closed centre hydraulic systems.
H Fitted with a main pressure relief valve and a load check valve.
H Available with parallel circuit.
H Optional carryover port
H Diameter 20 mm -- 0.79 in interchangeable spools.
H A wide variety of service ports and circuit valves.
H Available manual, pneumatic, hydraulic, electro--hydraulic and remote with flexible cables spool control kits.

Additional information
This catalogue shows the product in the most standard configurations. Please
contact Sales Dpt. for more detailed information or special request.

WARNING!
All specifications of this catalogue refer to the standard product at this date.
GMS, oriented to a continuous improvement, reserves the right to
discontinue, modify or revise the specifications, without notice.

GMS IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY DAMAGE CAUSED BY AN INCORRECT


USE OF THE PRODUCT. 1st edition April 2016:

E-2 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GM Series 90L GM

Contents

Directional valve with parallel circuit


Dimensional data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-6
Hydraulic circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-7
Ordering codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-8
Inlet relief options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-10
Spools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-12
“A” side spool positioners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-14
“B” side options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-29
Complete controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-37
Outlet port options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-42
Inlet port options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-43

Other executions
Directional valve 90L GMC10 with parallel circuit. . . . . . . . . . G-47

GURMAKSAN E-3
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
90L GM GM Series

Working conditions

This catalogue shows technical specifications and diagrams measured with mineral oil of 46 mm2/s – 46cSt viscosity at
40°C temperature.

Nominal flow rating 90 l/min.


Max. flow 100 l
Operating pressure (max.) 315 bar 4600 psi
Max. back pressure on outlet port T 20 bar 290 psi
3
Internal leakage A(B)→T ∆p=100 bar – 1450psi with fluid and valve at 40°C 3cm /min. 0.18 in3/min.
Hydraulic fluid Mineral base oil
Fluid temperature with NBR seals from - 20° to 80°C
with FPM (VITON) seals from - 20° to 100°C
Viscosity operating range from 15 to 75 mm2/s from 15 to 75 cSt
2
Min. 12 mm /s 12 cSt
2
Max. 400 mm /s 400 cSt
Max. level of
19/16 – ISO 4406
contamination

Standard threads

REFERENCE STANDARDS

BSP UN-UNF METRIC


THREAD ISO 228/1 ISO 263 ISO 262
ACCORDING TO
BS 2779 ANSI B1.1 unified
CAVITY ISO 1179 11926 9974-1
ACCORDING TO
SAE J1926
3852-2 3852-1
DIN
shape X o Y shape X o Y

PORTS THREAD

MAIN PORTS BSP OPTIONAL UN-UNF METRIC


Inlet P and carry-over C G 1/2 G 3/4 7/8 - 14 (SAE 10) M18x1,5
Ports A and B G 1/2 G 3/4 3/4 – 16 (SAE 8) M18x1,5
Outlet T G 3/4 - 7/8 - 14 (SAE 10) M22x1,5
CONTROL PILOT PORTS
Pneumatics G 1/8 - -
Hydraulics G 1/4 - -

E-4 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GM Series 90L GM

Performance data (pressure drop vs. flow)

Open centre
From side inlet to side outlet.

40
(bar) 540
(psi)
30 6 sections
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6
4 sections 360

Pressure
T 20 2 sections
P
B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 180
10

0
0 30 60 90 120
Flow (l/min)

Inlet to work port


From side inlet to A port (spool in position 1) or B port (spool in position 2).

40
(bar) 540
(psi)
30
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 P→A6(B6)
360
Pressure

P→A2(B2)
T 20
P
B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 180
10

0
0 30 60 90 120
Flow (l/min)

Work port to outlet


From A port (spool in position 2) or B port (spool in position 1) to side outlet.

40
(bar) 540
(psi)
30
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6
360
Pressure

A2(B2)→T
T 20
P A6(B6)→T
B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 180
10

0
0 30 60 90 120
Flow (l/min)

GURMAKSAN E-5
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
90L GM GM Series

directional valve with left inlet


Dimensional data (parallel circuit)

75
[2.95]
A 6 52
[0.24] [2.05]
B 19 28.5
[0.75] [1.12]
[1.97]
50

A1 A2

[0.33]
Ø8.5
T
[1.69]
43

P
[4.92]

[4.06]
125

103
[2.81]
71.5

B1 B2
[2.26]
57.5

spool out
[0.33]

3
8.5

M10
1
[1.40]

30°
35.5

17°
[2.60]
66

17°
28.5°
M10
2

3
31.5 38.5 45 39 23
[1.24] [1.52] [1.77] [1.54] [0.91] spool in
20.5 101.5
[0.81] [4.00]
P.max:315bar

90L GM10/ 2-P


Valve type 340 / 15

Production batch Production year

Carry-over

A B Weight A B Weight
TYPE TYPE
mm in mm in kg lb mm in mm in kg lb
90L GM 10/1-P 132 5.12 100 3.94 5.8 12.80 90L GM 10/4-P 267 10.43 235 9.25 13.4 29.50
90L GM 10/2-P 177 6.89 145 5.71 8.3 18.30 90L GM 10/5-P 312 12.21 280 11.02 16.5 36.40
90L GM 10/3-P 222 8.66 190 7.48 10.9 24.00 90L GM 10/6-P 357 13.98 325 12.80 19.2 42.30

E-6 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GM Series 90L GM
directional valve with left inlet
Hydraulic circuit

Standard configuration Configuration with upper inlet and outlet


T
A1 B1 A2 B2 A1 B1 A2 B2
P

T
P

100 bar 100 bar


1450 psi 1450 psi

Description example Description example


90L GM10/2-P(X-100)/18L/18L/AET-PSL4 90L GM10/2-P(X-100)/18L/18L/AET-PSA4

Configuration with upper inlet and side outlet Configuration with side inlet and upper outlet
T
A1 B1 A2 B2 A1 B1 A2 B2
P

T
P

100 bar 100 bar


1450 psi 1450 psi

Description example Description example


90L GM10/2-P(X-100)/18L/18L/AET-PSV4 90L GM10/2-P(X-100)/18L/18L/AET-PSB4

GURMAKSAN E-7
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
90L GM GM Series

directional valve with left inlet


Ordering codes
Description example:
1st section following section

90L GM10 / 2 - P ( X - 100 ) / 1 8 L / 18L / AET - PSL4

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.
Valve setting (bar)

4. a. 7.
8-11 AET AE AEK 6.

9B-10B-11B b.

3.
5.
8P 7.

1. 2. L

1. Body kits 3. Spool options page 12


TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
1-P - Parallel, 1 section 1 30 01 3568 Double acting, 3 positions, with A and B
2-P - Parallel, 2 sections closed in neutral position
3-P - Parallel, 3 sections 1A 30 01 3645 Double acting, 3 positions, with A open to
4-P - Parallel, 4 sections tank in neutral position
5-P - Parallel, 5 sections 1B 30 01 3646 Double acting, 3 positions, with B open to
6-P - Parallel, 6 sections tank in neutral position
Include body, seals and load check valve. 2 30 01 3571 Double acting, 3 positions, with A and B
open to tank in neutral position
2H 30 01 3572 Double acting, 3 positions, with A and B
2. Inlet relief options page 10
partially open to tank in neutral position
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION 3 30 01 3573 Single acting on A, 3 positions, B plugged
KE10K01 : direct pressure relief valve type X requires G3/8 plug (see part a. )
(X-100) 30 05 4912 Range 20 to 315 bar / 290 to 4600 psi 4 30 01 3574 Single acting on B, 3 positions, A plugged
standard setting 100 bar / 1450 psi requires G3/8 plug (see part a. )
D4 30 01 3580 Double acting, 2 positions, without neutral
KE10K02 : pilot operated pressure relief valve type Z position
(Z-100) 30 05 4915 Range 25 to 315 bar / 360 to 4600 psi Special spools for particular positioner kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 13
standard setting 100 bar / 1450 psi 5BY 30 01 3569 Double acting, 4 positions, floating circuit
Standard setting is referred to 6 l/min flow. in 4th position with spool out
V 30 05 4914 Relief valve blanking plug 5DY 30 01 3570 Double acting, 4 positions, floating circuit
in 4th position with spool in
1(11A) 30 01 3575 Double acting, 3 positions, with A and B
closed in neutral pos: for 11A positioner

E-8 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GM Series 90L GM
directional valve with left inlet
Ordering codes

4. ”A” side spool positioners page 14 4. ”A” side spool positioners page 14
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
8 30 07 5375 With spring return in neutral position Special positioners for particular spools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8D 30 07 5383 With spring return in neutral position and pin 11A - With detent in position 1 and 2, automatic
with M8 female thread for dual control release in neutral position
8D1 30 07 5402 With spring return in neutral position and pin Particular positioner kits for special spools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
with ∅ 8mm (0.32in) radial hole 13NZ 30 07 5393 4 pos. with spring return in neutral position
8D2 30 07 5384 With spring return in neutral position and pin and detent in 4th pos.: for spool 5DY
with M8 male thread for dual control 13QN 30 07 5392 4 pos. with spring return in neutral position
8T 30 07 5376 With spring return in neutral position, and detent in 4th pos.: for spool 5BY
for single acting spool type 3 and 4
8F2 30 07 5377 With spring return in neutral position and
adjustable flow limiter 5. “B” side options page 29
8TL 30 07 5397 As type 8 and pin control with flexible cable TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
19 30 07 5436 2 positions, with spring return in neutral L 30 07 5403 Standard lever box
position from position 1 LF1 30 07 5405 Lever box with spool stroke limiter in
20 30 07 5437 2 positions, with spring return in neutral position 1
position from position 2 SLP 30 07 5406 Without lever box, with dust-proof plate
11 30 07 5378 Detent in positions neutral, 1 and 2 LB 30 07 5407 Steel lever
12 30 07 5438 Detent in positions 1 and 2 LEB 30 07 5409 Safety lever box
15 30 07 5439 2 positions, detent in positions 1 and neutral TQ 30 07 5398 Flexible cable connection; for CG cables
16 30 07 5440 2 positions, detent in positions 2 and neutral LCB 30 07 5433 Joystick lever for 2 sections operation
11NZ 30 07 5394 Detent in positions neutral, 1,2 and 3
17 30 07 5441 With spring return position 1
18 30 07 5381 With spring return position 2 6. Outlet port options page 40
17D 30 07 5442 With spring return position 1 and pin
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
with M8 female thread for dual control
AET 30 05 4923 Open centre plug
18D 30 07 5382 With spring return position 2 and pin
AEK 30 05 4927 Closed centre plug
with M8 female thread for dual control
AE1 30 05 4929 G1/2 carry-over sleeve
9B 30 07 5386 With detent in position 1 and spring return in
neutral position
10B 30 07 5387 With detent in position 2 and spring return in 7. Inlet and outlet selection *
neutral position
11B 30 07 5388 Detent in positions 1 and 2 and spring return in TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
neutral position PSL4 30 05 4919 G1/2 plug for upper inlet
9BT 30 07 5389 With detent in position 1 and spring return in 30 05 4920 G3/4 plug for upper outlet
neutral position, For single acting spool type 3 and 4 PSA4 30 05 4919 G1/2 plug for side inlet
10BT 30 07 5390 With detent in position 2 and spring return in 30 05 4920 G3/4 plug for side outlet
neutral position, For single acting spool type 3 and 4
11BT 30 07 5391 Detent in positions 1 and 2 and spring return in
neutral position, For single acting spool type 3 and 4
8. Complete controls page 37
8MG3(NO) 30 07 5435 With spring return in neutral position and TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
microswitch in positions 1 and 2 Proportional hydraulic control type 8IM,13IM and rotative control type R.
8P 30 07 5399 ON/OFF pneumatic kit
8PF - Proportional pneumatic kit
8EP3 30 07 5443 12 VDC ON/OFF electropneumatic kit a. ”A” and “B” ports plugs
30 07 5400 24 VDC ON/OFF electropneumatic kit
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
8EP4 30 07 5345 12 VDC ON/OFF electropneumatic kit with
G1/2 30 05 4919 For single acting spools type 3 and 4
manifold
30 07 5346 24 VDC ON/OFF electropneumatic kit with
manifold
8EI3 30 07 5401 12 VDC ON/OFF electrohydraulic kit b. Optional handlevers
30 07 5361 24 VDC ON/OFF electrohydraulic kit TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
8EI3F2 - 12 VDC ON/OFF electrohydraulic kit with AL01/M10x200 30 05 4989 Lenght L = 200mm / 7.87in
adjustable stroke limiter
- 24 VDC ON/OFF electrohydraulic kit with
adjustable stroke limiter

GURMAKSAN E-9
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
90L GM GM Series

directional valve with left inlet


Inlet relief options

Direct pressure relief valve

KE10K01 ( X - 100 )
Standard setting in bar
Adjustment type (X, XH)

Adjustment type

X: with screw XH: valve set and locked


Allen wrench 4 Allen wrench 4
Wrench 24 - 42 Nm / 31 lbft Wrench 13 Wrench 24 - 42 Nm / 31 lbft Wrench 13
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

49 62.5
[1.93] [2.46]

Performance data

Time response
(% DP)

400 (psi)
(bar) 105%

300 4500
95%
Pressure

90%
Pressure

200 3000
2500 psi
175 bar

100 1500
10%
0
0 30 60 90 Time (")
(l/min) 0,43"
Flow
TIME RESPONSE

E-10 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GM Series 90L GM
directional valve with left inlet
Inlet relief options

Pilot pressure relief valve

KE10K02 ( Z - 100 )
Standard setting in bar
Adjustment type (Z, ZH)

Adjustment type

Z: with screw ZH: valve set and locked


Wrench 27 Wrench 19 Wrench 27 Wrench 19
42 Nm / 31 lbft 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft 42 Nm / 31 lbft 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

Allen wrench 5
Allen wrench 5
max. 52
[2.05]

Performance data

Time response
(% DP)

400 (psi)
(bar) 105%

300 4500
95%
Pressure
Pressure

200 3000 90%


1750 psi
120 bar

100 1500
10%
0
0 30 60 90 Time (")
Flow (l/min) 0,28"
TIME RESPONSE

V: relief valve blanking plug

Allen wrench 10
42 Nm / 31 lbft

4
[0.16]

GURMAKSAN E-11
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
90L GM GM Series

directional valve with left inlet


Spools options

Type 1 Type 1A

1 0 2 1 0 2
A B + 7 mm / 0.28 in A B + 7 mm / 0.28 in
(1) (1)
(0) (0)
(2) (2)
P T - 7 mm / 0.28 in P T - 7 mm / 0.28 in

Type 1B Type 2

1 0 2 1 0 2
A B + 7 mm / 0.28 in A B + 7 mm / 0.28 in
(1) (1)
(0) (0)
(2) (2)
P T - 7 mm / 0.28 in P T - 7 mm / 0.28 in

Type 2H Type 3
For 8T kit
1 0 2 1 0 2
A B + 7 mm / 0.28 in A + 4.5 mm / 0.18 in
(1) (1)
(0) (0)
(2) (2)
P T - 7 mm / 0.28 in P T - 4.5 mm / 0.18 in

Type 4
For 8T kit

1 0 2
B + 4.5 mm / 0.18 in
(1)
(0)
(2)
P T - 4.5 mm / 0.18 in

E-12 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GM Series 90L GM
directional valve with left inlet
Spools options

Type 5BY

For 13QN kit + 12 mm / 0.47 in


3 1 0 2 (3)
A B + 6 mm / 0.24 in
(1)
(0)
(2)
P T
- 6 mm / 0.24 in

Type 5DY

For 13NZ kit


+ 6 mm / 0.24 in
1 0 2 3 (1)
A B (0)
(2)
- 5 mm / 0.20 in
(3)
P T
- 10.5 mm / 0.41 in

Type 1(11A)

For 11A kit 1 0 2


A B

+7 mm / 0.28 in
(1)
(0)
(2)
- 7 mm / 0.28 in
P T

GURMAKSAN E-13
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
90L GM GM Series

directional valve with left inlet


”A” side spool positioners

With spring return in neutral position


8 kit
It’s supplied with standard spring type D (see force-stroke diagram) and available with lighter spring type C (8MC) or heavier
type E (8ME).
1 0 2
Force-stroke diagram
-0.24 -0.12 0 0.12 0.24 (in)
Allen wrench 4 (lbf)
300
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft (N) E 60

Allen wrench 6
200 D 40
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft 100
C 20
Force

0 0

-100
C -20
-40
-200 D
-300 E
-60
-7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Stroke (mm)
50
[1.97]

8D kit
Spool end joint is available on request in order to screw onto pin.
Spool end joint dimensions (optional) 1 0 2
Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 16 23
[0.63] [0.91]
Wrench 13
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft
[0.71]
Ø18

17
[0.67]
[0.31]

5
M8

[0.20] Ø10
[0.39]
[0.31]
M8

47.5 27
[0.39]

[1.87] [1.06]
10

50
62.5 [1.97]
[2.46]

8D1 kit 8D2 kit

1 0 2 1 0 2
Allen wrench 4 Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Wrench 14 Wrench 13
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft
[0.51]

.31]
Ø13

∅8
[∅0

M8

23 47.5 25 47.5
[0.91] [1.87] [0.98] [1.87]
81 95
[3.19] [3.74]

E-14 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GM Series 90L GM
directional valve with left inlet
”A” side spool positioners

With spring return in neutral position


8F2 kit 8T kit
Stroke : 4.5mm
1 0 2
1 0 2
Allen wrench 6 Allen wrench 4
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Wrench 13 Allen wrench 6
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft
Allen wrench 4
[0.31]
M8

50 50
[1.97] [1.97]
66.5
[2.62]

8TL kit

1 0 2

24 Nm
17.7 lbft Allen wrench 4
Ø10H8 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
[0.39]
[0.71]
10
18

27.5 55 43 M5
[1.08] [2.17] [1.69]
92
[3.62]

19 kit 20 kit

1 0 0 2

Allen wrench 4 Allen wrench 4


6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Allen wrench 6 Allen wrench 6
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

50 50
[1.97] [1.97]

GURMAKSAN E-15
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
90L GM GM Series

directional valve with left inlet


”A” side spool positioners

With detent
11 kit 12 kit

1 0 2 1 0 2
Allen wrench 4 Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Allen wrench 6 Allen wrench 6
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

50 50
[1.97] [1.97]

Operating features Operating features


Locking and release force . . . . . . . . . : 260 N / 58 lbf ±10% Locking and release force . . . . . . . . . : 260 N / 58 lbf ±10%

15 kit 16 kit

1 0 0 2
Allen wrench 4 Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Allen wrench 6 Allen wrench 6
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

50 50
[1.97] [1.97]

Operating features Operating features


Locking and release force . . . . . . . . . : 260 N / 58 lbf ±10% Locking and release force . . . . . . . . . : 260 N / 58 lbf ±10%

11NZ kit
Suitable to 5DY spool
1 0 2 3
Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Allen wrench 6
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

50
[1.97] Special body kit
Operating features
Locking and release force . . . . . . . . . : 260 N / 58 lbf ±10%

E-16 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GM Series 90L GM
directional valve with left inlet
”A” side spool positioners

With spring return


17 kit 18 kit

1 0 2 1 0 2

Allen wrench 4 Allen wrench 4


6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Allen wrench 6 Allen wrench 6
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

50 50
[1.97] [1.97]

17D kit 18D kit

1 0 2 1 0 2
Allen wrench 4 Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Wrench 13 Wrench 13
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft
17 17
[0.67] [0.67]
[0.31]

[0.31]
M8

M8

47.5 47.5
[1.87] [1.87]
49.5 69.5
[1.95] [2.74]

GURMAKSAN E-17
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
90L GM GM Series

directional valve with left inlet


”A” side spool positioners

With detent and spring return to neutral position from either directions
9B kit
Force-stroke diagram
1 0 2 -0.2 -0.1 0 0.1 0.2 (in)
(lbf)
300
(N) 60
200 From position 0 to 1
Allen wrench 4
40
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft Force 100 From position 2 to 0 20
0 0
-100 -20
From position 1 to 0
-40
-200 From position 0 to 2
-60
85 -300
[3.35] -7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Wrench 8 Stroke (mm)
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft
Locking-unlocking area

10B kit
Force-stroke diagram
1 0 2 -0.2 -0.1 0 0.1 0.2 (in)
(lbf)
300
(N) 60
200 From position 0 to 1
Allen wrench 4
40
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 100 From position 2 to 0 20
Force

0 0
-100 From position 1 to 0 -20
-40
-200 From position 0 to 2
-60
85 -300
[3.35] -7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Wrench 8 Stroke (mm)
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft
Locking-unlocking area

11B kit
Force-stroke diagram
1 0 2 -0.2 -0.1 0 0.1 0.2 (in)
(lbf)
300
(N) 60
200 From position 0 to 1
Allen wrench 4
40
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 100 From position 2 to 0 20
Force

0 0
-100 From position 1 to 0 -20
-40
-200 From position 0 to 2
-60
85 -300
[3.35] -7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Wrench 8 Stroke (mm)
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft
Locking-unlocking area

E-18 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GM Series 90L GM
directional valve with left inlet
”A” side spool positioners

With detent and spring return to neutral position from either directions
9BT kit
For single acting spool
Stroke : 4.5mm 1 0 2

Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft

85
[3.35]
Wrench 8
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

10BT kit
For single acting spool
Stroke : 4.5mm 1 0 2

Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft

85
[3.35]
Wrench 8
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

11BT kit
For single acting spool
Stroke : 4.5mm 1 0 2

Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft

85
[3.35]
Wrench 8
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

GURMAKSAN E-19
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
90L GM GM Series

directional valve with left inlet


”A” side spool positioners

With microswitch type 8MG3(NO)


With spring return in neutral position and microswitch operated in both directions.
Also available 8MG1(NO) configuration (microswitch operated in position 1) and 8MG2(NO) configuration (microswitch operated in
position 2); dimensions are the same of 8MG3(NO) configuration.
Same configurations are available with normally closed (NC) contact.
For more information contact Sales Department.

8MG3(NO) kit

1 0 2
45 Wrench 22
[1.77] 42 Nm / 31 lbft

Other configurations
Wrench 15
9.8 Nm / 7.2 lbft
[2.26]
57.5

8MG1(NO) kit 8MG2(NO) kit

1 0 2 1 0 2

Allen wrench 4
Allen wrench 6
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft
110 Operating features
[4.33] MICROSWITCH
Mechanical life : 5x105 operations
Electrical life (resistive load) : 5x104 operations 10A / 12VDC
: 5x104 operations 3A / 24VDC

Type 8MG1\MG2(NC-NC)
With double microswitch in position 1 and 2.

8MG1\MG2(NC-NC) kit
75.5
[2.97] 1 0 2
47.5
[1.87] Wrench 22
42 Nm / 31 lbft

Positions A B
Wrench 15
9.8 Nm / 7.2 lbft A B 1
[2.26]
57.5

0
2

Allen wrench 6 Allen wrench 4 Operating features


24 Nm / 17.7 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft MICROSWITCH
140 Mechanical life : 5x105 operations
[5.51] Electrical life (resistive load) : 5x104 operations 10A / 12VDC
: 5x104 operations 3A / 24VDC

E-20 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GM Series 90L GM
directional valve with left inlet
”A” side spool positioners

ON/OFF pneumatic kit type 8P


With spring return to neutral position.

1 0 2
Wrench 10 Allen wrench 4
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft VA VB
32.5 66.2
[1.28] [2.61]
BSP 1/8
VA VB
[1.18]
30

Operating features
Pilot pressure..................: min. 5.5 bar / 80 psi
: max.10 bar / 145 psi

112.2
[4.42]
Allen wrench 4 Wrench 17
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

8PF pneumatic proportional kit


With spring return to neutral position.
VA VB

1 0 2
Wrench 10 Allen wrench 4
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
32.5 66.2
[1.28] [2.61]
BSP 1/8
VA VB
[1.18]
30

Operating features
Pilot pressure..................: min. 5.5 bar / 80 psi
: max.10 bar / 145 psi

112.2
[4.42]
Allen wrench 4 Wrench 17
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

GURMAKSAN E-21
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
90L GM GM Series

directional valve with left inlet


”A” side spool positioners

ON/OFF electropneumatic kit type 8EP3


With spring return to neutral position. Scheme
Wrench 15 32.5 66.2 VA VB
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft [1.28] [2.61]

Allen wrench 4
1 0 2
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Scheme ISO 1219
[4.02]
102

VA VB
[0.24]

1 0 2
Ø6
[1.48]
37.5

VA VB

Operating features
CONTROL
Pilot pressure : 6 bar / 87 psi
: max. 15 bar / 218 psi
COIL
Wrench 5 Nominal voltage tolerance : ±10%
112.2 Power rating :8W
[4.42] Nominal current : 12 VDC
147.7 : 24 VDC
[5.81] Coil insulation : Class H
Weather protection : IP65
Allen wrench 4 Wrench 10 Wrench 17
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 9 Nm / 6.6 lbft 9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

ON/OFF electropneumatic kit type 8EP4


32.5 66.2
[1.28] [2.61] Scheme
VP

1 0 2
[4.21]

VA VB
107

Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft Scheme ISO 1219
G1/8

1 0 2

VA VB

Wrench 5
112.2
[4.42]
147.2
[5.80]
Allen wrench 4 Wrench 10 Wrench 17
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 9 Nm / 6.6 lbft 9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

E-22 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GM Series 90L GM
directional valve with left inlet
”A” side spool positioners

ON/OFF electrohydraulic kit type 8EI3


With external pilot and drain.
Scheme
149.2 L
[5.87] V
38 69.2
[1.50] [2.72]
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
1 0 2

Scheme ISO 1219

1 0 2
Allen wrench 4
[4.96]
126

6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
V L
Solenoid valve
Collector

wrench 22 - 9.8 Nm / 7.2 lbft

124.2
[4.89]
Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft

Operating features
CONTROL
Pilot pressure : min. 10 bar / 145 psi
: max. 50 bar / 725 psi
Max. backpressure on drain L : 25 bar / 360 psi

COIL
Nominal voltage tolerance : ±10%
Power rating : 21 W
Nominal current : 1.75 A - 12 VDC / 0.87 A - 24 VDC
Coil insulation : Class F
Weather protection : IP65

GURMAKSAN E-23
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
90L GM GM Series

directional valve with left inlet


”A” side spool positioners

ON/OFF electrohydraulic kit type 8EI3F2


Collector kit with pilot and drain lines with stroke limiter

149.2 Scheme
[5.87]
L
38 69.2
[1.50] [2.72] V
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft

1 0 2

Scheme ISO 1219

Allen wrench 4 1 0 2
[4.96]
126

6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Solenoid valve
Collector

V L
wrench 22 - 9.8 Nm / 7.2 lbft

124.2
[4.89]
Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft

Operating features
CONTROL
Pilot pressure : min. 10 bar / 145 psi
: max. 50 bar / 725 psi
Max. backpressure on drain L : 25 bar / 360 psi

COIL
Nominal voltage tolerance : ±10%
Power rating : 21 W
Nominal current : 1.75 A - 12 VDC / 0.87 A - 24 VDC
Coil insulation : Class F
Weather protection : IP65

E-24 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GM Series 90L GM
directional valve with left inlet
”A” side spool positioners

ON/OFF electrohydraulic kit type 8EI3


Collector kit for external pilot and drain

Collector
A1 B1 A2 B2
V L V
L
20 bar
290 psi
[6.41]
162.7

A1 A2 P

T
P
100 bar
1450 psi
B1 B2

Description example :
90L GM10/2-P(X-100)/18EI3L/18EI3L/
AET-PSL4-KE2S0-24VDC

COLLECTOR KIT CODES


Type Code Description
KE1S0 30 07 5537 Kit one section
KE2S0 30 07 5527 Kit for 2 sections
KE3S0 30 07 5528 Kit for 3 sections
KE4S0 30 07 5529 Kit for 4 sections
KE5S0 30 07 5530 Kit for 5 sections
KE6S0 30 07 5531 Kit for 6 sections

GURMAKSAN E-25
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
90L GM GM Series

directional valve with left inlet


”A” side spool positioners

ON/OFF electrohydraulic kit type 8EI3


Collector kit with pilot and drain lines
The kit is made of collector, VRP pressure reducing valve and pipes.

20 161.5
[0.79] [6.36] Wrench 14
Collector
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft
Allen wrench 5
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft VRP
A1 B1 A2 B2
Wrench 14
VRP
pressure reducing
valve Drain
[6.39]
162.2

T
Inlet line
A1 A2
P
T
P
Wrench 32
100 bar
VRC
42 Nm / 31 lbft
1450 psi
Wrench 27 B1 B2
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft
VRC
backpressure valve
51.2
[2.02]

COLLECTOR KIT CODES


Description example :
Type Code Description
90L GM10/2-P(X-100)/18EI3L/18EI3L/
VRC-PSL4-KE2R0-24VDC KE1R0 30 07 5494 Kit one section
KE2R0 30 07 5495 Kit for 2 sections
Operating features
VRP VALVE KE3R0 30 07 5496 Kit for 3 sections
Output pressure : 20 bar / 290 psi KE4R0 30 07 5497 Kit for 4 sections
Max. flow : 8 l/min KE5R0 30 07 5498 Kit for 5 sections
Filtering : 80 µ
KE6R0 30 07 5499 Kit for 6 sections

VRC valve:
Valve assembled on flow through passage provides pilot pressure to the actuator.

Wrench 32
42 Nm / 31 lbft

Allen wrench 9
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

31.7
[1.25]

E-26 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GM Series 90L GM
directional valve with left inlet
”A” side spool positioners

With detent and automatic release in neutral position

11A kit
Detent in positions 1 and 2 with automatic release when pressure towards ports exceeds setting: standard setting 100 bar / 1450
psi, range from 40 to 120 bar / from 580 to 1750 psi.
This kit needs spool type 1(11A)

1 0 2
Allen wrench 4 A B
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Allen
wrench 3

P T

90
[3.54]
101
[3.98]

Wrench 10 - 9.8 Nm / 7.2 lbft


Wrench 24 - 9.8 Nm / 7.2 lbft

GURMAKSAN E-27
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
90L GM GM Series

directional valve with left inlet


”A” side spool positioners

Particular positioner kits for special spools


13NZ kit
Detent in 4th position with spool in:available only for spool type 5DY

1 0 2 3

Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft

85
[3.35]
Wrench 8 Special body kit
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

13QN kit
Detent in 4th position with spool out:available only for spool type 5BY

3 1 0 2

Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft

90.7
[3.57]
Wrench 8 Special body kit
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

E-28 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GM Series 90L GM
directional valve with left inlet
”B” side options

Lever control
Type L Type L180
Alluminium with protection boot lever pivot box; it can be rotated 180° (execution LM10180).

17° 17° 1 0 2
Vertical handlever
assembly
Horizontal handlever
assembly

Execution L180
M10
[2.87]
73
[2.40]
61
[0.91]
23

[1.12]
28.5

Allen wrench 4
35.5 [1.28]
32.5

[1.40]
[1.75]

6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
44.5

66
[2.60]

Type LF1 Type SLP

1 0 2 1 0 2

M10

Allen wrench 4
[1.50]

Allen
38

6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
[2.87]
73

wrench 4
Ø10
[0.39]H8
[0.91]
23
[0.31]

[0.39]
M8

10

35.5 17
Allen wrench 4 [1.40] Wrench 13 [0.67]
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 66 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft
[2.60]
77.5
[3.05]

GURMAKSAN E-29
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
90L GM GM Series

directional valve with left inlet


”B” side options

Lever control
Type LB
Steel manufacture.
Pivot can be assembled below (LB1 configuration) or above (LB3 configuration).

1 0 2

Configuration LB1

30° 28.5°
17° 17°

Vertical handlever Horizontal handlever


assembly assembly
[1.46]
37

[2.72]
69
[2.28]
58
[0.91]
23

[0.14]

35.5 42
3.5

[1.40] [1.65]
45.5
[1.79]

Configuration LB3

€ 20
[0.79]
M10 threads
[1.46]
37

[0.53]
13.5

[3.19]
81
[2.76]
[0.91]

70
23

Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft

E-30 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GM Series 90L GM
directional valve with left inlet
”B” side options

Special lever controls


Safety levers with lock in neutral complete with handlever; lift handlever knob to operate.
With insulated handlever type LEBP, LEBSP

Type LEB

To be used with body valves without auxiliary relief valves flanged on the working ports.

1 0 2 1 0 2 3

LEB LEBS
[0.33]

[0.33]
8.5

8.5
lock release

lock release
Stroke for

Stroke for

Locking bush
[11.46]
291

Wrench 17 Wrench 17
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft
[2.28]
58
[1.12] [0.91]
28.5 23

35.5 Allen wrench 4 35.5 Allen wrench 4


[1.40] 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft [1.40] 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
72 72
[2.83] [2.83]

GURMAKSAN E-31
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
90L GM GM Series

directional valve with left inlet


”B” side options

Special lever controls


Safety levers with lock in neutral complete with handlever; lift handlever knob to operate.
With insulated handlever type LEB1P, LEBS1P

Type LEB

To be used with body valves without auxiliary relief valves flanged on the working ports.

1 0 2 1 0 2 3

LEB1 LEBS1
[0.33]

[0.33]
8.5

8.5
lock release

lock release
Stroke for

Locking bush Stroke for

Wrench 17 Wrench 17
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft
[9.49]
241
[2.28]
58
[1.12] [0.91]
28.5 23

35.5 Allen wrench 4 35.5 Allen wrench 4


[1.40] 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft [1.40] 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
72 72
[2.83] [2.83]

E-32 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GM Series 90L GM
directional valve with left inlet
”B” side options

Special lever controls


Safety levers with lock in neutral complete with handlever; lift handlever knob to operate.
With insulated handlever type LEB2P

Type LEB

To be used with body valves without auxiliary relief valves flanged on the working ports.

1 0 2

LEB2
[0.33]
8.5

lock release
Stroke for

Locking bush
[11.46]
291

Wrench 17
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft
[2.28]
58
[1.12] [0.91]
28.5 23

35.5 Allen wrench 4


[1.40] 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
72
[2.83]

GURMAKSAN E-33
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
90L GM GM Series

directional valve with left inlet


”B” side options

TQ cable remote control kit


Waterproof cap prearranged for remote control with flexible cable.
1 0 2
Wrench 10 - 9.8 Nm / 7.2 lbft

Wrench 24 - 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

Flexible cable
95
[3.74]
Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft

NOTE - For more information about remote cable control, require appropriate documentation.

Connection example

(OPTIONAL)

JS200 remote control

CG flexible cable
LOCK
DIE CASTING

ELECTRICAL
CABLE
( OPTIONAL )

TQ kit

B2 B1

A2 A1

GM10/2 directional control


valve without lever boxes

E-34 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GM Series 90L GM
directional valve with left inlet
”B” side options

Connection example

CG flexible cable

JS100 remote control

TQ kit

GM10/1 directional control


valve without lever boxes

GURMAKSAN E-35
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
90L GM GM Series

directional valve with left inlet


”B” side options

LCB mechanical joystick for two sections control


1 0 2
Execution LCB4
2nd section spool Pivot
1 0 2
Wrench 13
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft
1st section spool
LCB HCB KCB
Wrench 10 Allen wrench 5
9.8 Nm / 7.2 lbft

Allen wrench 3 - 6.6 Nm / 4.9 lbft

Wrench 15 - 42 Nm / 31 lbft

310
254
200
Wrench 13 - 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

Wrench 10 - 9.8 Nm / 7.2 lbft

Description example
90L GM10/2-P(X-100)/18LCB4/18LCB4/AET-PSL4

Dimensions and movement scheme

Execution LCB1 Execution LCB2


pivot placed down on the left pivot placed down on the right
1st section axis 2nd section axis

spool axis
B1 B2
B1-A2 B1-B2 B2-B1 B2-A1

[0.46]
A2 B2 B1 A1 11.75
[1.27]
32.25

A1-A2 A1-B2 A2-B1 A2-A1


A1 A2
[0.61]

M10 88
15.5

[3.46]
11.75 33.25
[0.46] [1.31]

Execution LCB3 Execution LCB4


pivot placed above on the left pivot placed above on the right

A1 A2
A1-A2 A1-B2 A2-B1 A2-A1

A2 B2 B1 A1
[2.78]
70.5

B1-A2 B1-B2 B2-B1 B2-A1


B1 B2

E-36 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GM Series 90L GM
directional valve with left inlet
Complete controls

8ES solenoid control


Solenoid direct control with spring return to neutral position.
It needs special spools and standard body (body kit without seals on spool).

Description example:
90L GM10 / 1 - P ( X - 100 ) / 1 8ES3 / AET - PSL4 - 24VDC

1. 2. 3. 4.

4.

a.

3. 8ES3
8ES3 8ES2
8ES1 3.
3. 2.

8ES2

1.

3.
8ES1
4.

1. Body kit 3. Control kit


TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
90L GM10/1-P - 1 section 8ES1 30 07 5568 Single acting P→ A, with spring return to neutral
90L GM10/2-P - 2 section position
90L GM10/3-P - 3 section 8ES2 30 07 5568 Single acting P→ B, with spring return to neutral
90L GM10/4-P - 4 section position
90L GM10/5-P - 5 section 8ES3 30 07 5569 Double acting, with spring return to neutral position
90L GM10/6-P - 6 section

2. Spool options 4. Coils


TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
1(ES) 30 01 3757 Double acting, 3 positions, with A and B With ISO4400 connector
closed in neutral position 12VDC 20 03 2300 Nominal voltage 12VDC
2(ES) 30 01 3758 Double acting, 3 positions, with A and B 24VDC 20 03 2301 Nominal voltage 24VDC
open to tank in neutral position
a. ”A” and “B” ports plugs
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
G1/2 30 05 4919 For single acting controls type 8ES1 and 8ES2

GURMAKSAN E-37
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
90L GM GM Series

directional valve with left inlet


Complete controls

8ES solenoid control


Electric wiring example 8ES3 kit
double acting

1 0 2
1 1
2 2 8ES1 kit 8ES2 kit
single acting on A single acting on B

Connector 1 Connector 2
1 0 0 2

P→A P→B Operating condition diagram


B→T A→T 400 (psi)
- + (bar)
4500
To battery 300

Operating features 200 3000


CONTROL Operation area
Internal leakage A(B) →T 100 1500
(Δp = 100 bar - 1450 psi / T = 40°C) : max. 15 cm3/min - 0.91 in3/min
COIL
Nominal voltage tolerance . . . . . . . . : ±10% 0
Power rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : 36 W 0 30 60 90
Coil insulance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : class H (l/min)
Duty cycle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : 100%

Wrench 24
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

Allen wrench 4
6.6 Nm / 4.9 lbft Emergency
27 manual override
[1.06]
98.5
[3.88]
7 Nm / 5.2 lbft

Allen wrench 4
6.6 Nm / 4.9 lbft

Coil with ISO4400 connector

E-38 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GM Series 90L GM
directional valve with left inlet
Complete controls

Proportional hydraulic control type 8IM


It can be used with standard spools and body 1 0 2

VA VB
59
Allen wrench 4 [2.32] Pilot pressure - stroke diagram
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
G 1/4 Port B Port A
2 0 1
VA VB
-0.3 -0.28 -0.2 -0.1 0 0.1 0.2 0.28 0.3
(bar) 20 (psi)
18.5 268
240
15

Pilot pressure
160
10

5 80
3 43.5

Allen wrench 5 76 0
9.8 Nm / 7.2 lbft [2.99] -8 -6 -4 -2 0 2 4 6 8
277 Stroke (mm)
[10.91]
Spool overlap area
Metering area

Operating features
Pilot pressure : max. 50 bar / 725 psi
Internal leakage A(B) → T (∆p = 100 bar - 1450 psi / T = 40°C)
........................................ : max. 6cm3/min - 0.37 in3/min

Connection example

VA1 VA2

Hydraulic pilot control valve


series JSSC400
A1 A2

T
P

B1 B2

VB1 VB2

GURMAKSAN E-39
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
90L GM GM Series

directional valve with left inlet


Complete controls

Proportional hydraulic control type 13IM


59 1 0 2 3
Allen wrench 4 [2.32]
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft G 1/4 VA VB
VA VB

Allen wrench 5
9.8 Nm / 7.2 lbft
95.5 76
[3.76] [2.99]
296.5
[11.67]
Pilot pressure - stroke diagram Operating features
Floating Port B Port A Pilot pressure : max. 50 bar / 725 psi
3 2 0 1 Internal leakage A(B) → T (∆p = 100 bar - 1450 psi / T = 40°C)
(bar) 35 ........................................ : max. 6cm3/min - 0.37 in3/min
30
25
Pressure

20 Spool overlap area


15
10 Metering area
5
0
Floating area
-12 -10 -8 -6 -4 -2 0 2 4 6
Stroke

Connection example

VA2
Hydraulic pilot control valve
VA1 series JSSC400

A1 A2

T
P

B1 B2

VB1 VB2

E-40 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GM Series 90L GM
directional valve with left inlet
Special configurations

Directional valve with rotary control kit

138 83
[5.43] [3.27]
[2.28]
58

A1

T
[4.92]

P
125

[11.34]

B1
288

Standard body kit


[0.28]
-7
[1.40]
35.5

2
Stroke

0
1
[0.28]
+7

28.5
[1.12]
260
Angle excursion ± 90° [10.24]

A B

T
P

100 bar
1450 psi

Description example
90L GM10/1-P(X-100)/1 R SLP/AET-PSL4

GURMAKSAN E-41
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
90L GM GM Series

directional valve with left inlet


Outlet port options
It’s possible to have open centre, closed centre and carry-over.

AET: open centre (standard) AE: with carry-over


Wrench 32
42 Nm / 31 lbft

G1/2
Allen wrench 10 C
42 Nm / 31 lbft

5 20.5
[0.20] [0.81]

A1 B1 A2 B2 A1 B1 A2 B2

T T
P P
C

100 bar 100 bar


1450 psi 1450 psi

Description example Description example


90L GM10/2-P(X-100)/18L/18L/AET-PSL4 90L GM10/2-P(X-100)/18L/18L/AE1-PSL4

AEK: closed centre


Wrench 32
42 Nm / 31 lbft

14
[0.55]

A1 B1 A2 B2

T
P

100 bar
1450 psi

Description example
90L GM10/2-P(X-100)/18L/18L/AEK-PSL4

E-42 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GM Series 90L GM
directional valve with left inlet
Inlet port options

With solenoid pilot unloader valve


With push button for manual override.
179.5
[7.07]

149
[5.87]

[4.51]
114.5
A1 A2

G3/4
T
[11.50]

T
292

P
B1 B2

204
[8.03]
Operating features
ELN: without ELP: push ELT: "push & VALVE
emergency button type twist" type Maximum operating pressure : 250 bar
2 2 2 Maximum flow : 15 l/min
Internal leakage: max 5 drops/min @ 250bar
1 1 1

Normally open configuration type ELN Normally closed configuration type ELN(NC)
T T
A1 B1 A1 B1

T T

P P

100 bar 100 bar


1450 psi 1450 psi

Description example Description example


90L GM10/2-P(X-100)/18L/...../AET-PSL4-ELN-12VDC 90L GM10/2-P(X-100)/18L/...../AET-PSL4-ELN(NC)-12VDC

GURMAKSAN E-43
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
90L GM GM Series

directional valve with right inlet


Dimensional data (parallel circuit)

Carry-over
20.5
[0.81]
75
[2.95]
39 45 38.5 31.5 28.5
[1.54] [1.77] [1.52] [1.24] [1.12]

[1.97]
50
[2.26]
57.5
A2 A1
[2.81]
71.5
[4.06]

[4.92]
103

125

P
[1.69]
43

T
[0.53]

B2 B1
13.5

spool out
M10
1
[1.40]
35.5

17°
[2.60]
66

17°
M10
2
spool in
19 B 23
[0.75] [0.91]
6 A 101.5
[0.24] [4.00]
P.max:315bar

90L GM10/ 2-P


Valve type 340 / 15

Production batch Production year

A B Weight A B Weight
TYPE TYPE
mm in mm in kg lb mm in mm in kg lb
90L GM 10/1-P 130 5.12 100 3.94 5.8 12.80 90L GM 10/4-P 265 10.43 235 9.25 13.4 29.50
90L GM 10/2-P 175 6.89 145 5.71 8.3 18.30 90L GM 10/5-P 310 12.21 280 11.02 16.5 36.40
90L GM 10/3-P 220 8.66 190 7.48 10.9 24.00 90L GM 10/6-P 355 13.98 325 12.80 19.2 42.30

E-44 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GM Series 90L GM
directional valve with right inlet
Hydraulic circuit

Standard configuration Configuration with upper inlet and outlet


T
B2 A2 B1 A1 B2 A2 B1 A1
P

T
P

100 bar 100 bar


1450 psi 1450 psi

Description example Description example


90L GM10/2-P(X-100)/ED-18L/ED-18L/AET-PSL4 90L GM10/2-P(X-100)/ED-18L/ED-18L/AET-PSA4

Configuration with upper inlet and side outlet Configuration with side inlet and upper outlet
T
B2 A2 B1 A1 B2 A2 B1 A1
P

T
P

100 bar 100 bar


1450 psi 1450 psi

Description example Description example


90L GM10/2-P(X-100)/ED-18L/ED-18L/AET-PSV4 90L GM10/2-P(X-100)/ED-18L/ED-18L/AET-PSB4

GURMAKSAN E-45
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
90L GM GM Series

directional valve with right inlet


Spools options

Type ED-1 Type ED-2

1 0 2 1 0 2
A B + 7 mm / 0.28 in A B + 7 mm / 0.28 in
(1) (1)
(0) (0)
(2) (2)
P T - 7 mm / 0.28 in P T - 7 mm / 0.28 in

Type ED-3 Type ED-4


For 8T kit For 8T kit

1 0 2 1 0 2
A + 4.5 mm / 0.18 in B + 4.5 mm / 0.18 in
(1) (1)
(0) (0)
(2) (2)
P T - 4.5 mm / 0.18 in P T - 4.5 mm / 0.18 in

E-46 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GM Series 90L GM
directional valve with left inlet
Dimensional data

Carry-over 76.5 6
[3.01] [0.24]
A 6 24 53
[0.24] [0.94] [2.09]
12.5 B 29.5
[0.49] [1.16]
[1.97]
50

A1 A2 A3

[0.33]
T

Ø8.5
P
[1.69]
43
[4.92]

[4.06]
125

103
[2.78]
70.6
B1 B2 B3
[2.27]
57.6

spool out
3
1
[0.33]

30°
[1.40]
35.5

8.5

17°
[2.60]

0
66

17°
M10
M10
2 28°30'

31 38.5 45 45 39 23 50 3
[1.22] [1.52] [1.77] [1.77] [1.54] [0.91] [1.97] spool in
102.5
[4.04]
P.max:315bar

90L GMC10/ 3-P


Valve type 340 / 15

Production batch Production year

A B Weight
TYPE
mm in mm in kg lb
90L GMC 10/2-P 175 6.89 145 5.71 7.00 15.43
90L GMC 10/3-P 220 8.66 190 7.48 11.00 24.25

Standard configuration Configuration with upper inlet and outlet


T
A1 B1 A1 B1 A2 B2 A1 B1 A1 B1 A2 B2
P

T
P

100 bar 100 bar


1450 psi 1450 psi

Description example Description example


90L GMC10/2-P(X-100)/18L/18L/AET-PSL4 90L GMC10/2-P(X-100)/18L/18L/AET-PSA4

GURMAKSAN E-47
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
120LGT

GURMAKSAN F-1
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
120L GT GM Series

Features
Simple, compact designed, this valves is only one section for open centre and closed centre hydraulic systems.
HFittedwithamainpressurereliefvalve.
H Diameter 20 mm -- 0.79 in interchangeable spools.
H Available manual, pneumatic, electro--hydraulic and remote with flexible cable spool control kits.

Additional information
This catalogue shows the product in the most standard configurations. Please
contact Sales Dpt. for more detailed information or special request.

WARNING!
All specifications of this catalogue refer to the standard product at this date.
GMS, oriented to a continuous improvement, reserves the right to
discontinue, modify or revise the specifications, without notice.

GMS IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY DAMAGE CAUSED BY AN INCORRECT


USE OF THE PRODUCT. 1st edition April 2016:

F-2 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GM Series 120L GT

Working conditions
This catalogue shows technical specifications and diagrams measured with mineral oil of 46 mm2/s – 46cSt viscosity
at 40°C temperature.

Nominal flow rating 120 l/min.


Max. flow 140 l
Operating pressure (max.) 250 bar 3600 psi
Max. back pressure on outlet port T 20 bar 290 psi
3
Internal leakage A(B)→T ∆p=100 bar – 1450psi with fluid and valve at 40°C 3cm /min. 0.18 in3/min.
Hydraulic fluid Mineral base oil
Fluid temperature with NBR seals from - 20° to 80°C
with FPM (VITON) seals from - 20° to 100°C
Viscosity operating range from 15 to 75 mm2/s from 15 to 75 cSt
Min. 12 mm2/s 12 cSt
2
Max. 400 mm /s 400 cSt
Max. level of
19/16 – ISO 4406
contamination

Standard threads
REFERENCE STANDARDS

BSP UN-UNF METRIC


THREAD ISO 228/1 ISO 263 ISO 262
ACCORDING TO
BS 2779 ANSI B1.1 unified
CAVITY ISO 1179 11926 9974-1
ACCORDING TO
SAE J1926
3852-2 3852-1
DIN
shape X o Y shape X o Y

PORTS THREAD

MAIN PORTS BSP (ISO 228/1) OPTIONAL UN-UNF (ISO 11926-1)


Inlet P
Ports A and B G 3/4 G 1/2 1 1/16-12 UN-2B ( SAE 12)
Outlet T
CONTROL PILOT PORTS
Pneumatics G 1/8 - -
Hydraulics G 1/4 - -

GURMAKSAN F-3
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
120L GT GM Series

Dimensional data

125
[4.92]
83
[3.27]
27.5 35 73.5 5.5
[1.08] [1.38] [2.89] [0.22]

28
[1.10]
A

[0.33]
Ø8.5
P T [4.65]
[3.54]
118
[9.21]

90
234

[1.89]
48
[2.32]
59

[0.43]
11

[1.40] [0.43]

B
11

1
35.5
[2.13]

17°
[2.60]
54

66

0
17°
M10
2

25 37.5 41 28
[0.98] [1.48] [1.61] [1.10]
101
[3.98]
P.max:315bar

120L GT10/1
Valve type 340 / 15

Production batch Production year

Standard threads

BSP BSP OPTIONAL UN-UNF


PORT
(ISO 228/1) (ISO 228/1) (ISO 11926-1)
Inlet P
A and B ports G 1/2 G 3/4 1 1/16-12 UNF-2B (SAE 12)
Outlet T

F-4 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GM Series 120L GT

Hydraulic circuit
Standard valve is supplied with positive overlap spool (1CP).

A B

P
T

100 bar
1450 psi

Description example
120L GT10/1(X-100)/1CP8L/PSL3

Right inlet
A simmetrical body allows the reverse assembly of spool and relative control kit and lever
(ED configuration).

B A

P
T
T P

100 bar
1450 psi

B Description example
120L GT10/1(X-100)/ED-1CP8L/PSL3

GURMAKSAN F-5
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
120L GT GM Series

Performance data (pressure drop vs. flow)

Open centre
From side inlet to side outlet.

20
(bar) 270
(psi)
A 15
180

Pressure
P T 10

90
5
B

0
0 50 100 150
Flow (l/min)

Inlet to work port


From side inlet to A port (spool in position 1) or B port (spool in position 2).

20
(bar) 270
(psi)
A 15
180
Pressure

P T 10

90
5
B
0
0 50 100 150
Flow (l/min)

Work port to outlet


From A port (spool in position 2) or B port (spool in position 1) to side outlet.

20
(bar) 270
(psi)
A 15
180
Pressure

P T 10

90
5
B
0
0 50 100 150
Flow (l/min)

F-6 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GM Series 120L GT

Ordering codes
Description example:

120L GT10 / 1 ( X - 100 ) / 1CP 8 L / PSL3

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.
Valve setting (bar)

4.
8 a. 6.

b.
9B-10B-11B

6.
11-15-16

5.
1.
L
8P
2.
3.

SLP

8EI3

TQ

GURMAKSAN F-7
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
120L GT GM Series

Ordering codes

1. Body kits 4. ”A” side spool positioners page 12


TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
1 - 1 section 9B 30 07 5386 With detent in position 1 and spring return in
neutral position
Include body, seals and rings. 10B 30 07 5387 With detent in position 2 and spring return in
neutral position
11B 30 07 5388 Detent in positions 1 and 2 and spring return in
2. Inlet relief options page 8
neutral position
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION 8MG3(NO) 30 07 5435 As type 8, operation with microswitch
KE10K01 : direct pressure relief valve type X (NO) in positions 1 and 2
(X-100) 30 05 4912 Range 20 to 315 bar / 290 to 4600 psi 8P 30 07 5399 ON/OFF pneumatic kit
standard setting 100 bar / 1450 psi 8PF Proportional pneumatic kit
8EP3 30 07 5443 12 VDC ON/OFF electropneumatic kit
KE10K02 : pilot operated pressure relief valve type Z 30 07 5400 24 VDC ON/OFF electropneumatic kit
(Z-100) 30 05 4915 Range 25 to 315 bar / 360 to 4600 psi 8EP4 30 07 5345 12 VDC ON/OFF electropneumatic kit with
standard setting 100 bar / 1450 psi manifold
Standard setting is referred to 6 l/min flow. 30 07 5346 24 VDC ON/OFF electropneumatic kit with
manifold
V 30 05 4914 Relief valve blanking plug 8EI3 30 07 5401 12 VDC ON/OFF electrohydraulic kit
30 07 5361 24 VDC ON/OFF electrohydraulic kit
3. Spool options page 10 8EI3F2 - 12 VDC ON/OFF electrohydraulic kit
with adjustable stroke limiter
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION - 24 VDC ON/OFF electrohydraulic kit with
1CP 30 01 3589 Double acting with positive overlap, adjustable stroke limiter
3 positions, A and B closed in neutral position
2 30 01 3591 Double acting, 3 positions, with A and B open
to tank in neutral position 5. “B” side options page 23
3CP 30 01 3595 Single acting on A, 3 positions, B plugged
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
requires G1/2 plug (see part a.)
L 30 07 5403 Standard lever box
4CP 30 01 3596 Single acting on B, 3 positions, A plugged
LF1 30 07 5405 Lever box with spool stroke limiter in
requires G1/2 plug (see part a.)
position 1
6 30 01 3590 Double acting, 3 positions, closed center
7 30 01 3593 Double acting, 3 positions, closed center with SLP 30 07 5406 Without lever box, with dust-proof plate
A and B to tank in neutral position LB 30 07 5407 Steel lever
D4 30 01 3592 Double acting, 2 positions, without neutral LEB 30 07 5409 Safety lever box
position TQ 30 07 5398 Flexible cable connection; for CG cables

4. ”A” side spool positioners page 12 6. Inlet and outlet selection *


TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
8 30 07 5375 With spring return in neutral position PSL3 30 05 4919 G1/2 plug for upper inlet
8D 30 07 5383 With spring return in neutral position and pin 30 05 4919 G1/2 plug for upper outlet
with M8 female thread for dual control PSA3 30 05 4919 G1/2 plug for side inlet
8D1 30 07 5402 With spring return in neutral position and pin 30 05 4919 G1/2 plug for side outlet
with ∅ 8mm (0.32in) radial hole
8D2 30 07 5384 With spring return in neutral position and pin
with M8 male thread for dual control 7. Complete controls page 27
8F2 30 07 5377 As type 8 with adjustable stroke limiter TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
19 30 07 5436 2 positions, with spring return in neutral Proportional hydraulic control type 8IM and rotative control type R.
position from position 1
20 30 07 5437 2 positions, with spring return in neutral
position from position 2 a. ”A” and “B” ports plugs
11 30 07 5378 Detent in positions neutral, 1 and 2
12 30 07 5438 Detent in positions 1 and 2 TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
15 30 07 5439 2 positions, detent in positions 1 and neutral G1/2 30 05 4919 For single acting spools type 3CP and 4CP
16 30 07 5440 2 positions, detent in positions 2 and neutral
17 30 07 5441 With spring return position 1
18 30 07 5381 With spring return position 2 b. Optional handlevers
17D 30 07 5442 With spring return position 1 and pin TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
with M8 female thread for dual control AL01/M10x200 30 05 4989 Lenght L = 200mm / 7.87in
18D 30 07 5382 With spring return position 2 and pin
with M8 female thread for dual control

F-8 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GM Series 120L GT

Inlet relief options

Direct pressure relief valve

KE10K01 ( X - 100 )
Standard setting in bar
Adjustment type (X, XH)

Adjustment type

X: with screw XH: valve set and locked


Allen wrench 4 Allen wrench 4
Wrench 24 - 42 Nm / 31 lbft Wrench 13 Wrench 24 - 42 Nm / 31 lbft Wrench 13
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

49 62.5
[1.93] [2.46]

Performance data

Time response
(% DP)

400 (psi)
(bar) 105%

300 4500
95%
Pressure

90%
Pressure

200 3000
2500 psi
175 bar

100 1500
10%
0
0 30 60 90 Time (")
(l/min) 0,43"
Flow
TIME RESPONSE

GURMAKSAN F-9
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
120L GT GM Series

Inlet relief options

Pilot pressure relief valve

KE10K02 ( Z - 100 )
Standard setting in bar
Adjustment type (Z, ZH)

Adjustment type

Z: with screw ZH: valve set and locked


Wrench 27 Wrench 19 Wrench 27 Wrench 19
42 Nm / 31 lbft 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft 42 Nm / 31 lbft 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

Allen wrench 5
Allen wrench 5
max. 52
[2.05]

Performance data

Time response
(% DP)

400 (psi)
(bar) 105%

300 4500
95%
Pressure
Pressure

200 3000 90%


1750 psi
120 bar

100 1500
10%
0
0 30 60 90 Time (")
Flow (l/min) 0,28"
TIME RESPONSE

V: relief valve blanking plug

Allen wrench 10
42 Nm / 31 lbft

4
[0.16]

F-10 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GM Series 120L GT

Spools options

Type 1CP Type 2

1 0 2 1 0 2
+ 7 mm / 0.28 in + 7 mm / 0.28 in
A B A B
(1) (1)
(0) (0)
(2) (2)
P T P T
- 7 mm / 0.28 in - 7 mm / 0.28 in

Type 3CP Type 4CP

1 0 2 1 0 2
+ 7 mm / 0.28 in + 7 mm / 0.28 in
A B
(1) (1)
(0) (0)
(2) (2)
P T P T
- 7 mm / 0.28 in - 7 mm / 0.28 in

Type 6 Type 7

1 0 2 1 0 2
+ 7 mm / 0.28 in + 7 mm / 0.28 in
A B A B
(1) (1)
(0) (0)
(2) (2)
P T P T
- 7 mm / 0.28 in - 7 mm / 0.28 in

Type D4
For 18 or 18D kit

1 2
A B

P T

GURMAKSAN F-11
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
120L GT GM Series

Spools options

Type ED-1CP Type ED-2

1 0 2 1 0 2
+ 7 mm / 0.28 in + 7 mm / 0.28 in
A B A B
(1) (1)
(0) (0)
(2) (2)
P T P T
- 7 mm / 0.28 in - 7 mm / 0.28 in

Type ED-3CP Type ED-4CP

1 0 2 1 0 2
+ 7 mm / 0.28 in + 7 mm / 0.28 in
A B
(1) (1)
(0) (0)
(2) (2)
P T P T
- 7 mm / 0.28 in - 7 mm / 0.28 in

Type ED-6

1 0 2
+ 7 mm / 0.28 in
A B
(1)
(0)
(2)
P T
- 7 mm / 0.28 in

F-12 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GM Series 120L GT

”A” side spool positioners

With spring return in neutral position


8 kit
It’s supplied with standard spring type D (see force-stroke diagram) and available with lighter spring type C (8MC) or heavier
type E (8ME).
1 0 2
Force-stroke diagram
-0.24 -0.12 0 0.12 0.24 (in)
Allen wrench 4 (lbf)
300
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft (N) E 60

Allen wrench 6
200 D 40
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft 100
C 20
Force

0 0

-100
C -20
-40
-200 D
-300 E
-60
-7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Stroke (mm)
50
[1.97]

8D kit
Spool end joint is available on request in order to screw onto pin.

Spool end joint dimensions (optional) 1 0 2


Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 16 23
[0.63] [0.91]
Wrench 13
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft
[0.71]
Ø18

17
[0.67]
[0.31]

5
M8

[0.20] Ø10
[0.39]
[0.31]
M8

47.5 27
[0.39]

[1.87] [1.06]
10

50
62.5 [1.97]
[2.46]

8D1 kit 8D2 kit

1 0 2
Wrench 14 Allen wrench 4 Allen wrench 4 1 0 2
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Wrench 13
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft
[0.51]

.31]
Ø13

∅8
[∅0

M8

23 47.5 25 47.5
[0.91] [1.87] [0.98] [1.87]
81 95
[3.19] [3.74]

GURMAKSAN F-13
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
120L GT GM Series

”A” side spool positioners

With spring return in neutral position


8F2 kit 19 kit

1 0 2 1 0

Allen wrench 6 Allen wrench 4


24 Nm / 17.7 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Wrench 13
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft Allen wrench 6
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft
Allen wrench 4
[0.31]
M8

50
[1.97] 50
66.5 [1.97]
[2.62]

20 kit

0 2

Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Allen wrench 6
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

50
[1.97]

F-14 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GM Series 120L GT

”A” side spool positioners

With detent
11 kit 12 kit

1 0 2 1 0 2

Allen wrench 4 Allen wrench 4


6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Allen wrench 6 Allen wrench 6
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

50 50
[1.97] [1.97]

Operating features Operating features


Locking and release force . . . . . . . . . : 260 N / 58 lbf ±10% Locking and release force . . . . . . . . . : 260 N / 58 lbf ±10%

15 kit 16 kit

1 0 0 2

Allen wrench 4 Allen wrench 4


6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Allen wrench 6 Allen wrench 6
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

50 50
[1.97] [1.97]

Operating features Operating features


Locking and release force . . . . . . . . . : 260 N / 58 lbf ±10% Locking and release force . . . . . . . . . : 260 N / 58 lbf ±10%

GURMAKSAN F-15
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
120L GT GM Series

”A” side spool positioners

With spring return


17 kit 18 kit

1 0 2 1 0 2

Allen wrench 4 Allen wrench 4


6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Allen wrench 6 Allen wrench 6
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

50 50
[1.97] [1.97]

17D kit 18D kit

1 0 2 1 0 2
Allen wrench 4 Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Wrench 13 Wrench 13
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft
17 17
[0.67] [0.67]
[0.31]

[0.31]
M8

M8

47.5 47.5
[1.87] [1.87]
49.5 69.5
[1.95] [2.74]

F-16 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GM Series 120L GT

”A” side spool positioners

With detent and spring return to neutral position from either directions
9B kit
Force-stroke diagram
1 0 2 -0.2 -0.1 0 0.1 0.2 (in)
(lbf)
300
(N) 60
200 From position 0 to 1
Allen wrench 4
40
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft Force 100 From position 2 to 0 20
0 0
-100 -20
From position 1 to 0
-40
-200 From position 0 to 2
-60
85 -300
[3.35] -7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Wrench 8 Stroke (mm)
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft
Locking-unlocking area

10B kit
Force-stroke diagram
1 0 2 -0.2 -0.1 0 0.1 0.2 (in)
(lbf)
300
(N) 60
200 From position 0 to 1
Allen wrench 4
40
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 100 From position 2 to 0 20
Force

0 0
-100 From position 1 to 0 -20
-40
-200 From position 0 to 2
-60
85 -300
[3.35] -7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Wrench 8 Stroke (mm)
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft
Locking-unlocking area

11B kit
Force-stroke diagram
1 0 2 -0.2 -0.1 0 0.1 0.2 (in)
(lbf)
300
(N) 60
200 From position 0 to 1
Allen wrench 4
40
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 100 From position 2 to 0 20
Force

0 0
-100 From position 1 to 0 -20
-40
-200 From position 0 to 2
-60
85 -300
[3.35] -7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Wrench 8 Stroke (mm)
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft
Locking-unlocking area

GURMAKSAN F-17
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
120L GT GM Series

”A” side spool positioners

With microswitch type 8MG3(NO)


With spring return in neutral position and microswitch operated in both directions.
Also available 8MG1(NO) configuration (microswitch operated in position 1) and 8MG2(NO) configuration (microswitch operated in
position 2); dimensions are the same of 8MG3(NO) configuration.
Same configurations are available with normally closed (NC) contact.
For more information contact Sales Department.

8MG3(NO) kit

1 0 2
45 Wrench 22
[1.77] 42 Nm / 31 lbft

Other configurations
Wrench 15
9.8 Nm / 7.2 lbft
[2.26]
57.5

8MG1(NO) kit 8MG2(NO) kit

1 0 2 1 0 2

Allen wrench 4
Allen wrench 6
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft
110 Operating features
[4.33] MICROSWITCH
Mechanical life : 5x105 operations
Electrical life (resistive load) : 5x104 operations 10A / 12VDC
: 5x104 operations 3A / 24VDC

Type 8MG1\MG2(NC-NC)
With double microswitch in position 1 and 2.

8MG1\MG2(NC-NC) kit
75.5
[2.97] 1 0 2
47.5
[1.87] Wrench 22
42 Nm / 31 lbft

Positions A B
Wrench 15
9.8 Nm / 7.2 lbft A B 1
[2.26]
57.5

0
2

Allen wrench 6 Allen wrench 4 Operating features


24 Nm / 17.7 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft MICROSWITCH
140 Mechanical life : 5x105 operations
[5.51] Electrical life (resistive load) : 5x104 operations 10A / 12VDC
: 5x104 operations 3A / 24VDC

F-18 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GM Series 120L GT

”A” side spool positioners

ON/OFF pneumatic kit type 8P


With spring return to neutral position.

1 0 2
Wrench 10 Allen wrench 4
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft VA VB
32.5 66.2
[1.28] [2.61]
BSP 1/8
VA VB
[1.18]
30

Operating features
Pilot pressure..................: min. 5.5 bar / 80 psi
: max.10 bar / 145 psi

112.2
[4.42]
Allen wrench 4 Wrench 17
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

8PF pneumatic proportional kit


With spring return to neutral position.
VA VB

1 0 2
Wrench 10 Allen wrench 4
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
32.5 66.2
[1.28] [2.61]
BSP 1/8
VA VB
[1.18]
30

Operating features
Pilot pressure..................: min. 5.5 bar / 80 psi
: max.10 bar / 145 psi

112.2
[4.42]
Allen wrench 4 Wrench 17
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

GURMAKSAN F-19
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
120L GT GM Series

”A” side spool positioners

ON/OFF electropneumatic kit type 8EP3


With spring return to neutral position. Scheme
Wrench 15 32.5 66.2
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft VA VB
[1.28] [2.61]

Allen wrench 4
1 0 2
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Scheme ISO 1219
[4.02]
102

VA VB
[0.24]

1 0 2
Ø6
[1.48]
37.5

VA VB

Operating features
CONTROL
Pilot pressure : 6 bar / 87 psi
: max. 15 bar / 218 psi
COIL
Wrench 5 Nominal voltage tolerance : ±10%
112.2 Power rating :8W
[4.42] Nominal current : 12 VDC
147.7 : 24 VDC
[5.81] Coil insulation : Class H
Weather protection : IP65
Allen wrench 4 Wrench 10 Wrench 17
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 9 Nm / 6.6 lbft 9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

ON/OFF electropneumatic kit with manifold type 8EP4


32.5 66.2
[1.28] [2.61]
Scheme
VP

1 0 2
[4.21]

VA VB
107

Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft Scheme ISO 1219
G1/8

1 0 2

VA VB

Wrench 5
112.2
[4.42]
147.2
[5.80]
Allen wrench 4 Wrench 10 Wrench 17
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 9 Nm / 6.6 lbft 9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

F-20 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GM Series 120L GT

”A” side spool positioners

ON/OFF electrohydraulic kit type 8EI3


With external pilot and drain.
Scheme
149.2 L
[5.87] V
38 69.2
[1.50] [2.72]
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
1 0 2

Scheme ISO 1219

1 0 2
Allen wrench 4
[4.96]
126

6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
V L
Solenoid valve
Collector

wrench 22 - 9.8 Nm / 7.2 lbft

124.2
[4.89]
Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft

Operating features
CONTROL
Pilot pressure : min. 10 bar / 145 psi
: max. 50 bar / 725 psi
Max. backpressure on drain L : 25 bar / 360 psi

COIL
Nominal voltage tolerance : ±10%
Power rating : 21 W
Nominal current : 1.75 A - 12 VDC / 0.87 A - 24 VDC
Coil insulation : Class F
Weather protection : IP65

GURMAKSAN F-21
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
120L GT GM Series

”A” side spool positioners

ON/OFF electrohydraulic kit type 8EI3F2


Collector kit with pilot and drain lines with stroke limiter

149.2 Scheme
[5.87]
L
38 69.2
[1.50] [2.72] V
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft

1 0 2

Scheme ISO 1219

Allen wrench 4 1 0 2
[4.96]
126

6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Solenoid valve
Collector

V L
wrench 22 - 9.8 Nm / 7.2 lbft

124.2
[4.89]
Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft

Operating features
CONTROL
Pilot pressure : min. 10 bar / 145 psi
: max. 50 bar / 725 psi
Max. backpressure on drain L : 25 bar / 360 psi

COIL
Nominal voltage tolerance : ±10%
Power rating : 21 W
Nominal current : 1.75 A - 12 VDC / 0.87 A - 24 VDC
Coil insulation : Class F
Weather protection : IP65

F-22 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GM Series 120L GT

”A” side spool positioners

ON/OFF electrohydraulic kit type 8EI3


Collector kit for external pilot and drain

Collector
B A

V L V
L
20 bar
290 psi
[5.87]
149.2

A P
T
P T

100 bar
1450 psi
B

Description example :
120L GT10/1(X-100)/18EI3L-PSL3-KE1S0-24VDC

COLLECTOR KIT CODES


Type Code Description
KE1S0 30 07 5537 Kit one section

GURMAKSAN F-23
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
120L GT GM Series

”B” side options

Lever control
Type L Type L180
Alluminium with protection boot lever pivot box; it can be rotated 180° (execution LM10180).

17° 17° 1 0 2
Vertical handlever
assembly

Execution L180
M10
[2.87]
73
[2.40]
61
[0.91]
23

[1.10]
28

Allen wrench 4
35.5 [1.30]
[1.40]
33
[1.77]

6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
66
45

[2.60]

Type LF1 Type SLP

1 0 2 1 0 2

M10

Allen wrench 4
[1.50]

Allen
38

6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
[2.87]
73

wrench 4
Ø10
[0.39]H8
[0.91]
23
[0.31]

[0.39]
M8

10

35.5 17
Allen wrench 4 [1.40] Wrench 13 [0.67]
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 66 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft
[2.60]
77.5
[3.05]

F-24 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GM Series 120L GT

”B” side options

Lever control
Type LB
Steel manufacture.
Pivot can be assembled below (LB1 configuration) or above (LB3 configuration).

1 0 2

Configuration LB1

30° 28.5°
17° 17°

Vertical handlever Horizontal handlever


assembly assembly

[1.46]
37

[2.72]
69
[2.28]
58
[0.91]
23
[0.16]

35.5
[1.40]
4

45.5
[1.79]

Configuration LB3

€ 20
M10 threads [0.79]
[0.79]
20

[1.46]
37

[3.19]
81
[2.76]
[0.91]
70
23

Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft

GURMAKSAN F-25
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
120L GT GM Series

”B” side options

Special lever controls


Safety levers with lock in neutral complete with handlever; lift handlever knob to operate.
With insulated handlever type LEBP

Type LEB

To be used with body valves without auxiliary relief valves flanged on the working ports.

1 0 2

LEB
[0.33]

LEB1
8.5

lock release
Stroke for

[0.33]
8.5

lock release
Stroke for
Locking bush
Locking bush
[11.44]
290.5

Wrench 17 Wrench 17
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft
[9.47]
240.5
[2.28]

[2.28]
58

58
[1.10] [0.91]

[1.10] [0.91]
23

23
28

28

35.5 Allen wrench 4 35.5 Allen wrench 4


[1.40] 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft [1.40] 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
72 72
[2.83] [2.83]

F-26 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GM Series 120L GT

”B” side options

TQ cable remote control kit


Waterproof cap prearranged for remote control with flexible cable.
1 0 2

Wrench 10 - 9.8 Nm / 7.2 lbft

Wrench 24 - 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

Flexible cable

95
[3.74]
Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft

NOTE - For more information about remote cable control, require appropriate documentation.

Connection example

JS100 remote control


CG flexible cable

TQ kit

GT16/1 directional control


valve without lever boxes

GURMAKSAN F-27
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
120L GT GM Series

Complete controls

Proportional hydraulic control type 8IM


It can be used with standard spools and body 1 0 2

VA VB
59
Allen wrench 4 [2.32] Pilot pressure - stroke diagram
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
G 1/4 Port B Port A
2 0 1
VA VB
-0.3 -0.28 -0.2 -0.1 0 0.1 0.2 0.28 0.3
(bar) 20 (psi)
18.5 268
240
15

Pilot pressure
160
10

5 80
3 43.5

Allen wrench 5 76 0
9.8 Nm / 7.2 lbft [2.99] -8 -6 -4 -2 0 2 4 6 8
270 Stroke (mm)
[10.63]
Spool overlap area
Metering area

Operating features
Pilot pressure : max. 50 bar / 725 psi
Internal leakage A(B) → T (∆p = 100 bar - 1450 psi / T = 40°C)
........................................ : max. 6cm3/min - 0.37 in3/min

Connection example

P T Hydraulic pilot control valve


series JSSC100

F-28 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GM Series 120L GT

Special configurations

Directional valve with rotary control kit


125 81.5
[4.92] [3.21]
[2.28]
58

P T
[4.65]
118

[11.06]
281

Standard body kit


B
[0.28]
-7
[1.40]
35.5

2
Stroke

0
1
[0.28]
+7

28
[1.10]
Angle excursion ± 90° 230
[9.05]

A B

P
T

100 bar
1450 psi

Description example
120L GT10/1(X-100)/1CP R SLP/PSL3

GURMAKSAN F-29
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
160LGM

GURMAKSAN G-1
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
160L GM GM Series

Features

Simple, compact and heavy duty designed monoblock from 1 to 3 sections for open and closed centre hydraulic systems.
H Fitted with a direct or pilot operated main pressure relief valve.
H Parallel circuit.
H Optional carryover port.
H Diemeter 25 mm -- 0.98 in interchangeable spools.
H A wide variety of service port valves.
H Available manual, hydraulic and rotative spool control kits.

Additional information
This catalogue shows the product in the most standard configurations. Please
contact Sales Dpt. for more detailed information or special request.

WARNING!
All specifications of this catalogue refer to the standard product at this date.
GMS, oriented to a continuous improvement, reserves the right to
discontinue, modify or revise the specifications, without notice.

GMS IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY DAMAGE CAUSED BY AN INCORRECT


USE OF THE PRODUCT. 1st edition April 2016:

G-2 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GM Series 160L GM

Contents

Directional valve with parallel circuit


Dimensional data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-6
Ordering codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-7
Inlet relief options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-9
Spools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-11
“A” side spool positioners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-12
“B” side options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-16
Complete controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-18
Outlet port options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-21

GURMAKSAN G-3
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
160L GM GM Series

Working conditions

This catalogue shows technical specifications and diagrams measured with mineral oil of 46 mm2/s – 46cSt
viscosity at 40°C temperature.

Nominal flow rating 160 l/min.


Max. flow 200 l
Operating pressure (max.) 250 bar 3620 psi
Max. back pressure on outlet port T 25 bar 360 psi
3
Internal leakage A(B)→T ∆p=100 bar – 1450psi fluid and valve at 40°C 4cm /min. 0.24 in3/min.
Hydraulic fluid Mineral base oil
Fluid temperature with NBR seals from - 20° to 80°C
with FPM (VITON) seals from - 20° to 100°C
Viscosity operating range from 15 to 75 mm2/s from 15 to 75 cSt
2
Min. 12 mm /s 12 cSt
2
Max. 400 mm /s 400 cSt
Max. level of
19/16 – ISO 4406
contamination

Standard threads

MAIN PORTS BSP (ISO 228/1) OPTIONAL UN-UNF (ISO 11926-1)


Inlet P and carry-over C G 3/4 G1 1 5/16 - 12 UN - 2B (SAE 16)
A and B ports G 3/4 G1 1 1/16 - 12 UN - 2B (SAE 12)
Outlet T G1 - 1 5/16 - 12 UN - 2B (SAE 16)
CONTROL PILOT PORTS
Pneumatics G 1/8 - -
Hydraulics G 1/4 - -

G-4 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GM Series 160L GM

Performance data (pressure drop vs. flow)

Open centre
From side inlet to side outlet.

40
(bar) 540
(psi)
30
3 sections
A1 A2 A3 360
2 sections

Pressure
T 20
P 1 sections
B1 B2 B3 180
10

0
0 50 100 150 200
(l/min)
Flow

Inlet to work port


From side inlet to A port (spool in position 1) or B port (spool in position 2).

40
(bar) 540
(psi)
30
A1 A2 A3 P→A3(B3)
360
P→A2(B2)
Pressure

T 20
P
P→A1(B1)
B1 B2 B3 180
10

0
0 50 100 150 200
(l/min)
Flow

Work port to outlet


From A port (spool in position 2) or B port (spool in position 1) to side outlet.

40
(bar) 540
(psi)
A1 A2 A3 30
A3(B3)→T
T 360
A2(B2)→T
Pressure

20
P A1(B1)→T
B1 B2 B3
180
10

0
0 50 100 150 200
(l/min)
Flow

GURMAKSAN G-5
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
160L GM GM Series

directional valve with left inlet


Dimensional data (parallel circuit)
92
[3.62]
A 4 10 61.5
[0.16] [0.39] [2.42]
15 B 35
[0.59] [1.38]
[0.69]
17.5

A1 A2

[0.39]
Ø10
[2.05]

T
52

P
[7.17]

[5.98]
182

152
[12.56]

[3.07]
319

B1 B2 78
[3.84]
97.5

[1.20]
30.5

[1.77] [0.59]
15

Posit.1
45

19°
[3.03]
77

Posit.0
19°
Posit.2
M12 13°
32 53 53 46 29 60 Posit.3
[1.26] [2.09] [2.09] [1.81] [1.14] [2.36]
124
[4.88]
P.max:315bar

160L GM16/ 2-P


Valve type 340 / 15

Production batch Production year

Standard configuration Upper inlet and outlet ports configuration


T
A1 B1 A2 B2 A1 B1 A2 B2
P

T
P

100 bar 100 bar


1450 psi 1450 psi

Description example Description example


160L GM16/2-P(X-100)/18L/18L/AET-PSL6 160L GM16/2-P(X-100)/18L/18L/AET-PSA6

A B Weight
TYPE
mm in mm in kg lb
160L GM 16/1-P 159 6.26 129 5.08 10.9 24.03
160L GM 16/2-P 212 8.35 182 7.17 15.8 34.83
160L GM 16/3-P 265 10.43 235 9.25 20.5 45.19

G-6 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GM Series 160L GM
directional valve with left inlet
Ordering codes
Description example:
1st section following section

160L GM16 / 2 - P ( X - 100 ) / 1 8 L / 18L / AET - PSL6

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.
Valve setting (bar)

4. a. 7.

8 AET AE AEK 6.

b.
9B-10B-11B

7. 5.

13
L
1. 2. 3.

1. Body kits 3. Spool options page 11


TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
1-P - Parallel, 1 section 1 30 01 3615 Double acting, 3 positions, with A and B
2-P - Parallel, 2 sections closed in neutral position
3-P - Parallel, 3 sections 2 30 01 3616 Double acting, 3 positions, with A and B
open to tank in neutral position
Include body, seals and load check valve. 3 30 01 3618 Single acting on A, 3 positions, B plugged
requires G3/4 plug (see part a. )
4 30 01 3619 Single acting on B, 3 positions, A plugged
2. Inlet relief options page 9 requires G3/4 plug (see part a. )
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION Spools for 8IM hydraulic control
KE10K01 : direct pressure relief valve type X 1IM 30 01 3620 As type 1
(X-100) 30 05 4912 Range 20 to 315 bar / 290 to 4600 psi 2IM 30 01 3761 As type 2
standard setting 100 bar / 1450 psi Special spools: need special body kit
5DY 30 01 3622 Double acting, 4 positions, floating circuit
KE10K02 : pilot operated pressure relief valve type Z in 4th position with spool in
8F 30 01 3621 Double acting, 3 positions, with regenerative
(Z-100) 30 05 4915 Range 25 to 315 bar / 360 to 4600 psi
in position 2
standard setting 100 bar / 1450 psi
Standard setting is referred to 6 l/min flow.
V 30 05 4914 Relief valve blanking plug

GURMAKSAN G-7
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
160L GM GM Series

directional valve with left inlet


Ordering codes

4. ”A” side spool positioners page 12 6. Outlet port options page 21


TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
8 30 07 5424 With spring return in neutral position AET 30 05 4994 Open centre plug
19 - With spring return in position 0 from 1 AEK - Closed centre plug
20 - With spring return in position 0 from 2 AE1 30 05 4932 G3/4 carry-over sleeve
11 30 07 5425 With detent in positions 1, 0 and 2
15 - With detent in positions 1 and 0
16 - With detent in positions 2 and 0 7. Inlet and outlet selection *
9B - With detent in position 1 and spring return in TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
neutral position PSL6 30 05 4920 G3/4 plug for upper inlet
10B - With detent in position 2 and spring return in 30 05 4993 G1 plug for upper outlet
neutral position PSA6 30 05 4920 G3/4 plug for side inlet
11B - Detent in positions 1 and 2 and spring return in 30 05 4993 G1 plug for side outlet
neutral position
Special positioner
13 30 07 5584 With detent in position 3 and spring return 8. Complete controls page 18
neutral position, for spool type 5DY
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
Proportional hydraulic control type 8IM and rotative control type R.
5. “B” side options page 16
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION a. ”A” and “B” ports plugs
L 30 07 5423 Standard lever box
SLP 30 07 5358 Without lever box, with dust-proof plate TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
LB 30 07 5357 Steel lever G3/4 30 05 4920 For single acting spools type 3 and 4

b. Optional handlevers
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
AL01/M12x225 30 05 6012 Lenght L = 225mm / 8.86in

G-8 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GM Series 160L GM
directional valve with left inlet
Inlet relief options

Direct pressure relief valve

KE10K01 ( X - 100 )
Standard setting in bar
Adjustment type (X, XH)

Adjustment type

X: with screw XH: valve set and locked


Allen wrench 4 Allen wrench 4
Wrench 24 - 42 Nm / 31 lbft Wrench 13 Wrench 24 - 42 Nm / 31 lbft Wrench 13
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

49 62.5
[1.93] [2.46]

Performance data

Time response
(% DP)

400 (psi)
(bar) 105%

300 4500
95%
Pressure

90%
Pressure

200 3000
2500 psi
175 bar

100 1500
10%
0
0 30 60 90 Time (")
(l/min) 0,43"
Flow
TIME RESPONSE

GURMAKSAN G-9
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
160L GM GM Series

directional valve with left inlet


Inlet relief options

Pilot pressure relief valve

KE10K02 ( Z - 100 )
Standard setting in bar
Adjustment type (Z, ZH)

Adjustment type

Z: with screw ZH: valve set and locked


Wrench 27 Wrench 19 Wrench 27 Wrench 19
42 Nm / 31 lbft 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft 42 Nm / 31 lbft 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

Allen wrench 5
Allen wrench 5
max. 52
[2.05]

Performance data

Time response
(% DP)

400 (psi)
(bar) 105%

300 4500
95%
Pressure
Pressure

200 3000 90%


1750 psi
120 bar

100 1500
10%
0
0 30 60 90 Time (")
Flow (l/min) 0,28"
TIME RESPONSE

V: relief valve blanking plug

Allen wrench 10
42 Nm / 31 lbft

4
[0.16]

G-10 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GM Series 160L GM
directional valve with left inlet
Spools options

Type 1, 1IM Type 2, 2IM

1 0 2 1 0 2
A B + 10 mm / 0.39 in A B + 10 mm / 0.39 in
(1) (1)
(0) (0)
(2) (2)
P T - 10 mm / 0.39 in P T - 10 mm / 0.39 in

Type 3 Type 4

1 0 2 1 0 2
A + 10 mm / 0.39 in B + 10 mm / 0.39 in
(1) (1)
(0) (0)
(2) (2)
P T - 10 mm / 0.39 in P T - 10 mm / 0.39 in

Type 8F

1 0 2
A B + 10 mm / 0.39 in
(1)
(0)
(2)
P T - 10 mm / 0.39 in

Type 5DY

For 13 kit
1 0 2 3
A B + 7 mm / 0.28 in
(1)
(0)
(2)
P T - 8 mm / 0.32 in
(3)
- 16 mm / 0.63 in

GURMAKSAN G-11
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
160L GM GM Series

directional valve with left inlet


”A” side spool positioners

With spring return in neutral position


8 kit
It’s supplied with standard spring type D (see force-stroke diagram) and available with lighter spring type B (8MB) or heavier
type C (8MC).
1 0 2
Force-stroke diagram
-0.3 -0.2 -0.1 0.1 0.2 0.3 (in)
Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 450 100
(N) D
300 (lbf)
Allen wrench 8 C 50
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft 150
B
Force

0 0
B
-150
-50
-300 C
D
-450 -100
-10 -8 -6 -4 -2 0 2 4 6 8 10
60 Stroke (mm)
[2.36]

19 kit

1 0

Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Allen wrench 8
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

60
[2.36]

20 kit

0 2

Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Allen wrench 8
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

60
[2.36]

G-12 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GM Series 160L GM
directional valve with left inlet
”A” side spool positioners

With detent
11 kit

1 0 2
Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Allen wrench 8
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

60
[2.36]

Operating features
Locking and release force . . . . . . . . . : 420 N / 94.4 lbf ±10%

15 kit

1 0
Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Allen wrench 8
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

60
[2.36]

Operating features
Locking and release force . . . . . . . . . : 420 N / 94.4 lbf ±10%

16 kit

0 2
Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Allen wrench 8
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

60
[2.36]
Operating features
Locking and release force . . . . . . . . . : 420 N / 94.4 lbf ±10%

GURMAKSAN G-13
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
160L GM GM Series

directional valve with left inlet


”A” side spool positioners

With detent and spring return to neutral position from either directions
9B kit

1 0 2

Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Special wrench
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

97
[3.82]

10B kit

1 0 2

Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Special wrench
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

97
[3.82]

11B kit

1 0 2

Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Special wrench
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

97
[3.82]

G-14 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GM Series 160L GM
directional valve with left inlet
”A” side spool positioners

Particular positioner kits for special spools


13 kit
Detent in 4th position with spool in:available only for spool type 5DY

1 0 2 3

Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Special wrench
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

97
[3.82]

GURMAKSAN G-15
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
160L GM GM Series

directional valve with left inlet


”B” side options

Lever control
Type L Type L180
Alluminium with protection boot lever pivot box; it can be rotated 180° (execution LM10180).

1 0 2
32°
Vertical handlever 19° 19°
assembly
Horizontal
handlever assembly

Execution S18
Allen wrench 4 M12
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
[3.50]
89
[2.93]
74.5
[1.14]
29

[1.38]
35

45

[1.56]
39.5
[1.77]
77 [2.13]
54
[3.03]

Type SLP

Mechanical control with dust proof plate.

1 0 2

Spool dimension
[0.98]

[0.51]
Ø25

15
13

[0.59]
Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 12
[0.47]
[0.87]
Ø22

25
45 [0.98]
[1.77]

G-16 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GM Series 160L GM
directional valve with left inlet
”B” side options

Lever control
Type LB
Steel manufacture.
Pivot can be assembled below (LB1 configuration) or above (LB3 configuration).

1 0 2

Configuration LB1
0
19° 19°

2 1 Horizontal handlever
Vertical handlever assembly
assembly

[2.13]
54
[1.14]
29

[1.57]
40

45
[1.77]
57.5
[2.26]

Configuration LB3

0
19° 19°
1 2
[2.13]

M12
54

[4.65]
118
[1.14]
29

25
[0.98]

Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft

GURMAKSAN G-17
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
160L GM GM Series

directional valve with left inlet


Complete controls

Hydraulic spool control type 8IM


For single acting and double acting spools

1 0 2

VA VB

Standard body

71
[2.80] G 1/4
VA VB
[2.36]
60

83 83
[3.27] [3.27]
348
[13.70]

Special spool: type 1IM, 2IM

Pilot pressure - stroke diagram


Port B Port A
2 0 1
-0.3 -0.2 -0.1 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 (in)
(bar) 40 (psi)
500
30
400
Pilot pressure

20 300
200
10
100
0
-10 -8 -6 -4 -2 0 2 4 6 8 10
Stroke (mm)
Spool overlap area
Metering area

G-18 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GM Series 160L GM
directional valve with left inlet
Complete controls

Connection example

Hydraulic pilot control valve


series JSSC400

1 4 P T 3 2
VA1 VA2

VA1 VB1 VA2 VB2


A1 A2 A1 B1 A2 B2

T
T
P
B1 B2
P

100 bar
VB1 VB2 1450 psi

Description example
160L GM16/2-P(X-100)/1IM8IM/1IM8IM/AET-PSL6

GURMAKSAN G-19
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
160L GM GM Series

directional valve with left inlet


Special configurations

Directional valve with rotary control kit

159 92.5
[6.26] [3.64]
[3.07]
78

A1

T
P
[7.17]
182

[15.04]

B1
382

Standard body kit


[0.39]
-10
[1.77]
45

2
Stroke

0
1
[0.39]
+10

35
[1.38]
297
[11.70]
Angle excursion ± 90°

A B

T
P

100 bar
1450 psi

Description example
160L GM16/1-P(X-100)/1 R SLP/AET-PSL6

G-20 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GM Series 160L GM
directional valve with left inlet
Outlet port options
It’s possible to have open centre, closed centre and carry-over.

AET: open centre (standard) AE: with carry-over


Carry-over sleeve
Wrench 41 - 42 Nm / 31 lbft

Allen wrench 12

G 3/4
42 Nm / 31 lbft

4 12
[0.16] [0.47]

A1 B1 A2 B2 A1 B1 A2 B2

T T
P P
C

100 bar 100 bar


1450 psi 1450 psi

Description example Description example


160L GM16/2-P(X-100)/18L/18L/AET-PSL6 160L GM16/2-P(X-100)/18L/18L/AE2-PSL6

AEK: closed centre

Closed centre plug


Allen wrench 12
42 Nm / 31 lbft

4
[0.16]

A1 B1 A2 B2

T
P

100 bar
1450 psi

Description example
160L GM16/2-P(X-100)/18L/18L/AEK-PSL6

GURMAKSAN G-21
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
50LGS
50L GS GS Series

Features

Simple, compact and heavy duty designed sectional valve from 1 to 12 sections for open and closed centre hydraulic systems.
H Fitted with a main pressure relief valve and a load check valve on every working section
H Available with parallel, tandem or series circuit.
H Optional carryover port.
H A wide variety of auxiliary valves.
H Intermediate sections for several types of circuit.
H Available manual, pneumatic, hydraulic, electro--hydraulic, and remote with flexible cables spool control kits.
H Diameter 16 mm (0.63 in) interchangeable spools.

Additional information
This catalogue shows the product in the most standard configurations. Please
contact Sales Dpt. for more detailed information or special request.

WARNING!
All specifications of this catalogue refer to the standard product at this date.
GMS, oriented to a continuous improvement, reserves the right to
discontinue, modify or revise the specifications, without notice.

GMS IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY DAMAGE CAUSED BY AN INCORRECT


USE OF THE PRODUCT. 1st edition April 2016:

H-2 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 50L GS

Index

- Valve general informations


Working conditions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 4
Standard threads. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 4
Dimensional data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 5
Performance data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 6
Hydraulic circuit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 7
Complete sections ordering codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 8
- Inlet section
Parts ordering codes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 10
Dimensional data and hydraulic circuit . . . . . . . . . page 11
Inlet relief options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 12
- Inlet section for special application
Configuration with rotary commutator. . . . . . . . . .page 14
- Working section
Parts ordering codes (mechanical control). . . . . . . page 15
Spools. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 17
“A” side spool positioners. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 19
“B” side options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 32
Complete controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 36
Port valves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 40
- Intermediate section
CS1 mid return manifold section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 41
DFG pressure compensated flow divider section. . page 42
EI service relief valve section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 43
- Outlet section
Parts ordering codes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 44
Dimensional data and hydraulic circuit . . . . . . . . . page 45

GURMAKSAN H-3
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
50L GS GS Series

Valve general informations


Working conditions

This catalogue shows technical specifications and diagrams measured with mineral oil of 46 mm2/s – 46cSt viscosity
at 40°C temperature.

Nominal flow rating 50 l/min.


Max. flow 70 l
Operating pressure (max.) Series-parallel (tandem) circuit 315 bar 4600 psi
Back pressure (max.) on outlet port T 25 bar 360 psi
3
Internal leakage A(B)→T ∆p=100 bar – 1450 psi fluid and valve at 40°C 3cm /min. 0.18 in3/min.
Hydraulic fluid Mineral base oil
Fluid temperature with NBR seals from - 20° to 80°C
with FPM (VITON) seals from - 20° to 100°C
Viscosity operating range from 15 to 75 mm2/s from 15 to 75 cSt
2
Min. 12 mm /s 12 cSt
Max. 400 mm2/s 400 cSt
Max. level of contamination 19/16 – ISO 4406

Tie rods tightening torque


30 Nm 22 lbft
(wrench 13)

Standard threads

REFERENCE STANDARD

BSP UN-UNF METRIC


THREAD ISO 228/1 ISO 263 ISO 262
ACCORDING TO
BS 2779 ANSI B1.1 unified
CAVITY ISO 1179 11926 9974-1
DIMENSION
ACCORDING TO SAE J1926 J2244
3852-2 3852-1
DIN
shape X or Y shape X or Y

PORTS THREAD

MAIN PORTS BSP OPTIONAL UN-UNF METRIC


Inlet P G 3/8 G 1/2 3/4 – 16 (SAE 8) M18x1,5
Working ports A and B G 3/8 G 1/2 9/16 – 18 (SAE 6) M18x1,5
Outlet T and carry-over C G 1/2 - 3/4 – 16 (SAE 8) M22x1,5
PILOT PORTS
Hydraulic ports G 1/4 - -
Pneumatic ports G 1/8 - -

H-4 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 50L GS
Valve general informations
Dimensional data

Carry-over configuration

T With plug
A
B 30
[1.18] C 88.3
[3.48]
29 29 30.8
[1.14] [1.14] [1.21]

11

[1.42]
36
[0.43]

M8
[0.79]
20
A1 A2
[1.57]
40

[2.46]

T
62.5

[3.15]

[4.72]
120

[7.91]
[7.87]

80
200

201

P [1.57]
40

B1 B2 3
1 26°
[0.80]

17°
20.3

0
M10 17°
26°
2
21.5 30 100.3 3
[0.85] [1.18] [3.95]
42 38 38 42
[1.65] [1.50] [1.50] [1.65]
P.max:315bar

50L GS08/2......
Valve type 110 / 16

Production batch Production year

A B Weight A B Weight
TYPE TYPE
mm in mm in kg lb mm in mm in kg lb
50L GS 08/1 122 4.80 58 2.28 5.50 12.13 50L GS 08/7 350 13.78 286 11.26 20.50 45.20
50L GS 08/2 160 6.30 96 3.78 8.00 17.64 50L GS 08/8 388 15.28 324 12.76 23.00 50.70
50L GS 08/3 198 7.80 134 5.28 10.50 23.15 50L GS 08/9 426 16.77 362 14.25 25.50 56.20
50L GS 08/4 236 9.29 172 6.77 13.00 28.66 50L GS 08/10 464 18.27 400 15.75 28.00 61.73
50L GS 08/5 274 10.79 210 8.27 15.50 34.17 50L GS 08/11 502 19.76 438 17.24 30.50 67.24
50L GS 08/6 312 12.28 248 9.76 18.00 39.68 50L GS 08/12 540 21.26 476 18.74 33.00 72.75

GURMAKSAN H-5
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
50L GS GS Series

Valve general informations


Performance data (pressure drop vs. flow)

Open centre
From side inlet to side outlet.

40
(bar) 540
(psi)
30
12 sections
A1 A12 360
8 sections
20

Pressure
P T 4 sections
1 sections 180
10
B1 B12

0
0 20 40 60
Flow (l/min)

Inlet to work port


From side inlet to A port (spool in position 1) or B port (spool in position 2).

40
(bar) 540
(psi)
30
A1 A12 360
20
Pressure

P T P→A12(B12)
P→A1(B1) 180
10
B1 B12
0
0 20 40 60
Flow (l/min)

Work port to outlet


From A port (spool in position 2) or B port (spool in position 1) to side outlet.

40
(bar) 540
(psi)
30
A1 A12 360
20
Pressure

P T A1(B1)→T
A12(B12)→T 180
B1 B12 10

0
0 20 40 60
Flow (l/min)

H-6 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 50L GS
Valve general informations
Hydraulic circuit
Parallel circuit Series-parallel (tandem) circuit
Standard configuration with open centre and side inlet and It needs a special working section kit
outlet. Tandem section is fed from thr free flow pressure line; it’s
excluded when an up strem section is operated.

SP tandem working section


A1 B1 A2 B2 A1 B1 A2 B2

P T P T

100 bar 100 bar


1450 psi 1450 psi

Description example Description example


50L GS08/2/AC(X-100)/18L/18L/RC 50L GS08/2/AC(X-100)/18L/SP-18L/RC

Series circuit
It needs a special working section kit
The return oil from service ports feed the remaining down
stream sections. S series working section
A1 B1 A2 B2

P T

100 bar
1450 psi

Description example
50L GS08/2/AC(X-100)/S-18L/P-18L/RC

Directional valve with right inlet

B2 A2 B1 A1

A2 A1

T P
T P

100 bar

B2 B1 1450 psi

Description example
50L GS08/2/BC(X-100)/18L/18L/RC

GURMAKSAN H-7
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
50L GS GS Series

Valve general informations


Complete sections ordering codes

Standard configuration with side inlet and outlet

50L GS08 / 2 / AC(X-100) / P - 18L.P3T / EI1 / P - 18L.P3T / RC


8. 9.
Nr. of
working 1. 2. 3. 4.
section
It’s not necessary to indicate
the ”P”
letter in the complete valve
description
with parallel circuit (standard);
in case
of other circuits, they must be
specified by the related letter
2.
(S, SP). 4.
1.
2.
8. 9.
3.

1. Inlet section * page 10 4. Outlet section * page 44


TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
AC(X-100) 30 08 5748 Side inlet with direct pressure relief valve RC 30 08 5664 Side outlet
AD(X-100) 30 08 5662 Upper inlet with direct pressure relief valve RD 30 08 5707 Upper outlet
RE 30 08 5708 Upper outlet with side carry-over sleeve
AC(V) 30 08 5661 Without pressure relief valve
RK 30 08 5709 Upper outlet with closed centre
RV 30 08 5710 With back pressure valve the combination with
electro-hydraulic control is required
2. Working section * page 15
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
P-18L 50W010000 Parallel circuit, prearranged for port valves,
double acting spool with spring return,
lever control
S-18L 50W010002 Series circuit, lever control
SP-18L 50W010003 As previous with series-parallel (tandem)
circuit

3. Intermediate sections * page 42


TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
DFG 30 08 5773 Pressure compensated flow divider section
EI1(X-100) 30 08 5730 With direct overpressure relief valve
EI2(X-100) 30 08 5731 With direct overpressure relief valve and
auxiliary inlet

NOTE (*) - Items are referred to BSP thread.


H-8 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 50L GS
Valve general informations
Complete sections ordering codes

Configuration with 2 side inlets and mid return manifold

50L GS08 / 2 / AC(X-100) / 18L.P3T / CS1 / ED - 18L.P3T / BC(X-100)


8. 9.
No. of
working 1. 2. 5. 6. 7.
section

2.
7.
1.
6.
8. 9.
5.

8. Assemb. kit without intermediate section


CODE DIRECTIONAL VALVE
30 05 6064 Tie rod kit for 1 section valve
30 05 6068 Tie rod kit for 2 sections valve
30 05 6069 Tie rod kit for 3 sections valve
5. Return manifold * page 41 30 05 6070 Tie rod kit for 4 sections valve
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION 30 05 6071 Tie rod kit for 5 sections valve
CS1 30 08 5624 Mid return manifold with G1/2 outlet port 30 05 6072 Tie rod kit for 6 sections valve
30 05 6073 Tie rod kit for 7 sections valve
30 05 6074 Tie rod kit for 8 sections valve
6. Right inlet working section * 30 05 6075 Tie rod kit for 9 sections valve
30 05 6065 Tie rod kit for 10 sections valve
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
30 05 6066 Tie rod kit for 11 sections valve
P-ED-18L 50W010008 Parallel circuit, prearranged for port valves,
30 05 6067 Tie rod kit for 12 sections valve
double acting spool with spring return,
lever control
S-ED-18L 50W010006 As previous with series circuit
SP-ED-18L 50W010007 As previous with series-parallel (tandem)
circuit
9. Assemb. kit with intermediate section
CODE DIRECTIONAL VALVE
7. Right inlet section * 30 05 6069 Tie rod kit for 2 sections valve (with CS1)
30 05 6070 Tie rod kit for 3 sections valve (with CS1)
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION 30 05 6071 Tie rod kit for 4 sections valve (with CS1)
BC(X-100) 30 08 5752 Side inlet with direct press. relief valve 30 05 6072 Tie rod kit for 5 sections valve (with CS1)
BD(X-100) 30 08 5756 Upper inlet with direct pressure relief valve 30 05 6073 Tie rod kit for 6 sections valve (with CS1)
BC(V) 30 08 5768 Side inlet without pressure reliaf valve 30 05 6074 Tie rod kit for 7 sections valve (with CS1)
30 05 6075 Tie rod kit for 8 sections valve (with CS1)
30 05 6065 Tie rod kit for 9 sections valve (with CS1)
30 05 6066 Tie rod kit for 10 sections valve (with CS1)

NOTE (*) - Items are referred to BSP thread.


GURMAKSAN H-9
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
50L GS GS Series

Inlet section
Parts ordering codes

50L GS08 / AC ( X - 100 ) ELN - MAN14 - 12VDC

1. 3. 4. 2. 5.
Pressure relief valve setting (bar)
Available configurations
AC: with side inlet, for left inlet (standard) directional valve
AD: with upper inlet, for left inlet (standard) directional valve
BC: with side inlet, for right inlet directional valve
BD: with upper inlet, for right inlet directional valve

MAN14
4. 2. 3.
Copper ring

SV X

5. L 2.
SV

F
R2
1.
ELN
MAN14

1. Inlet cover body * page 11 4. Inlet valve options page 13


CODE DESCRIPTION TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
- Standard body - 30 05 5004 Relief valve blanking plug (omit in description)
F - Inlet anti-cavitation valve
2. Parts * L - Hydraulic pilot unloader valve
Solenoid operated unloader valve
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION ELN 30 05 6105 Without emergency
MAN18 30 05 6098 G1/8 Pressure gauge arrangement ELP 30 05 6106 Push-button emergency
MAN14 30 05 6097 G1/4 Pressure gauge arrangement ELT 30 05 6107 Push and twist type with detent emergency

3. Inlet relief valve options page 12 5. Coils


TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
KE08K01 : direct pressure relief valve type X 12VDC 20 03 2268 Coil type BER, ISO4400 integrated type
(X-100) 30 05 4917 Range 20 to 315 bar / 290 to 4600 psi 12VDC
standard setting 100 bar / 1450 psi 24VDC 20 03 2269 Coil type BER, ISO4400 integrated type
Standard setting is referred to 6 l/min flow. 24VDC
V 30 05 5004 Relief valve blanking plug

NOTE (*) - Items are referred to BSP thread.


H-10 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 50L GS
Inlet section
Dimensional data and hydraulic circuit

For left inlet directional valve (standard)


With side inlet, type AC
Allen wrench 8 D
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft Description example
AC(X-100)

D-D
[3.34]
84.8

[3.18]
80.8

G 3/8 P P
[1.33]
33.8

[0.35]
9
10 D 100 bar

[0.47]
[0.39] 1450 psi

12
40.5 Directional control 80 17
[1.59] valve mounting face [3.15] [0.67]
114
[4.49]
With upper inlet, type AD M8
Ø10.3
P
[0.41]
G 3/8
P D Description example
AD(X-100)

D-D

Allen wrench 8
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft
D 100 bar
1450 psi
45
[1.77]

For right inlet directional valve


With side inlet, type BC
Allen wrench 8 D
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft Description example
BC(X-100)

D-D P

G 3/8 P
100 bar
1450 psi

D P
With upper inlet, type BD
G 3/8
P D Description example
BD(X-100)
D-D

Allen wrench 8 100 bar


24 Nm / 17.7 lbft 1450 psi
D

GURMAKSAN H-11
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
50L GS GS Series

Inlet section
Inlet relief options

Direct pressure relief valve

KE08K01 ( X - 100 )
Standard setting in bar
Adjustment type (X, XH)

Adjustment type

X: with screw XH: valve set and locked

Wrench 19 - 42 Nm / 31 lbft
Allen wrench 4
Wrench 13 - 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

48 56
[1.89] [2.20]

Performance data
Time response
(% DP)

400 (psi) 105%


(bar)

300 4500
95%
Pressure

90%
2500 psi
Pressure

3000
175 bar

200
10 bar
145 psi
100 1500 OVERSHOOT
10%

0
0 20 40 60 0.03" 0.1" Time (")
Flow (l/min) TIME TRANSIENT
RESPONSE RECOVERY TIME

V: relief valve blanking plug

Allen wrench 8
42 Nm / 31 lbft

1.2
[0.05]

H-12 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 50L GS
Inlet section
Inlet valve options

Unloader valves
Description example: AC (X - 100) ELN - 12VDC Solenoid operated
Hydraulic operated valve: L Emergency with push button and spring return; for detent
Solenoid operated valve: ELN Feeding voltage: for position turn the button after press it.
ELP solenoid operated WARNING: the manual override option is intended for
ELT emergency use, not for continuous duty operation.

ELN: without ELP: push ELT: "push &


emergency button type twist" type
2 2 2

Wrench 27 1 1 1
42 Nm / 31 lbft
Wrench 24
35 Nm / 26 lbft Pressure drop curve P → T
T
30
200
(bar)
20 150

Pressure
P
10 100

0 0
100 bar
1450 psi 0 15 30 45 60
Flow (l/min)
max. 98.7
[3.89]

Hydraulic operated
X

Wrench 24
42 Nm / 31 lbft
T

P
X
G 1/4

100 bar
1450 psi
18.7
[0.74]

Anti-cavitation valve
Description example: AC (X - 100) F

Wrench 24
42 Nm / 31 lbft
T

Wrench 19
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft 100 bar
1450 psi
16.5
[0.65]

GURMAKSAN H-13
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
50L GS GS Series

Inlet section for special applications


Configuration with rotary commutator

Dimensional data and hydraulic circuit


Drawing and circuit are referred to left inlet directional valve.
Pos.2

1/4"
X
KE08K01 direct overpressure
relief valve.

[4.49]
114
Pos.1

[3.18]
80.8
[1.33]
33.8
80 17 74.8
[3.15] [0.67] [2.94]
114
[4.49]

Pos.2

24
[0.94]
81
[2.32]

[3.19]
59

25°

Hydraulic circuit and ordering codes

Left inlet Right inlet Pos.1

100 bar 100 bar


1450 psi 1450 psi

P P

1 1
X 2 2
X

AC(X-100)R2 BC(X-100)R2

H-14 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 50L GS
Working section
Parts ordering codes (mechanical control)
Description example:

50L GS08 / P - 1 8 L . U 1 ( 100 ) *


1 mounted on A port.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 2 mounted on B port.
3 mounted on A and B port.
Port valves setting in bar
b.
3.
8-11

5. 4.
a. U
9B-10B-11B
L
C

8P
P3T
SLP

TQ

8EI3 1.
LCB
b.
2.

1. Working section kit * 2. Spools page 17


TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
P - With paralle circuit 1B 30 01 3551 Double acting, 3 positions, with B open to tank
S - With serie circuit in neutral position
SP - With serie-parallel (tandem) circuit 2 30 01 3549 Double acting, 3 positions, with A and B open
to tank in neutral position
Include body, seals, rings and load check valve.
3 30 01 3547 Single acting on A, 3 positions, B plugged;
requires G3/8 plug (see part a)
2. Spools page 17 4 30 01 3546 Single acting on B, 3 positions, A plugged;
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION requires G3/8 plug (see part a)
1 30 01 3548 Double acting, 3 positions, with A and B closed 2H 30 01 3749 Double acting, 3 positions, with A and B
in neutral position partially open to tank in neutral position
1CS 30 01 3750 Double acting, 3 positions, with A and B closed 1AH 30 01 3751 Double acting, 3 positions, with A
in neutral position, sensitive type partially open to tank in neutral position
1A 30 01 3550 Double acting, 3 positions, with A open to tank 1BH 30 01 3545 Double acting, 3 positions, with B
in neutral position partially open to tank in neutral position

GURMAKSAN H-15
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
50L GS GS Series

Working section
Parts ordering codes (mechanical control)

2. Spool options page 17 4. “B” side options page 32


TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
Special spools for particular positioner kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L 30 07 5335 Standard lever box
. . . page 18 LF1 30 07 5337 Lever box with adjustable flow limiter
5DY 30 01 3553 Double acting, 4 positions, float in position 3 SL - Withou lever box
with spool in SLP 30 07 5338 Without lever box, with dust-proof plate
5BY 30 01 3552 Double acting, 4 positions, float in position 3 SLCZ - Without lever box, with endcap.
with spool out LEB 30 07 5340 Safety lever box, vertical configuration
8 30 01 3554 Double acting, 4 positions, regenerative in LUP 30 07 5341 Safety lever box, horizontal configuration
position 3 TQ 30 07 5328 Flexible cable connection; for CG cables
3. ”A” side spool positioners page 19 LCB 30 07 5426 Joystick lever for 2 sections operation

TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION


8 30 07 5300 With spring return in neutral position 5. Port valves page 40
8D 30 07 5307 With spring return in neutral position and pin TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
with M6 female thread for dual control Assembled on section
8D2 30 07 5308 With spring return in neutral position and pin P3T 30 05 4939 A and B ports valve blanking plugs
with M8 male thread for dual control C - Anti-cavitation
8D3 - As type 8 and pin withM8 female thread for Anti-shock and anti-cavitation valve
dual control
U 30 05 4909 From 0 to 315 bar / 0 to 4600 psi
8F2 30 07 5302 With spring return in neutral position and
standard setting 100 bar / 1450 psi
adjustable flow limiter
19 30 07 5410 2 positions, with spring return in neutral
Standard setting is referred to 6 l/min flow.
position from position 1
20 30 07 5411 2 positions, with spring return in neutral
position from position 2 6. Complete controls page 36
11 30 07 5303 Detent in positions neutral, 1 and 2
12 30 07 5334 Detent in positions 1 and 2 TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
15 30 07 5304 2 positions, detent in positions 1 and neutral Proportional hydraulic control type 8IM and ON/OFF solenoid controls
16 30 07 5408 2 positions, detent in positions 2 and neutral type 8ES and rotative control type R.
9B 30 07 5309 With detent in position 1 and spring return in
neutral position a. ”A” and “B” ports plugs
10B 30 07 5310 With detent in position 2 and spring return in
neutral position TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
11B 30 07 5311 Detent in positions 1 and 2 and spring return in G3/8 30 05 4918 For single acting spools type 3 and 4
neutral position
8MG3(NO) 30 07 5319 As type 8 and operation with microswitch in b. Optional handlevers
positions 1 and 2, contact normally open TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
8MG3(NC) 30 07 5322 As previous, with contact normally closed AL01/M10x200 30 05 4989 Lenght L = 200mm / 7.87in
8P 30 07 5329 ON/OFF pneumatic kit
8EP3 30 07 5420 12 VDC ON/OFF electropneumatic kit
30 07 5330 24 VDC ON/OFF electropneumatic kit
8EP4 30 07 5343 12 VDC ON/OFF electropneumatic kit with
manifold
30 07 5344 24 VDC ON/OFF electropneumatic kit with
manifold
8EI3 30 07 5331 12 VDC ON/OFF electrohydraulic kit
30 07 5332 24 VDC ON/OFF electrohydraulic kit
8EI3F2 - 12 VDC ON/OFF electrohydraulic kit with
adjustable stroke limiter
- 24 VDC ON/OFF electrohydraulic kit with
adjustable stroke limiter
Particular positioner kits for special spools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 30
13NZ 30 07 5316 4 pos. with spring return in neutral position
and detent in 4th pos.: for spool 5DY
13QN 30 07 5315 4 pos. with spring return in neutral position
and detent in 4th pos.: for spool 5BY
13FZ - 4 positions with spring return in neutral
position: for spool 8

H-16 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 50L GS
Working section
Spools options

Type 1 (1CS) Type 2

1 0 2 1 0 2
A B + 6 mm / 0.24 in A B + 6 mm / 0.24 in
(1) (1)
(0) (0)
(2) (2)
P T - 6 mm / 0.24 in P T - 6 mm / 0.24 in

Type 1A Type 1B

1 0 2 1 0 2
A B + 6 mm / 0.24 in A B + 6 mm / 0.24 in
(1) (1)
(0) (0)
(2) (2)
P T - 6 mm / 0.24 in P T - 6 mm / 0.24 in

Type 3 Type 4

1 0 2 1 0 2
A + 6 mm / 0.24 in B + 6 mm / 0.24 in
(1) (1)
(0) (0)
(2) (2)
P T - 6 mm / 0.24 in P T - 6 mm / 0.24 in

Type 2H Type 1AH

1 0 2 1 0 2
A B + 6 mm / 0.24 in A B + 6 mm / 0.24 in
(1) (1)
(0) (0)
(2) (2)
P T - 6 mm / 0.24 in P T - 6 mm / 0.24 in

Type 1BH

1 0 2
A B + 6 mm / 0.24 in
(1)
(0)
(2)
P T - 6 mm / 0.24 in

GURMAKSAN H-17
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
50L GS GS Series

Working section
Spools options

Type 5DY

1 0 2 3
+ 4.5 mm / 0.18 in
A B
(1)
(0)
(2)
P T
- 4.5 mm / 0.18 in
(3)
- 9 mm / 0.35 in

Type 5BY

+ 9 mm / 0.35 in
(3)
3 1 0 2
+ 4.5 mm / 0.18 in
A B
(1)
(0)
(2)
P T
- 4.5 mm / 0.18 in

Type 8

1 0 2 3
+ 5 mm / 0.20 in
A B
(1)
(0)
(2)
P T
- 5 mm / 0.20 in
(3)
- 8.5 mm / 0.33 in

H-18 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 50L GS
Working section
”A” side spool positioners

With spring return in neutral position


8 kit
It’s supplied with standard spring type D (see force-stroke diagram).
It's available with lighter spring type C (8MC) or heavier type E (8ME).

1 0 2 Force-stroke diagram
-0.24 -0.12 0 0.12 0.24 (in)
(lbf)
300 60
(N) E
Allen wrench 4 200
D 40
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 100 C 20
Allen wrench 5
Force

0 0
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft
-20
-100 C
-200 D -40
E -60
-300
-7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
36 Stroke (mm)
[1.42]

8D kit
Spool end joint is available on request in order to screw onto pin.

Spool end joint dimensions (optional) 1 0 2

Allen wrench 4
10 20
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft [0.39] [0.79]
Wrench 9
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft
[0.59]
Ø15

12
[0.47]
M6

4
[0.16]
Ø9
[0.35]
M6

36
[1.42]
40
44
[0.31]

[1.57]
8

[1.73]

8D2 kit

1 0 2
Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft

Wrench 9
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft
M8

40 36
[1.57] [1.42]
84
[3.31]

GURMAKSAN H-19
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
50L GS GS Series

Working section
”A” side spool positioners

With spring return in neutral position


8D3 kit

Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 1 0 2
Wrench 9
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft
12
[0.47]
M8

36
[1.42]
48
[1.89]

8F2 kit
With spool stroke adjustment in position 2 (P →B)

1 0 2
Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Allen wrench 5
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

Wrench 13
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft 36
[1.42]
56
[2.20]

19 kit 20 kit

1 0 0 2

Allen wrench 4 Allen wrench 4


6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Allen wrench 5 Allen wrench 5
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft 9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

36 36
[1.42] [1.42]

H-20 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 50L GS
Working section
”A” side spool positioners

With detent
11 kit 12 kit

1 0 2 1 0 2

Allen wrench 4 Allen wrench 4


6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Allen wrench 5 Allen wrench 5
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft 9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

36 36
[1.42] [1.42]

Operating features Operating features


Locking and release force . . . . . . . . : 120 N / 27 lbf ±10% Locking and release force . . . . . . . . : 100 N / 22.5 lbf ±10%

15 kit 16 kit

1 0 0 2

Allen wrench 4 Allen wrench 4


6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Allen wrench 5 Allen wrench 5
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft 9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

36
[1.42]

Operating features Operating features


Locking and release force . . . . . . . . : 100 N / 22.5 lbf ±10% Locking and release force . . . . . . . . : 100 N / 22.5 lbf ±10%

GURMAKSAN H-21
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
50L GS GS Series

Working section
”A” side spool positioners

With detent and spring return to neutral position from either directions
9B kit

1 0 2 Force-stroke diagram
Port B Port A
2 0 1
-0.24 -0.12 0 0.12 0.24 (in)
Allen wrench 4 (lbf)
300 60
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft (N)
200 40
Force 100 20
0 0
-20
-100
Detent area -40
-200
75 -60
-300
[2.95] -7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Wrench 8 Stroke (mm)
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

10B kit

1 0 2 Force-stroke diagram
Port B Port A
2 0 1
-0.24 -0.12 0 0.12 0.24 (in)
Allen wrench 4 (lbf)
300 60
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft (N)
200 40
100 20
Detent area
Force

0 0
-20
-100
-40
-200
75 -60
-300
[2.95] -7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Wrench 8 Stroke (mm)
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

11B kit

1 0 2 Force-stroke diagram
Port B Port A
2 0 1
-0.24 -0.12 0 0.12 0.24 (in)
Allen wrench 4 (lbf)
300 60
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft (N)
200 40
100 20
Detent area Detent area
Force

0 0
-20
-100
-40
-200
75 -60
-300
[2.95] -7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Wrench 8 Stroke (mm)
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

H-22 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 50L GS
Working section
”A” side spool positioners

With microswitch type 8MG3(NO)


With spring return in neutral position and microswitch operated in both directions.
Also available 8MG1(NO) configuration (microswitch operated in position 1) and 8MG2(NO) configuration (microswitch operated in
position 2); dimensions are the same of 8MG3(NO) configuration.
Same configurations are available with normally closed (NC) contact.
For more information contact Sales Department.

8MG3(NO) kit
26 Wrench 22
[1.02] 42 Nm / 31 lbft 1 0 2
Wrench 10
9.8 Nm / 7.2 lbft
Allen wrench 4 Other configurations
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft

8MG1(NO) kit 8MG2(NO) kit

1 0 2 1 0 2

77
[3.03] Operating features
Allen wrench 4 MICROSWITCH
Allen wrench 5 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft Mechanical life : 5x105 operations
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft Electrical life (resistive load) : 5x104 operations 10A / 12VDC
: 5x104 operations 3A / 24VDC

Type 8MG1\MG2(NC-NC)
With double microswitch in position 1 and 2.

56 8MG1\MG2(NC-NC) kit
[2.20] Wrench 22
28
[1.10]
42 Nm / 31 lbft 1 0 2
Wrench 10
9.8 Nm / 7.2 lbft
Allen wrench 4 Positions A B
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft A B 1
0
2

Operating features
107 MICROSWITCH
[4.21] Mechanical life : 5x105 operations
Electrical life (resistive load) : 5x104 operations 10A / 12VDC
Allen wrench 5 Allen wrench 4
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft : 5x104 operations 3A / 24VDC

GURMAKSAN H-23
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
50L GS GS Series

Working section
”A” side spool positioners

ON/OFF pneumatic kit type 8P


With spring return to neutral position.

1 0 2
Wrench 10 Allen wrench 4
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
VA VB
32.5 56.5
[1.28] [2.22]
BSP 1/8
VA VB
[1.12]
28.5

Operating features
Pilot pressure..................: min. 5.5 bar / 80 psi
: max.10 bar / 145 psi

100
[3.94]

Allen wrench 4 Wrench 10


6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

H-24 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 50L GS
Working section
”A” side spool positioners

ON/OFF electropneumatic kit type 8EP3


With spring return to neutral position. Scheme
Wrench 15 VA VB
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 32.5 56.5
[1.28] [2.22]

Allen wrench 4 1 0 2
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft

Scheme ISO 1219


[3.94]
100

VA VB
1 0 2
[0.24]
Ø6
[1.40]
35.5

VA VB

Operating features
CONTROL
Pilot pressure : 6 bar / 87 psi
: max. 15 bar / 218 psi
COIL
Wrench 5 Nominal voltage tolerance : ±10%
100 Power rating :8W
[3.94] Nominal current : 12 VDC
138 : 24 VDC
[5.43] Coil insulation : Class H
Wrench 10 Wrench 10 Weather protection : IP65
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft 9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

ON/OFF electropneumatic kit type 8EP4


Wrench 15 32.5 56.5
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft [1.28] [2.22]
Scheme
VP

1 0 2
[4.13]
105

Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Scheme ISO 1219
G1/8
[1.46]

1 0 2
37

VA VB

Wrench 5
100
[3.94]
137.5
[5.41]
Wrench 10 Wrench 10
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft 9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

GURMAKSAN H-25
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
50L GS GS Series

Working section
”A” side spool positioners

ON/OFF electrohydraulic kit type 8EI3


ON/OFF electro-hydraulic control with external pilot and drain.
Scheme
135
[5.31] L
38 55 V
[1.50] [2.17]
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft

1 0 2

Scheme ISO 1219

1 0 2
[4.96]
126

Solenoid valve
Collector

wrench 22 - 9.8 Nm V L
/ 7.2 lbft Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft

110
[4.33]
Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft

Operating features
CONTROL
Pilot pressure : min. 10 bar / 145 psi
: max. 50 bar / 725 psi
Max. backpressure on drain L : 25 bar / 360 psi

COIL
Nominal voltage tolerance : ±10%
Power rating : 21 W
Nominal current : 1.75 A - 12 VDC / 0.87 A - 24 VDC
Coil insulation : Class F
Weather protection : IP65

H-26 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 50L GS
Working section
”A” side spool positioners

ON/OFF electrohydraulic kit type 8EI3F2


Collector kit with pilot and drain lines with stroke limiter

135 Scheme
[5.31]
L
38 55
[1.50] [2.17] V
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft

1 0 2

Scheme ISO 1219

1 0 2
[4.96]
126

Solenoid valve
Collector

wrench 22 - 9.8 Nm V L
/ 7.2 lbft Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft

110
[4.33]
Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft

Operating features
CONTROL
Pilot pressure : min. 10 bar / 145 psi
: max. 50 bar / 725 psi
Max. backpressure on drain L : 25 bar / 360 psi

COIL
Nominal voltage tolerance : ±10%
Power rating : 21 W
Nominal current : 1.75 A - 12 VDC / 0.87 A - 24 VDC
Coil insulation : Class F
Weather protection : IP65

GURMAKSAN H-27
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
50L GS GS Series

Working section
”A” side spool positioners

ON/OFF electrohydraulic kit type 8EI3


Collector kit for external pilot and drain

Collector
A1 B1 A2 B2
V
V L L

20 bar
290 psi
[6.10]
155

P T
A1 A2

P T
100 bar
1450 psi

B1 B2
Description example :
50L GS08/2/AC(X-100)/18EI3L/18EI3L/RC-KE2S0-24VDC

COLLECTOR KIT CODES


Type Code Description
KE1S0 30 07 5537 Kit one section
KE2S0 30 07 5517 Kit for 2 sections
KE3S0 30 07 5518 Kit for 3 sections
KE4S0 30 07 5519 Kit for 4 sections
KE5S0 30 07 5520 Kit for 5 sections
KE6S0 30 07 5521 Kit for 6 sections
KE7S0 -- Kit for 7 sections

H-28 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 50L GS
Working section
”A” side spool positioners

ON/OFF electrohydraulic kit type 8EI3


Collector kit with pilot and drain lines
The kit include collector, VRP pressure reducing valve and pipes.
Allen wrench 5
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft
170.5 63.5 VRP T
[6.71] [2.50] A1 B1 A2 B2
Wrench 14
24 Nm Collector
17.7 lbft

Wrench 14
25 bar
Drain
VRP pressure
reducing valve
P C
Inlet line
Wrench 24 A1 A2
100 bar
1450 psi
VRE
42 Nm / 31 lbft T
P
C Description example :
50L GS08/2/AC(X-100)/18EI3L/18EI3L/RV-KE2R3-24VDC
Wrench 22
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft B1 B2 Outlet cover with VRE backpressure Description type for outlet
valve (not included in the collector cover with VRE valve.
kit) and carry-over

COLLECTOR KIT CODES


Type Code Description
KE1R3 30 07 5482 Kit one section
Operating features
KE2R3 30 07 5483 Kit for 2 sections
VRP VALVE
KE3R3 30 07 5484 Kit for 3 sections
Output pressure : 25 bar / 363 psi
KE4R3 30 07 5485 Kit for 4 sections
Max. flow : 8 l/min
KE5R3 30 07 5486 Kit for 5 sections
Filtering : 80 µ
KE6R3 30 07 5487 Kit for 6 sections

VRE backpressure valve

Valve is assembled on flow through passage of outlet cover; it's necessary to provides pilot pressure to the actuator.
RV complete (with backpressure valve and tapered plug)

Valve VRE
Wrench 27 - 42 Nm / 31 lbft
G1/2

33.5
Tapered plug - G1/4 [1.32]
Allen wrench 7 - 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft 73.5
[2.89]

GURMAKSAN H-29
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
50L GS GS Series

Working section
”A” side spool positioners

Particular positioner kits for special spools


13NZ kit
Detent in 4th position with spool in:available only for spool type 5DY

Force-stroke diagram
1 0 2 3 Floating Port B Port A
3 2 0 1
-0.3 -0.2 -0.1 0 0.1 (in)
400
(N) (lbf)

-0.27

-0.18

0.18
Allen wrench 4 60
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 200
30
Wrench 8
Force

9 Nm / 6.6 lbft 0 0

-30
-200
-60
-6.8

-4.5

4.5
-400
-9 -8 -7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5
75 Stroke (mm)
[2.95]
Special body kit Detent area
Locking force: 280 N / 63 lbf ±10%
Release force: 300 N / 67.4 lbf ±10%

13QN kit
Detent in 4th position with spool out: available only for spool type 5BY

Force-stroke diagram
3 1 0 2 Port B Port A Floating
2 0 1 3
-0.1 0 0.1 0.2 0.3
400
(N) (lbf)
-0.18

0.18

60
0.27

Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 200
30
Wrench 8
Force

9 Nm / 6.6 lbft 0 0

-30
-200
-60
-4.5

4.5

6.8

-400
-5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
75 Stroke (mm)
[2.95]
Special body kit Detent area
Locking force: 360 N / 81 lbf ±10%
Release force: 390 N / 87.7 lbf ±10%

H-30 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 50L GS
Working section
”A” side spool positioners

Particular positioner kits for special spools


13FZ kit
4th position with spool in and spring return to neutral position.
Available only for spool type 8
1 0 2 3

Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Wrench 8
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

75
[2.95]
Special body kit

GURMAKSAN H-31
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
50L GS GS Series

Working section
”B” side options

Lever control
Type L
Alluminium lever pivot box with protective rubber bellow; it can be roated 180° (configuration L180).

0
26° 26° 1 0 2
3 17° 17° 3
1 2
Vertical handlever
assembly Horizontal handlever
assembly
configuration L180
M10
[2.74]
69.5
[2.36]
60
[0.79]
20

20.3
[0.80] Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
[1.18]

45
30
[1.56]
39.5

[1.77]

Type LF1 Type SLP


With spool stroke adjustment in position 1 (P →A). Mechanical control with dust-proof plate kit.

1 0 2 1 0 2

M10

M10

Allen wrench 4
Allen wrench 4
[2.74]

6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
69.5
[2.36]
60
[0.79]
20

9
20.3 [0.35]
[0.80] Wrench 13
48 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft
[1.89] Allen wrench 4
62 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
[2.44]

H-32 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 50L GS
Working section
”B” side options

Safety lever control


Safety levers with lock in neutral complete with handlever; lift handlever knob to operate.
With insulated handlever type LEBP

Type LEB

1 0 2

[0.33]
8.5

lock release
Stroke for

Locking bush

Wrench 17
[11.50]

24 Nm / 17.7 lbft
292
[2.32]
59
[0.79]
20
[1.21]
30.8

20.3 Allen wrench 4


Directional control [0.80] 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
valve mounting face 58
[2.28]

Type LUP

Available as LUP configuration


230.5
1 0 2
[9.07]
20.3 75
Wrench 13 [0.80] [2.95]
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft M10
17°
17°

22.5
[0.79]

[0.89]
[2.36]

20

Stroke to unlocking
60

Locking bush

Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
51
[2.01]

GURMAKSAN H-33
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
50L GS GS Series

Working section
”B” side options

Controls prearrangement
Type SL Type SLCZ

1 0 2 1 0 2

29.15
[1.15]
[0.31]
8

20.3
75
[0.80] [2.95]
23 Allen wrench 4
[0.91] 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
8.85
[0.35]
Protection cap usable with pneumatic,
[0.59]

electropneumatic, and electrohydraulic


Ø15

spool positioners.

Ø9H8
[0.35]

TQ cable remote control kit


Waterproof cap prearranged for remote control with flexible cable.
1 0 2

( OPTIONAL )

(OPTIONAL)
JS100 remote control Example of cable control

JS200 remote control

Wrench 10
9.8 Nm / 7.2 lbft
CG flexible
Wrench 24 LOCK cable
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft
DIE CASTING

ELECTRICAL
CABLE
( OPTIONAL )

TQ kit
85
[3.35]
Allen wrench 4 Flexible cable
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft

NOTE : For further information about remote cable control,


require related documentation.

GS08/2 directional
control valve
without lever boxes

H-34 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 50L GS
Working section
”B” side options

LCB mechanical joystick for two sections control


1 0 2
Execution LCB4
2nd section spool Pivot 1 0 2
Wrench 13
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft
1st section spool LCB HCB KCB
Wrench 10 Allen wrench 5
9.8 Nm / 7.2 lbft

Allen wrench 3
6.6 Nm / 4.9 lbft

310
Wrench 12 - 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

254
200
Wrench 13 - 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

Wrench 10 - 9.8 Nm / 7.2 lbft

Description example
50L GS08/2/AC(X-100)/18LCB4/18LCB4/RC

Dimensions and movement scheme


Execution LCB1 Execution LCB2
pivot placed down on the left pivot placed down on the right
1st section axis 2nd section axis

B1 B2 spool axis
B1-A2 B1-B2 B2-B1 B2-A1

A2 B2 B1 A1
[1.40]
35.5

M10
A1-A2 A1-B2 A2-B1 A2-A1
A1 A2 76
[0.58]
14.7

[2.99]
10 28
[0.39] [1.10]

Execution LCB3 Execution LCB4


pivot placed above on the left pivot placed above on the right

A1-A2 A1 A1-B2 A2-B1 A2 A2-A1

A2 B2 B1 A1

B1-A2 B1-B2 B2-B1 B2-A1


B1 B2

GURMAKSAN H-35
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
50L GS GS Series

Working section
Complete controls

8ES solenoid control


Solenoid direct control with spring return to neutral position ; it needs special spools and standard working section body (body kit
without seals on spool).

Description example:
50L GS08 / P - 1 8ES3 . U1(100) - 12VDC
1.
2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

1.
6. 5. a.

4. 8ES3
8ES2
8ES3
8ES1 4. 4.
3.

8ES2 2.

4.
8ES1
6.

1. Complete working section 4. Control kit


TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
P-18ES3-12VDC 50W010004 Parallel circuit, double acting spool, 8ES1 30 07 5474 Single acting P→ A, with spring return to neutral
double acting ON/OFF solenoid position
control 8ES2 30 07 5474 Single acting P→ B, with spring return to neutral
P-18ES3-24VDC 50W010005 Parallel circuit, double acting spool, position
double acting ON/OFF solenoid 8ES3 30 07 5475 Double acting, with spring return to neutral position
control

2. Working section kit 5. Port valves


TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION For codes please refer to page 16.
P/IM-ES - As previous with port valves prearrangement
6. Coils
3. Spool options TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
With ISO4400 connector
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION 12VDC 20 03 2295 Nominal voltage 12VDC
1(ES) 30 01 3752 Double acting, 3 positions, with A and B
24VDC 20 03 2296 Nominal voltage 24VDC
closed in neutral position
2(ES) 30 01 3753 Double acting, 3 positions, with A and B
open to tank in neutral position
a. ”A” and “B” ports plugs
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
G3/8 30 05 4918 For single acting controls type 8ES1 and 8ES2

H-36 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 50L GS
Working section
Complete controls

8ES solenoid control


Electric wiring example 8ES3 kit
double acting

1 0 2
1 1
2 2 8ES1 kit 8ES2 kit
single acting on A single acting on B

Connector 1 Connector 2
1 0 0 2

P→A P→B Operating condition diagram


B→T A→T 400 (psi)
- + (bar)
4500
To battery 300

Operating features 200 3000


CONTROL Operation area
Internal leakage A(B) →T 100 1500
(Δp = 100 bar - 1450 psi / T = 40°C) : max. 15 cm3/min - 0.91 in3/min
COIL
Nominal voltage tolerance . . . . . . . . : ±10% 0
Power rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : 36 W 0 15 30 45
Coil insulance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : class H (l/min)
Duty cycle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : 100%

Wrench 24
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

Allen wrench 4
6.6 Nm / 4.9 lbft Emergency
27 manual override
[1.06]
89.5
[3.52]
7 Nm / 5.2 lbft

Allen wrench 4
6.6 Nm / 4.9 lbft

Coil with ISO4400 connector

GURMAKSAN H-37
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
50L GS GS Series

Working section
Complete controls

Proportional hydraulic control type 8IM


It can be used with standard spools and body

VA VB Pilot pressure - stroke diagram


Port B Port A
1 0 2 2 0 1
-0.2 -0.1 0.1 0.2 (in)
(bar) 20 (psi)
29 15 200

Pilot pressure
[1.14]
G 1/4 10
100
VA VB 5

[0.87]
0
22 -6 -4 -2 0 2 4 6
Stroke (mm)

Spool overlap area


47
[1.85] Metering area
214
[8.43] Operating features
Allen wrench 5 Allen wrench 4 Pilot pressure : max. 50 bar / 725 psi
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft Internal leakage A(B) → T (∆p = 100 bar - 1450 psi / T = 40°C)
........................................ : max. 6cm3/min - 0.37 in3/min

Connection example

Hydraulic pilot control


VA1 VA2 valve series JSSC400

A1 A2

P
T

B1 B2

VB1 VB2

H-38 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 50L GS
Working section
Special configurations

Directional valve with rotary control kit

88.3
[3.48]
128 82.5
[5.04] [3.25]
[1.77]
45

A1

T
[4.72]

P
120

[9.84]
250

Standard body kit

B1
[0.24]
-6
[0.80]
20.3

2
Stroke

0
1
[0.24]
+6

30.8
[1.21]
Angle excursion ± 90° 232
[9.13]

A B

P T

100 bar
1450 psi

Description example
50L GS08/1/AC(X-100)/1 R SLP /RC

GURMAKSAN H-39
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
50L GS GS Series

Working section
Port valves

Antishock and anticavitation valves

U 1 ( 100 )
U1 U2 U3
Standard setting in bar
A B A B A B
1 mounted on port A.
2 mounted on port B.
3 mounted on ports A and B. T T
P P
Wrench 22
42 Nm / 31 lbft
Anticavitation valves

Notch C1 C2 C3
2 mm / 0.079 in
A B A B A B

T T
P P

Performance data (Antishock and anticavitation valves)

(% DP)
Time response
120
(bar) (psi) 105%
1500
90
95%
Pressure

Pressure

1000 90%
60
1800 psi
125 bar

30 500
10%
0
0 20 40 60 Time (")
0.20"
Flow (l/min)
TIME RESPONSE

Valve blanking plug

P 1 T
1 mounted on port A.
2 mounted on port B.
3 mounted on ports A and B.

Allen wrench 8
42 Nm / 31 lbft
A B A B A B

T T
P P

H-40 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 50L GS
Intermediate section
CS1 mid return manifold
Mid return manifolds for directional valve with left and right inlet both; they allow 2 independent circuits with common outlet.

D-D
D

A1 A2

G1/2
T

[0.89]
22.5
P1
P2

[2.46]
62.5
B1 B2

D 87
[3.43]
38
[1.50]
Directional control valve mounting face

Hydraulic circuit
T

A1 B1 B2 A2

P1 P2

100 bar 100 bar


1450 psi 1450 psi

Description example:
50L GS08/2/AC(X-100)/18L/CS1/ED-18L/BC(X-100)

GURMAKSAN H-41
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
50L GS GS Series

Intermediate section
DFG pressure compensated flow divider section
The flow on the downstream sections can be adjusted from 0 to 50 l/min by means of graduated handwheel; flow
exceeding setting goes to tank.

38
[1.50]

A1 A2

P T

[8.46]
215
B1 B2
max. 123.5

min. 119
[4.69]
[4.86]

Hydraulic circuit

A1 B1 A2 B2

P T

100 bar
1450 psi

Description example:
50L GS08/2/AC(X-100)/18L/DFG/18L/RC

H-42 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 50L GS
Intermediate section
Service relief valve section

EI configuration
The operation of up stream section exclude the EI downstream section.
The pressure of the downstream sections should be adjusted at least 20 bar below the relief valve setting.
Execution EI2, without plug, is prearranged for a second inlet.

Directional control Execution EI1


valve mounting face
D-D
38
[1.50]
87
D [3.43] Hydraulic circuit

A1 A2
Following sections

Following sections
Previous sections

Previous sections
Steel plug
Wrench 8
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

100 bar
B1 B2 1450 psi

Direct overpressure relief valve


EI section kit Type : X
Wrench 19 - 42 Nm / 31 lbft

D
Description example:
50L GS08/2/AC(X-100)/18L/EI1(X-100)/18L/RC

Execution EI2 Hydraulic circuit


38
[1.50] D-D
P1
D
[0.69]
17.5

A1 P1 A2
Following sections

Following sections

P1
Previous sections

Previous sections
[0.89]
22.5

G3/8

100 bar
B1 B2 1450 psi

D
Description example:
50L GS08/2/AC(X-100)/18L/EI2(X-100)/18L/RC

GURMAKSAN H-43
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
50L GS GS Series

Outlet section
Parts ordering codes

Ordering example:

50L GS08 / RC

Available configurations
RC: side outlet
RD: upper outlet
RE: upper outlet with side carry-over
RK: upper outlet and closed centre
RV: With backpressure valve: to be used together
with the electro-hydraulic control

2.

2.
options RE-RK-RV

2. 1.

1. Complete outlet cover * 2. Circuit options *


TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION TYPE CODE QTY DESCRIPTION
RC 30 08 5664 Side outlet - 20 01 0748 1 G 1/4 tapered plug for
RD 30 08 5707 Upper outlet carry-over (RE), carry-over with
RE 30 08 5708 Upper outlet with side carry-over sleeve backpressure valve (RV) and closed
RK 30 08 5709 Upper outlet with closed center centre (RK) options
RV 30 08 5710 With backpressure valve VRE 30 05 4991 1 Backpressure valve (10 bar / 145 psi)
for RV configuration
- 30 05 4919 1 Plug G 1/2

NOTE (*) - Items are referred to BSP thread.

H-44 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 50L GS
Outlet section
Dimensional data and hydraulic circuit
Type RC Allen wrench 8 - 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft
110 40
[4.33] [1.57]

[0.22]
22.5 32.5

5.5
[0.89] [1.28]
[3.39]

[3.19]
86

81
T

G1/2
T
[0.98]
25

30 19
M8 [1.18]
[0.47]

[0.75]
Directional control
12

80
[3.15] valve mounting face

Type RD G1/2
T
T

Allen wrench 8
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

5
[0.20]

Type RE G1/4 tapered plug


T
T Allen wrench 6
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

C C

Type RK G1/4 tapered plug


T Allen wrench 6 T
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

Allen wrench 8
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

GURMAKSAN H-45
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
80LGS

GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
80L GS GS Series

Features

Simple, compact and heavy duty designed sectional valve from 1 to 12 sections for open and closed centre hydraulic systems.
H Fitted with a main pressure relief valve and a load check valve on every working section
H Available with parallel, tandem or series circuit.
H Optional carryover port.
H A wide variety of auxiliary valves.
H Intermediate sections for several types of circuit.
H Available manual, pneumatic, hydraulic, electro--hydraulic, and remote with flexible cables spool control kits.
H Diameter 18 mm (0.71 in) interchangeable spools.

Additional information
This catalogue shows the product in the most standard configurations. Please
contact Sales Dpt. for more detailed information or special request.

WARNING!
All specifications of this catalogue refer to the standard product at this date.
GMS, oriented to a continuous improvement, reserves the right to
discontinue, modify or revise the specifications, without notice.

GMS IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY DAMAGE CAUSED BY AN INCORRECT


USE OF THE PRODUCT. 1st edition April 2016:

J-2 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 80L GS

Index

- Valve general informations


Working conditions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 4
Standard threads. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 4
Dimensional data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 5
Performance data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 6
Hydraulic circuit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 7
Complete sections ordering codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 8
- Inlet section
Parts ordering codes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 10
Dimensional data and hydraulic circuit . . . . . . . . . page 11
Inlet relief options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 13
- Inlet section for special application
Configuration with rotary commutator. . . . . . . . . .page 16
- Working section
Parts ordering codes (mechanical control). . . . . . . page 17
Spools. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 19
“A” side spool positioners. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 20
“B” side options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 33
Complete controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 38
Port valves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 42
- Intermediate section
CS1 mid return manifold section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 43
DFG pressure compensated flow divider section. . page 44
EI service relief valve section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 45
- Outlet section
Parts ordering codes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 46
Dimensional data and hydraulic circuit . . . . . . . . . page 47

GURMAKSAN J-3
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
80L GS GS Series

Valve general informations


Working conditions

This catalogue shows technical specifications and diagrams measured with mineral oil of 46 mm2/s – 46cSt viscosity
at 40°C temperature.

Nominal flow rating 80 l/min.


Max. flow 100 l
Operating pressure (max.) Series-parallel (tandem) circuit 315 bar 4600 psi
Back pressure (max.) on outlet port T 25 bar 360 psi
3
Internal leakage A(B)→T ∆p=100 bar – 1450 psi fluid and valve at 40°C 3cm /min. 0.18 in3/min.
Hydraulic fluid Mineral base oil
Fluid temperature with NBR seals from - 20° to 80°C
with FPM (VITON) seals from - 20° to 100°C
Viscosity operating range from 15 to 75 mm2/s from 15 to 75 cSt
2
Min. 12 mm /s 12 cSt
2
Max. 400 mm /s 400 cSt
Max. level of contamination 19/16 – ISO 4406

Tie rods tightening torque


30 Nm 22 lbft
(wrench 13)

Standard threads

PORTS BSP (ISO 228/1) UN-UNF (ISO 11926-1) METRIC (ISO 6149-1)
Inlet P G 1/2 7/8 – 14 (SAE 10) M22x1,5
A and B ports G 1/2 3/4 – 16 (SAE 8) M22x1,5
Outlet T and carry-over C G 3/4 7/8 – 14 (SAE 10) M27x2
PILOT PORTS
Hydraulic ports G 1/4 - -
Pneumatic ports G 1/8 - -

J-4 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 80L GS
Valve general informations
Dimensional data

A
26 B 26 97.5
[1.02] [1.02] [3.84]
41 41 28
[1.61] [1.61] [1.10]

A1 A2

M8
P T
[3.54]

[5.59]
[2.44]

142
[10.20]
62

90
259

[1.77]
45
[2.80]
71

B1 B2
[1.02]
[0.55]

26
14

3
1 26°
17°
[2.64]
67

0
17°
M10
2

21.5 42.5 41 42.5 21.5 31


[0.85] [1.67] [1.61] [1.67] [0.85] [1.22]
104
[4.09]
P.max:315bar

80L GS10/2......
Valve type 110 / 16

Production batch Production year

A B Weight A B Weight
TYPE TYPE
mm in mm in kg lb mm in mm in kg lb
80L GS 10/1 132 5.20 82 3.23 7.5 16.53 80L GS 10/7 378 14.88 328 12.91 27.3 60.19
80L GS 10/2 173 6.81 123 4.84 10.8 23.81 80L GS 10/8 419 16.50 369 14.53 30.6 67.46
80L GS 10/3 214 8.43 164 6.46 14 30.86 80L GS 10/9 460 18.11 410 16.14 34 74.96
80L GS 10/4 255 10.04 205 8.07 17.5 38.58 80L GS 10/10 501 19.72 451 17.76 37.2 82.00
80L GS 10/5 296 11.65 246 9.69 20.7 45.64 80L GS 10/11 542 21.34 492 19.37 40.4 89.07
80L GS 10/6 337 13.27 287 11.30 24 52.91 80L GS 10/12 583 22.95 533 20.98 43.6 96.12

GURMAKSAN J-5
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
80L GS GS Series

Valve general informations


Performance data (pressure drop vs. flow)

Open centre
From side inlet to side outlet.

20
(bar) 270
(psi)
15
A1 A12 12 sections
180
8 sections
10

Pressure
4 sections
1 sections 90
P T 5
B1 B12
0
0 30 60 90
Flow (l/min)

Inlet to work port


From side inlet to A port (spool in position 1) or B port (spool in position 2).

20
(bar) 270
(psi)
15
A1 A12
P→A12(B12) 180
10
Pressure

P→A1(B1)
90
P T 5
B1 B12
0
0 30 60 90
Flow (l/min)

Work port to outlet


From A port (spool in position 2) or B port (spool in position 1) to side outlet.

20
(bar) 270
(psi)
15
A1 A12
180
Pressure

10
A1(B1)→T
A12(B12)→T 90
P T 5
B1 B12
0
0 30 60 90
Flow (l/min)

J-6 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 80L GS
Valve general informations
Hydraulic circuit
Parallel circuit Series-parallel (tandem) circuit
Standard configuration with open centre and side inlet and A special working section kit is required.
outlet. Tandem section is fed by the free flow pressure line; it is excluded
when an upstream section is operated.
SP tandem working section
A1 B1 A2 B2 A1 B1 A2 B2

P T P T

100 bar 100 bar


1450 psi 1450 psi

Description example Description example


80L GS10/2/AC(X-100)/18L/18L/RC 80L GS10/2/AC(X-100)/18L/SP-18L/RC

Series circuit
It is obtained by mounting a 1S series spool on a standard
parallel section.
NOTE – The flows P → A and P→ B, on the series spool, are reversed.
SP tandem working section
1S series spool
A1 B1 A2 B2

P T

100 bar
1450 psi

Description example
80L GS10/2/AC(X-100)/1S8L/SP-18L/RC

Directional valve with right inlet

B2 A2 B1 A1

A2 A1

T P
T P

100 bar
B2 B1 1450 psi

Description example
80L GS10/2/BC(X-100)/18L/18L/RC

GURMAKSAN J-7
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
80L GS GS Series

Valve general informations


Complete sections ordering codes

Standard configuration with side inlet and outlet

80L GS10 / 2 / AC(X-100) / P - 18L.P3T / EI1 / P - 18L.P3T / RC


Nr. of working
section 1. 2. 3. 4.
4. 8.
It’s not necessary to indicate the ”P”
letter in the complete valve description
with parallel circuit (standard); in case 9.
of other circuits, they must be 2.
specified by the related letter (SP).

3.

2.

1.
8.

9.

1. Inlet section * page 10 4. Outlet section * page 46


TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
AC(X-100) 30 08 5749 Side inlet with direct pressure relief valve RC 30 08 5660 Side outlet
AD(X-100) 30 08 5663 Upper inlet with direct pressure relief valve RD 30 08 5711 Upper outlet
RE 30 08 5712 Upper outlet with side carry-over sleeve
AC(V) 30 08 5659 Without pressure relief valve
RK 30 08 5713 Upper outlet with closed centre
RV 30 08 5714 With backpressure valve the combination with
2. Working section * page 17 electro-hydraulic control is required
VRC 30 08 5715 Backpressure valve for VRC configuration
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
P-18L 80W010000 Parallel circuit, prearranged for port valves,
double acting spool with spring return,
lever control
P-1S8L 80W010001 As previous one, with series circuit spool
(“P” omitted in description)
SP-18L 80W010003 As previous one, with series-parallel
(tandem) circuit

3. Intermediate sections * page 44


TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
DFG 30 08 5774 Pressure compensated flow divider section
EI1(X-100) 30 08 5732 With direct overpressure relief valve
EI2(X-100) 30 08 5733 With direct overpressure relief valve and
auxiliary inlet

NOTE (*) - Items are referred to BSP thread.

J-8 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 80L GS
Valve general informations
Complete sections ordering codes

Configuration with 2 side inlets and mid return manifold

80L GS10 / 2 / AC(X-100) / 18L.P3T / CS1 / ED - 18L.P3T / BC(X-100)


No. of working
section 1. 2. 5. 6. 7.
8. 9.

2.

1. 7.

8. 9. 6.

5.

8. Assemb. kit without intermediate section


CODE DIRECTIONAL VALVE
30 05 6076 Tie rod kit for 1 section valve
30 05 6078 Tie rod kit for 2 sections valve
30 05 6079 Tie rod kit for 3 sections valve
5. Return manifold * page 43 30 05 6080 Tie rod kit for 4 sections valve
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION 30 05 6081 Tie rod kit for 5 sections valve
CS1 30 08 5779 Mid return manifold with G3/4 outlet port 30 05 6082 Tie rod kit for 6 sections valve
30 05 6083 Tie rod kit for 7 sections valve
30 05 6084 Tie rod kit for 8 sections valve
6. Right inlet working section * 30 05 6085 Tie rod kit for 9 sections valve
30 05 6112 Tie rod kit for 10 sections valve
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
30 05 6113 Tie rod kit for 11 sections valve
P-ED-18L 80W010007 As previous one prearranged for port
30 05 6077 Tie rod kit for 12 sections valve
valves (“P” omitted in description)
P-ED-1S8L 80W010008 As previous one with series circuit spool
(“P” omitted in description)
SP-ED-18L 80W010006 As previous one with series-parallel
9. Assemb. kit with intermediate section
(tandem) circuit
CODE DIRECTIONAL VALVE
7. Right inlet section * 30 05 6079 Tie rod kit for 2 sections valve (with CS1)
30 05 6080 Tie rod kit for 3 sections valve (with CS1)
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION 30 05 6081 Tie rod kit for 4 sections valve (with CS1)
BC(X-100) 30 08 5753 Side inlet with direct pressure relief valve 30 05 6082 Tie rod kit for 5 sections valve (with CS1)
BD(X-100) 30 08 5757 Upper inlet with pilot operated pressure 30 05 6083 Tie rod kit for 6 sections valve (with CS1)
relief valve 30 05 6084 Tie rod kit for 7 sections valve (with CS1)
BC(V) 30 08 5769 Side inlet with valve blanking plug 30 05 6085 Tie rod kit for 8 sections valve (with CS1)
30 05 6112 Tie rod kit for 9 sections valve (with CS1)
30 05 6113 Tie rod kit for 10 sections valve (with CS1)

NOTE (*) - Items are referred to BSP thread.


GURMAKSAN J-9
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
80L GS GS Series

Inlet section
Parts ordering codes

80L GS10 / AC ( X - 100 ) ELN - MAN14 - 12VDC

1. 3. 4. 2. 5.
Pressure relief valve setting (bar)
Available configurations
AC: with side inlet, for left inlet (standard) directional valve
AD: with upper inlet, for left inlet (standard) directional valve
BC: with side inlet, for right inlet directional valve
BD: with upper inlet, for right inlet directional valve

4. 2. MAN14 3.
X
SV

Z
5. 2.
L

SV
F

1. R2

ELN
MAN14

1. Inlet cover body * page 11 4. Inlet valve options page 15


CODE DESCRIPTION TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
- Standard body - 30 05 4914 Relief valve blanking plug (omit in description)
F - Inlet anti-cavitation valve
2. Parts * L - Hydraulic pilot unloader valve
Solenoid operated unloader valve
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION ELN 30 05 6108 Without emergency
MAN18 30 05 6100 G1/8 Pressure gauge arrangement ELP 30 05 6109 Push-button emergency
MAN14 30 05 6099 G1/4 Pressure gauge arrangement ELT 30 05 6110 Push and twist type with detent emergency

3. Inlet relief valve options page 13 5. Coils


TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
KE10K01 : direct pressure relief valve type X 12VDC 20 03 2268 Coil type BER, ISO4400 integrated type
(X-100) 30 05 4912 Range 20 to 315 bar / 290 to 4600 psi 12VDC
standard setting 100 bar / 1450 psi 24VDC 20 03 2269 Coil type BER, ISO4400 integrated type
24VDC
KE10K02 : pilot operated pressure relief valve type Z
(Z-100) 30 05 4915 Range 25 to 315 bar / 360 to 4600 psi
standard setting 100 bar / 1450 psi
Standard setting is referred to 6 l/min flow.
V 30 05 4914 Relief valve blanking plug

NOTE (*) - Items are referred to BSP thread.

J-10 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 80L GS
Inlet section
Dimensional data and hydraulic circuit

For left inlet directional valve (standard)


With side inlet, type AC
Allen wrench 8 D
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft Description example
AC(X-100)
D-D
[3.52]
89.5

P
[3.31]
84

G 1/2
P

[1.38]
[1.10]

35
28

100 bar
D 1450 psi
21.5 90
[0.85] [3,54] Directional control
43.5 valve mounting face
135
[1.71] [5.31]
With upper inlet, type AD P
G 1/2 D
P Description example
AD(X-100)
D-D

Allen wrench 8 100 bar


1450 psi
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft
49 D
[1.93]

For right inlet directional valve


With side inlet, type BC D
Description example
BC(X-100)
D-D
P

P
100 bar
1450 psi

D P
With upper inlet, type BD
D Description example P
BD(X-100)
D-D

100 bar
1450 psi
D
GURMAKSAN J-11
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
80L GS GS Series

Inlet section
Dimensional data and hydraulic circuit

For left inlet directional valve (standard)


With side inlet, type PC
Bushing to divide pump and carryover line assemble to pump section.
P2
G 1/2
P2 D
Description example
PC(X-100)
D-D
[3.31]
84

G 1/2 P1
P1

[1.38]
[1.10]

35
28

D 100 bar
1450 psi
21.5 90
[0.85] [3,54] Directional control
43.5 135 valve mounting face
[1.71] [5.31]

For right inlet directional valve


With side inlet, type PD
P2

D P2
Description example
PD(X-100)
D-D

P1
P1

100 bar
D 1450 psi

J-12 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 80L GS
Inlet section
Inlet relief options

Direct pressure relief valve

KE10K01 ( X - 100 )
Standard setting in bar
Adjustment type (X, XH)

Adjustment type

X: with screw XH: valve set and locked


Allen wrench 4 Allen wrench 4
Wrench 24 Wrench 24
42 Nm / 31 lbft 42 Nm / 31 lbft
Wrench 13 Wrench 13
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

48.5 62
[1.91] [2.44]

Performance data

Time response
(% DP)

400 (psi)
(bar) 105%

300 4500
95%
Pressure

90%
Pressure

200 3000
2500 psi
175 bar

100 1500
10%
0
0 30 60 90 Time (")
(l/min) 0,43"
Flow
TIME RESPONSE

GURMAKSAN J-13
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
80L GS GS Series

Inlet section
Inlet relief options

Pilot pressure relief valve

KE10K02 ( Z - 100 )
Standard setting in bar
Adjustment type (Z, ZH)

Adjustment type

Z: with screw ZH: valve set and locked


Wrench 27 Wrench 19 Wrench 27 Wrench 19
42 Nm / 31 lbft 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft 42 Nm / 31 lbft 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

Allen wrench 5

max. 52 Allen wrench 5


[2.05]

Performance data

(% DP)
Time response
400 (psi)
(bar) 105%

300 4500
95%
Pressure
Pressure

200 3000 90%


1750 psi
120 bar

100 1500
10%
0
0 30 60 90 Time (")
Flow (l/min) 0,28"
TIME RESPONSE

V: relief valve blanking plug

Allen wrench 10
42 Nm / 31 lbft

3.5
[0.14]

J-14 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 80L GS
Inlet section
Inlet valve options

Unloader valves
Description example: AC (X - 100) ELN - 12VDC Solenoid operated
Hydraulic operated valve: L Emergency with push button and spring return; for detent
Solenoid operated valve: ELN Feeding voltage: for position turn the button after press it.
ELP solenoid operated WARNING: the manual override option is intended for
ELT emergency use, not for continuous duty operation.

ELN: without ELP: push ELT: "push &


emergency button type twist" type
2 2 2

Wrench 27 1 1 1
42 Nm / 31 lbft
Wrench 24
35 Nm / 26 lbft Pressure drop curve P → T
T (psi)
20
(bar) 250
15
200
P
Pressure
10 150

5 100
100 bar
1450 psi

0 0
max. 97.5
[3.84] 0 20 40 60 80
Flow (l/min)
Hydraulic operated
Wrench 27 X
42 Nm / 31 lbft
Wrench 27
42 Nm / 31 lbft
T

P
X
G 1/4

100 bar
23 1450 psi
[0.91]

Anti-cavitation valve
Description example: AC (X - 100) F

Wrench 27
42 Nm / 31 lbft
Wrench 22
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft T

100 bar
15 1450 psi
[0.59]

GURMAKSAN J-15
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
80L GS GS Series

Inlet section for special applications


Configuration with rotary commutator

Dimensional data and hydraulic circuit


Drawing and circuit are referred to left inlet directional valve.
Pos.2

1/4"
KE10K01 X
direct overpressure
relief valve.

[4.57]
116
Pos.1

[3.25]
82.5
[1.40]
35.5
90 22.5
[3.54] [0.89]
135 77.3
[5.31] [3.04]

Pos.2

26.5
[1.04]
94
[2.32]

[3.70] 25°
59

Hydraulic circuit and ordering codes

Left inlet Right inlet Pos.1

100 bar 100 bar


1450 psi 1450 psi

P P

1 1
X 2 2
X

AC(X-100)R2 BC(X-100)R2

J-16 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 80L GS
Working section
Parts ordering codes (mechanical control)
Description example:

80L GS10 / P - 1 8 L . U 1 ( 100 ) *


1 mounted on A port.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 2 mounted on B port.
3 mounted on A and B port.
Port valves setting in bar

3. 5. 4.
8-11 a. U

b.
C
9B-10B-11B

L
P3T

8P

SLP

1.
8EI3

TQ
2.

1. Working section kit * 2. Spools page 19


TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
P - With paralle circuit 2 30 01 3557 Double acting, 3 positions, with A and B open
SP - With serie-parallel (tandem) circuit to tank in neutral position
3 30 01 3563 Single acting on A, 3 positions, B plugged;
Include body, seals, rings and load check valve. requires G1/2 plug (see part a)
4 30 01 3564 Single acting on B, 3 positions, A plugged;
requires G1/2 plug (see part a)
2. Spools page 19 2H 30 01 3558 Double acting, 3 positions, with A and B
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION partially open to tank in neutral position
1 30 01 3556 Double acting, 3 positions, with A and B closed 1AH 30 01 3561 Double acting, 3 positions, with A
in neutral position partially open to tank in neutral position
1A 30 01 3559 Double acting, 3 positions, with A open to tank 1BH 30 01 3562 Double acting, 3 positions, with B
in neutral position partially open to tank in neutral position
1B 30 01 3560 Double acting, 3 positions, with B open to tank 1S 30 01 3565 As type 1, for series circuit
in neutral position 2S 30 01 3566 As type 2, for series circuit

GURMAKSAN J-17
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
80L GS GS Series

Working section
Parts ordering codes (mechanical control)

2. Spool options page 19 3. ”A” side spool positioners page 20


TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
Special spools for particular positioner kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Particular positioner kits for special spools . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.......... . . . . page 32
5BY 30 01 3754 Double acting, 4 positions, float in position 3 13QN 30 07 5564 4 positions with spring return in neutral
with spool out, 13QN type positioner position and detent in pos.3: for 5BY spool
kit is required 8CR 30 07 5565 3 positions with spring return in neutral
8F 30 01 3567 Double acting, 3 positions, regenerative and reduced spool stroke: for 8F spool
in position 1, 8CR type positioner kit
is required

3. ”A” side spool positioners page 20 4. “B” side options page 33


TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
8 30 07 5349 With spring return in neutral position L 30 07 5363 Standard lever box
8D 30 07 5352 As type 8, M8 female threaded pin LF1 30 07 5365 Lever box with spool stroke limiter in
extension for dual control position 1
8D1 30 07 5551 As type 8, pin with Ø 8 mm (0.31 in) SL - Without lever box
radial hole SLP 30 07 5366 Without lever box, with dust-proof plate
8D2 30 07 5353 As type 8, M8 male threaded pin SLCZ - Without lever box, with endcap.
extension for dual control LB 30 07 5367 Steel lever
8TL 30 07 5552 As type 8 with pin control with flexible cable LEB 30 07 5369 Safety lever box, vertical configuration
8F2 30 07 5350 As type 8 with adjustable stroke limiter TQ 30 07 5354 Flexible cable connection; for CG cables
19 30 07 5553 2 positions, with spring return in neutral LCB 30 07 5370 Joystick lever for 2 sections operation
position from position 1
20 30 07 5554 2 positions, with spring return in neutral
position from position 2 5. Port valves page 42
11 30 07 5351 With detent in position 1, neutral and 2
12 30 07 5555 Detent in positions 1 and 2 TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
15 30 07 5556 2 positions, detent in pos. 1 and neutral Assembled on section
16 30 07 5557 2 positions, detent in pos. 2 and neutral P3T 30 05 4940 A and B ports valve blanking plugs
17 30 07 5558 With spring return position 1 C - Anti-cavitation
18 30 07 5559 With spring return position 2 Anti-shock and anti-cavitation valve
17D 30 07 5560 With spring return position 1 and pin U 30 05 4908 From 0 to 315 bar / 0 to 4600 psi
with M8 female thread for dual control standard setting 100 bar / 1450 psi
18D 30 07 5561 With spring return position 2 and pin
with M8 female thread for dual control Standard setting is referred to 6 l/min flow.
9B 30 07 5386 With detent in position 1 and spring return in
neutral position
10B 30 07 5387 With detent in position 2 and spring return in
6. Complete controls page 38
neutral position TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
11B 30 07 5388 With detent in position 1, 2 and spring Proportional hydraulic control type 8IM and ON/OFF solenoid controls
return in neutral position type 8ES and rotative control type R.
8MG3(NO) 30 07 5562 As type 8 and operation with microswitch in
positions 1 and 2, contact normally open
8MG3(NC) 30 07 5563 As previous, with contact normally closed
a. ”A” and “B” ports plugs
8P 30 07 5399 ON-OFF pneumatic kit TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
8PF - Proportional pneumatic kit G1/2 30 05 4919 For single acting spools type 3 and 4
8EP3 30 07 5443 ON-OFF 12VDC electro-pneumatic kit
30 07 5400 ON-OFF 24VDC electro-pneumatic kit b. Optional handlevers
8EP4 30 07 5345 ON-OFF 12VDC electro-pneumatic kit with
manifold TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
30 07 5346 ON-OFF 24VDC electro-pneumatic kit with AL01/M10x200 30 05 4989 Lenght L = 200mm / 7.87in
manifold
8EI3 30 07 5401 ON-OFF 12VDC electro-hydraulic kit
30 07 5361 ON-OFF 24VDC electro-hydraulic kit
8EI3F2 - 12 VDC ON/OFF electrohydraulic kit with
adjustable stroke limiter
- 24 VDC ON/OFF electrohydraulic kit with
adjustable stroke limiter

J-18 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 80L GS
Working section
Spools options

Type 1 Type 2
1 0 2 1 0 2
+ 7 mm / 0.28 in + 7 mm / 0.28 in
A B A B
(1) (1)
(0) (0)
(2) (2)
P T P T
- 7 mm / 0.28 in - 7 mm / 0.28 in

Type 1A Type 1B
1 0 2 1 0 2
+ 7 mm / 0.28 in + 7 mm / 0.28 in
A B A B
(1) (1)
(0) (0)
(2) (2)
P T P T
- 7 mm / 0.28 in - 7 mm / 0.28 in

Type 3 Type 4
1 0 2 1 0 2
+ 7 mm / 0.28 in + 7 mm / 0.28 in
A B
(1) (1)
(0) (0)
(2) (2)
P T P T
- 7 mm / 0.28 in - 7 mm / 0.28 in

Type 2H Type 1AH


1 0 2 1 0 2
+ 7 mm / 0.28 in + 7 mm / 0.28 in
A B A B
(1) (1)
(0) (0)
(2) (2)
P T P T
- 7 mm / 0.28 in - 7 mm / 0.28 in

Type 1BH Type 1S


1 0 2 1 0 2
+ 7 mm / 0.28 in + 7 mm / 0.28 in
A B A B
(1) (1)
(0) (0)
(2) (2)
P T P T
- 7 mm / 0.28 in - 7 mm / 0.28 in

Type 2S Type 8F
1 0 2 1 0 2
+ 7 mm / 0.28 in + 5.7 mm / 0.23 in
A B A B
(1) (1)
(0) (0)
(2) (2)
P T P T
- 7 mm / 0.28 in - 5.7 mm / 0.23 in

Type 5BY

3 1 0 2 + 10.5 mm / 0.41 in
(3)
A B
+ 5.5 mm / 0.22 in
(1)
(0)
P T
(2)
- 5.5 mm / 0.22 in

GURMAKSAN J-19
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
80L GS GS Series

Working section
”A” side spool positioners

With spring return in neutral position


8 kit
It’s supplied with standard spring type D (see force-stroke diagram).
It's available with lighter spring type C (8MC) or heavier type E (8ME).

1 0 2 Force-stroke diagram
-0.24 -0.12 0 0.12 0.24 (in)
(lbf)
300
Allen wrench 4 (N) E 60
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 200 D 40
Allen wrench 6 100 20
C
Force

24 Nm / 17.7 lbft 0 0

-100
C -20
-40
-200 D
-300 E
-60
-7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Stroke (mm)
50
[1.97]

8D kit
With M8 female threaded pin extension for dual control.
Spool end joint dimensions (optional) 1 0 2
Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 16 23
[0.63] [0.91]
Wrench 13
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft
[0.71]
Ø18

17
[0.67]
[0.31]

5
M8

[0.20] Ø10
[0.39]
M8

47.5 27
[0.39]

[1.06]
10

[1.87] 50
62.5 [1.97]
[2.46]

8D1 kit 8D2 kit

1 0 2 1 0 2
Allen wrench 4 Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Wrench 14 Wrench 13
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft
[0.51]

1]
Ø13

∅8
0.3
[∅

M8

23 47.5 25 47.5
[0.91] [1.87] [0.98] [1.87]
81 95
[3.19] [3.74]

J-20 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 80L GS
Working section
”A” side spool positioners

With spring return in neutral position


8F2 kit
With spool stroke adjustment in position 2 (P →B)
Allen wrench 4
1 0 2
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Allen wrench 6
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft
Wrench 13
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft
Allen wrench 4
[0.31]
M8

50
[1.97]
66.5
[2.62]

8TL kit

1 0 2
wrench 10
24 Nm (17.7 lbft)
Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft Allen wrench 4
Ø10H8 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
[0.39]
[0.71]
10
18

27.5 55 40 M5
[1.08] [2.17] [1.57]
92
[3.62]

19 kit 20 kit

1 0 0 2

Allen wrench 4 Allen wrench 4


6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Allen wrench 6 Allen wrench 6
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

50 50
[1.97] [1.97]

GURMAKSAN J-21
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
80L GS GS Series

Working section
”A” side spool positioners

With detent
11 kit 12 kit

1 0 2 1 0 2

Allen wrench 4 Allen wrench 4


6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Allen wrench 6 Allen wrench 6
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

50 50
[1.97] [1.97]

Operating features Operating features


Locking and release force . . . . . . . . . : 260 N / 58 lbf ±10% Locking and release force . . . . . . . . . : 260 N / 58 lbf ±10%

15 kit 16 kit

1 0 0 2

Allen wrench 4 Allen wrench 4


6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Allen wrench 6 Allen wrench 6
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

50 50
[1.97] [1.97]

Operating features Operating features


Locking and release force . . . . . . . . . : 260 N / 58 lbf ±10% Locking and release force . . . . . . . . . : 260 N / 58 lbf ±10%

J-22 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 80L GS
Working section
”A” side spool positioners

With spring return


17 kit 18 kit

1 0 2 1 0 2

Allen wrench 4 Allen wrench 4


6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Allen wrench 6 Allen wrench 6
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

50 50
[1.97] [1.97]

17D kit 18D kit

1 0 2 1 0 2

Allen wrench 4 Allen wrench 4


6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Wrench 13 Wrench 13
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft
17 17
[0.67] [0.67]
[0.31]

[0.31]
M8

M8

47.5 47.5
[1.87] [1.87]
49.5 69.5
[1.95] [2.74]

GURMAKSAN J-23
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
80L GS GS Series

Working section
”A” side spool positioners

With detent and spring return to neutral position from either directions
9B kit
Force-stroke diagram
1 0 2 (in)
-0.2 -0.1 0 0.1 0.2
(lbf)
300
(N) 60
200 From position 0 to 1
40
Allen wrench 4 100 20
From position 2 to 0
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Force

0 0
-100 -20
From position 1 to 0
-40
-200 From position 0 to 2
-60
-300
85 -7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
[3.35] Stroke (mm)
Wrench 8
Locking-unlocking area
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

10B kit
Force-stroke diagram
1 0 2 (in)
-0.2 -0.1 0 0.1 0.2
(lbf)
300
(N) 60
200 From position 0 to 1
40
Allen wrench 4 100 20
From position 2 to 0
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Force

0 0
-100 From position 1 to 0 -20
-40
-200 From position 0 to 2
-60
-300
85 -7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
[3.35] Stroke (mm)
Wrench 8
Locking-unlocking area
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

11B kit
Force-stroke diagram
1 0 2 -0.2 -0.1 0 0.1 0.2 (in)
(lbf)
300
(N) 60
200 From position 0 to 1
40
Allen wrench 4 100 From position 2 to 0 20
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Force

0 0
-100 From position 1 to 0 -20
-40
-200 From position 0 to 2
-60
-300
85 -7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
[3.35] Stroke (mm)
Wrench 8
Locking-unlocking area
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

J-24 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 80L GS
Working section
”A” side spool positioners

With microswitch type 8MG3(NO)


With spring return in neutral position and microswitch operated in both directions.
Also available 8MG1(NO) configuration (microswitch operated in position 1) and 8MG2(NO) configuration (microswitch operated in
position 2); dimensions are the same of 8MG3(NO) configuration.
Same configurations are available with normally closed (NC) contact.
For more information contact Sales Department.

8MG3(NO) kit

45
1 0 2
Wrench 22
42 Nm / 31 lbft [1.77]

Other configurations
Wrench 15
9.8 Nm / 7.2 lbft
[2.26]
57.5

8MG1(NO) kit 8MG2(NO) kit

1 0 2 1 0 2

Allen wrench 4
Allen wrench 6
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft
110
[4.33] Operating features
MICROSWITCH
Mechanical life : 5x105 operations
Electrical life (resistive load) : 5x104 operations 10A / 12VDC
: 5x104 operations 3A / 24VDC

Type 8MG1\MG2(NC-NC)
With double microswitch in position 1 and 2.

8MG1\MG2(NC-NC) kit
75.5
[2.97]
Wrench 22 47.5 1 0 2
42 Nm / 31 lbft [1.87]

Wrench 15
9.8 Nm / 7.2 lbft A B Positions A B
[2.26]

1
57.5

0
2

Allen wrench 6 Allen wrench 4


24 Nm / 17.7 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
140
[5.51]
Operating features
MICROSWITCH
Mechanical life : 5x105 operations
Electrical life (resistive load) : 5x104 operations 10A / 12VDC
: 5x104 operations 3A / 24VDC

GURMAKSAN J-25
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
80L GS GS Series

Working section
”A” side spool positioners

ON/OFF pneumatic kit type 8P


With spring return to neutral position.

1 0 2
Wrench 10 Allen wrench 4
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
VA VB
32.5 66.2
[1.28] [2.61]

BSP 1/8
VA VB
[1.18]
30

Operating features
Pilot pressure..................: min. 5.5 bar / 80 psi
: max.10 bar / 145 psi

112.2
[4.42]
Allen wrench 4 Wrench 17
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

8PF pneumatic proportional kit


With spring return to neutral position.
VA VB

1 0 2
Wrench 10 Allen wrench 4
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft

32.5 66.2
[1.28] [2.61]

BSP 1/8
VA VB
[1.18]
30

Operating features
Pilot pressure..................: min. 5.5 bar / 80 psi
: max.10 bar / 145 psi

112.2
[4.42]
Allen wrench 4 Wrench 17
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

J-26 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 80L GS
Working section
”A” side spool positioners

ON/OFF electropneumatic kit type 8EP3


With spring return to neutral position.
Scheme
VA VB
Wrench 15 32.5 66.2
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft [1.28] [2.61]

Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 1 0 2
[0.24]
Ø6
[4.02]

Scheme ISO 1219


102

VA VB

1 0 2
[1.48]
37.5

VA VB

Operating features
Wrench 5
CONTROL
Pilot pressure : 6 bar / 87 psi
112.2 : max. 15 bar / 218 psi
[4.42] COIL
147.7 Nominal voltage tolerance : ±10%
[5.81] Power rating :8W
Allen wrench 4 Wrench 10 Wrench 17 Nominal current : 12 VDC
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 9 Nm / 6.6 lbft 9 Nm / 6.6 lbft : 24 VDC
Coil insulation : Class H
Weather protection : IP65

ON/OFF electropneumatic kit type 8EP4

32.5 66.2 Scheme


[1.28] [2.61]
VP

1 0 2
G1/8
[4.21]
107

VA VB
Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft Scheme ISO 1219
[1.54]
39

1 0 2

VA VB

Wrench 5
112.2
[4.42]
147.2
[5.80]
Allen wrench 4 Wrench 10 Wrench 17
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 9 Nm / 6.6 lbft 9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

GURMAKSAN J-27
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
80L GS GS Series

Working section
”A” side spool positioners

ON/OFF electrohydraulic kit type 8EI3


ON/OFF electro-hydraulic control with external pilot and drain.
Scheme
149.2
[5.87] L
38 69.2
[1.50] [2.72]
V
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft

1 0 2

Scheme ISO 1219


[4.96]
126

Solenoid valve
1 0 2
Collector

Allen wrench 4
wrench 22 - 9.8 Nm 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
/ 7.2 lbft
V L

124.2
[4.89]
Allen wrench 4 Wrench 17
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

Operating features
CONTROL
Pilot pressure : min. 10 bar / 145 psi
: max. 50 bar / 725 psi
Max. backpressure on drain L : 25 bar / 360 psi

COIL
Nominal voltage tolerance : ±10%
Power rating : 21 W
Nominal current : 1.75 A - 12 VDC / 0.87 A - 24 VDC
Coil insulation : Class F
Weather protection : IP65

J-28 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 80L GS
Working section
”A” side spool positioners

ON/OFF electrohydraulic kit type 8EI3F2


Collector kit with pilot and drain lines with stroke limiter

149.2
[5.87] Scheme
38 69.2
[1.50] [2.72] L
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft V

1 0 2

Scheme ISO 1219


[4.96]
126

Solenoid valve 1 0 2
Collector

Allen wrench 4
wrench 22 - 9.8 Nm 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
/ 7.2 lbft

V L

124.2
[4.89]
Allen wrench 4 Wrench 17
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

Operating features
CONTROL
Pilot pressure : min. 10 bar / 145 psi
: max. 50 bar / 725 psi
Max. backpressure on drain L : 25 bar / 360 psi

COIL
Nominal voltage tolerance : ±10%
Power rating : 21 W
Nominal current : 1.75 A - 12 VDC / 0.87 A - 24 VDC
Coil insulation : Class F
Weather protection : IP65

GURMAKSAN J-29
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
80L GS GS Series

Working section
”A” side spool positioners

ON/OFF electrohydraulic kit type 8EI3


Collector kit for external pilot and drain

Collector
A1 B1 A2 B2
V
V L L

20 bar
290 psi
[6.90]
175.2

P T
A1 A2

100 bar
P T
1450 psi

Description example :
80L GS10/2/AC(X-100)/18EI3L/18EI3L/RC-KE2S0-24VDC
B1 B2

COLLECTOR KIT CODES


Type Code Description
KE1S0 30 07 5537 Kit one section
KE2S0 30 07 5522 Kit for 2 sections
KE3S0 30 07 5523 Kit for 3 sections
KE4S0 30 07 5524 Kit for 4 sections
KE5S0 30 07 5525 Kit for 5 sections
KE6S0 30 07 5526 Kit for 6 sections
KE7S0 -- Kit for 7 sections

J-30 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 80L GS
Working section
”A” side spool positioners

ON/OFF electrohydraulic kit type 8EI3


Collector kit with pilot and drain lines
The kit include collector, VRP pressure reducing valve and pipes.
185.5 68 VRP
[7.30] [2.68] T
Wrench 14
24 Nm A1 B1 A2 B2
Collector
17.7 lbft

Allen wrench 5
Wrench 14 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

25 bar
Drain
VRP pressure
reducing valve
P C
Inlet line

T 100 bar
1450 psi
VRE
Wrench 27 A1 A2
42 Nm / 31 lbft
Description example :
P C 80L GS10/2/AC(X-100)/18EI3L/18EI3L/RV-KE2R3-24VDC

Description type for outlet


Outlet cover with VRE backpressure cover with VRE valve.
valve (not included in the collector
B1 B2 kit) and carry-over
Wrench 27
42 Nm / 31 lbft
COLLECTOR KIT CODES
Type Code Description
KE1R3 30 07 5488 Kit one section
Operating features KE2R3 30 07 5489 Kit for 2 sections
VRP VALVE KE3R3 30 07 5490 Kit for 3 sections
Output pressure : 25 bar / 363 psi KE4R3 30 07 5491 Kit for 4 sections
Max. flow : 8 l/min KE5R3 30 07 5492 Kit for 5 sections
Filtering : 80 µ KE6R3 30 07 5493 Kit for 6 sections

VRE - VRC backpressure valve


Valve is assembled on flow through passage of outlet cover; it's necessary to provides pilot pressure to the actuator.
RV complete (with backpressure valve and tapered plug)
G 3/4 T G 3/4 T
Plug G3/8
Allen wrench 8 - 42 Nm / 31 lbft

Valve VRE Valve VRC


Wrench 32 - 42 Nm / 31 lbft Wrench 32 - 42 Nm / 31 lbft
Standard
cover body Special body

C
G1/2

45 33.5
[1.77] [1.32]
88.5 77
[3.48] [3.03]

GURMAKSAN J-31
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
80L GS GS Series

Working section
”A” side spool positioners

Particular positioner kits for special spools


8CR kit
3 positions with spring return in neutral and reduced spool stroke: for 8F spool.

1 0 2

Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Allen wrench 6
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

50
[1.97]

13QN kit
4 positions with spring return in neutral and detent in position 3: for 5BY spool.

3 1 0 2

Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft

85
[3.35]
Wrench 8
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

J-32 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 80L GS
Working section
”B” side options

Lever control
Type L
Alluminium lever pivot box with protective rubber bellow; it can be roated 180° (configuration L180).

1 0 2
0
1 17° 17° 2
Vertical handlever
assembly
Horizontal handlever configuration L180
assembly

M10
[2.87]

[2.60]
73
[2.40]

66
61
[0.91]
23

[2.87]
40

73
Allen wrench 4 [1.57]
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft [1.59]
40.5
67
[2.64]

Type LF1 Type SLP


With spool stroke adjustment in position 1 (P →A). Mechanical control with dust-proof plate kit.

1 0 2 1 0 2

M10

M10
[1.50]
38

Allen
[2.87]

Allen wrench 4
73

wrench 4 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft


[0.91]
23
[0.31]
M8

40 17
[1.57] Wrench 13 [0.67]
Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 67 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft 40
[2.64] [1.57]
78.5
[3.09]

GURMAKSAN J-33
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
80L GS GS Series

Working section
”B” side options

Lever control
Type LB
Steel manufacture.
Pivot can be assembled below (LB1 configuration) or above (LB3 configuration).

1 0 2

Configuration LB1
0 Vertical handlever
30° assembly
17° 17°

2 1 Horizontal handlever
3 assembly

[1.46]
37

[2.72]
69
[2.28]
58
[0.91]
23

40
[1.57]
50
[1.97]

Configuration LB3

€ 20
[0.79]
M10

[1.46]
37

[3.19]
81
[2.76]

[3.58]
[0.91]

91
70
23

Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft

J-34 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 80L GS
Working section
”B” side options

Safety lever control


Safety levers with lock in neutral complete with handlever; lift handlever knob to operate.
With insulated handlever type LEBP

Type LEB

1 0 2

LEB

[0.33]
8.5

lock release
Stroke for

Locking bush
[11.56]
293.5

Wrench 17
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft
[1.97]
50
[0.91]
23
[1.22]
31

Directional control 40
[1.57]
valve mounting face 76.5
[3.01]

GURMAKSAN J-35
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
80L GS GS Series

Working section
”B” side options

Controls prearrangement
Type SL Type SLCZ

1 0 2 1 0 2
[0.39]

49
10

[1.93]

Ø10
[0.39]
40 85
[1.57] [3.35]
Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
30
[1.18]
Protection cap usable with pneumatic,
[0.67]
Ø17

electropneumatic, and electrohydraulic


spool positioners.
9
[0.71]
Ø18

[0.35]

TQ cable remote control kit


Waterproof cap prearranged for remote control with flexible cable.
1 0 2

( OPTIONAL )

(OPTIONAL)
JS100 remote control Example of cable control

JS200 remote control

Wrench 10 Wrench 24 CG flexible


9.8 Nm / 7.2 lbft 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft LOCK cable
DIE CASTING

ELECTRICAL
CABLE
( OPTIONAL )

TQ kit

95
[3.74]
Allen wrench 4 Flexible cable
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft

NOTE : For further information about remote cable control,


require related documentation.

GS10/2 directional
control valve
without lever boxes

J-36 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 80L GS
Working section
”B” side options

LCB mechanical joystick for two sections control


1 0 2
Execution LCB4
2nd section spool Pivot 1 0 2
Wrench 13
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft
1st section spool LCB HCB KCB
Wrench 10 Allen wrench 5
9.8 Nm / 7.2 lbft

Allen wrench 3
6.6 Nm / 4.9 lbft

310
Wrench 12 - 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

254
200
Wrench 13 - 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

Wrench 10 - 9.8 Nm / 7.2 lbft

Description example
80L GS10/2/AC(X-100)/18LCB4/18LCB4/RC

Dimensions and movement scheme

Execution LCB1 Execution LCB2


pivot placed down on the left pivot placed down on the right

1st section axis 41 2nd section axis


[1.61]

spool axis
B1 B2
B1-A2 B1-B2 B2-B1 B2-A1

A2 B2 B1 A1
[1.42]
36

[1.36]
34.5

A1-A2 A1-B2 A2-B1 A2-A1


[0.87]

A1 A2
22

M10
[0.47]

92.5
12

31 10 [3.64]
[1.22] [0.39]

Execution LCB3 Execution LCB4


pivot placed above on the left pivot placed above on the right

A1 A2
A1-A2 A1-B2 A2-B1 A2-A1

A2 B2 B1 A1
[1.32]
33.6

B1-A2 B1-B2 B2-B1 B2-A1


B1 B2

GURMAKSAN J-37
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
80L GS GS Series

Working section
Complete controls

8ES solenoid control


Solenoid direct control with spring return to neutral position ; it needs special spools and standard working section body (body kit
without seals on spool).

Description example:
80L GS10 / P - 1 8ES3 . U1(100) - 12VDC
1.
2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

1.
6.
5.
a.

4.
8ES3
8ES3 8ES2
8ES1
3. 4.
4.
8ES2
2.

4.
8ES1
6.

1. Complete working section 4. Control kit


TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
P-18ES3-12VDC 80W010004 Parallel circuit, double acting spool, 8ES1 30 07 5566 Single acting P→ A, with spring return to neutral
double acting ON/OFF solenoid position
control 8ES2 30 07 5566 Single acting P→ B, with spring return to neutral
P-18ES3-24VDC 80W010005 Parallel circuit, double acting spool, position
double acting ON/OFF solenoid 8ES3 30 07 5567 Double acting, with spring return to neutral position
control

2. Working section kit 5. Port valves


TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION For codes please refer to page 18.
P/IM-ES - As previous with port valves prearrangement
6. Coils
3. Spool options TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
With ISO4400 connector
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION 12VDC 20 03 2300 Nominal voltage 12VDC
1(ES) 30 01 3755 Double acting, 3 positions, with A and B
24VDC 20 03 2301 Nominal voltage 24VDC
closed in neutral position
2(ES) 30 01 3756 Double acting, 3 positions, with A and B
open to tank in neutral position
a. ”A” and “B” ports plugs
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
G1/2 30 05 4919 For single acting controls type 8ES1 and 8ES2

J-38 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 80L GS
Working section
Complete controls

8ES solenoid control


Electric wiring example 8ES3 kit
double acting

1 0 2
1 1
2 2 8ES1 kit 8ES2 kit
single acting on A single acting on B

Connector 1 Connector 2
1 0 0 2

P→A P→B Operating condition diagram


B→T A→T 400 (psi)
- + (bar)
4500
To battery 300

Operating features 200 3000


CONTROL Operation area
Internal leakage A(B) →T 100 1500
(Δp = 100 bar - 1450 psi / T = 40°C) : max. 15 cm3/min - 0.91 in3/min
COIL
Nominal voltage tolerance . . . . . . . . : ±10% 0
Power rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : 36 W 0 30 60 90
Coil insulance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : class H (l/min)
Duty cycle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : 100%

Wrench 24
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

Allen wrench 4
6.6 Nm / 4.9 lbft Emergency
27 manual override
[1.06]
98.5
[3.88]
7 Nm / 5.2 lbft

Allen wrench 4
6.6 Nm / 4.9 lbft

Coil with ISO4400 connector

GURMAKSAN J-39
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
80L GS GS Series

Working section
Complete controls

Proportional hydraulic control type 8IM


It can be used with standard spools and body

VA VB Pilot pressure - stroke diagram


Max. pilot pressure 30 bar - 435 psi.
1 0 2 Port A Port B
2 0 1
Allen wrench 4
-0.3 -0.28 -0.2 -0.1 0 0.1 0.2 0.28 0.3
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft (bar) 20 (psi)
Allen wrench 5 18.5 268
240
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft 15
G 1/4

Pilot pressure
160
VA VB 10

5 80
3 43.5

0
-8 -6 -4 -2 0 2 4 6 8
Stroke (mm)
59
[2.32]
76
Spool overlap area
[2.99] Metering area
294
[11.57]
Operating features
Pilot pressure : max. 50 bar / 725 psi
Internal leakage A(B) → T (∆p = 100 bar - 1450 psi / T = 40°C)
........................................ : max. 6cm3/min - 0.37 in3/min

Connection example

Hydraulic pilot control


valve series JSSC400

A1 A2

P
T

B1 B2

J-40 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 80L GS
Working section
Special configurations

Directional valve with rotary control kit

128 97.5
[5.04] [3.84]
[2.28]
58

A1

P T
[5.59]
142

[12.11]
307.5

Standard body kit


B1
[0.28]
-7
[1.57]
40

2
Stroke

0
1
[0.28]
[2.66]
67.5

+7

31
[1.22]
232
[9.13]
Angle excursion ± 90°

A B

P T

100 bar
1450 psi

Description example
80L GS10/1/AC(X-100)/1 R SLP /RC

GURMAKSAN J-41
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
80L GS GS Series

Working section
Port valves

Antishock and anticavitation valves

U 1 ( 100 )
U1 U2 U3
Standard setting in bar
A B A B A B
1 mounted on port A.
2 mounted on port B.
3 mounted on ports A and B. T T
Wrench 22 P P
42 Nm / 31 lbft
Anticavitation valves
Notch
2 mm / 0.079 in
C1 C2 C3
Wrench 24
42 Nm / 31 lbft
A B A B A B
22 max.
[0.87]
T T
P P

Performance data (Antishock and anticavitation valves)


Time response
(% DP)
60
(bar) (psi)
750 105%

40
Pressure

500 95%
Pressure

90%
1450 psi
100 bar
260 psi

20
18 bar

250
OVERSHOOT
0 10%
0 10 20 30 40
Flow (l/min) 0.45" 0.6" Time (")
TRANSIENT
TIME RESPONSE RECOVERY TIME

Valve blanking plug

P 1 T
1 mounted on port A.
2 mounted on port B.
3 mounted on ports A and B.
Allen wrench 10
42 Nm / 31 lbft

A B A B A B

T T
P P

J-42 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 80L GS
Intermediate section
CS1 mid return manifold
Mid return manifolds for directional valve with left and right inlet both; they allow 2 independent circuits with common outlet.

D-D
50.5
Allen wrench 8
D [1.99]
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

A1 A2

P1 T P2

G 3/4
B1 B2

D
41 94.5
[1.61] [3.72]
Directional control valve mounting face

Hydraulic circuit
T

A1 B1 B2 A2

P1 P2

100 bar 100 bar


1450 psi 1450 psi

Description example:
80L GS10/2/AC(X-100)/18L/CS1/ED-18L/BC(X-100)

GURMAKSAN J-43
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
80L GS GS Series

Intermediate section
DFG pressure compensated flow divider section
The flow on the downstream sections can be adjusted from 0 to 80 l/min. by means of graduated handwheel; exceeding
setting flow goes to tank.

41
[1.61]

A1 A2

P T

B1 B2
max. 138.5

min. 134
[5.28]

[5.43]
[5.45]

138

Hydraulic circuit

A1 B1 A2 B2

P T

100 bar
1450 psi

Description example:
80L GS10/2/AC(X-100)/18L/DFG/18L/RC

J-44 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 80L GS
Intermediate section
Service relief valve section

EI configuration
The operation of up stream section exclude the EI downstream section.
The pressure of the downstream sections should be adjusted at least 20 bar below the relief valve setting.
Execution EI2, without plug, is prearranged for a second inlet.

Directional control D-D Execution EI1


valve mounting face
41
[1.61] 94.5 5
[3.72] [0.20] Hydraulic circuit
D [0.98]
25

A1 A2
Following sections
Previous sections

Following sections
Previous sections
[5.51]
140

Steel plug
Wrench 8
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft
100 bar
B1 B2 1450 psi

EI section kit Direct overpressure relief valve


Type : X
Wrench 24 - 42 Nm / 31 lbft

D 33
[1.30]

Description example:
80L GS10/2/AC(X-100)/18L/EI1(X-100)/18L/RC

Execution EI2 Hydraulic circuit

D-D P1
D

A1 A2
G 1/2
Following sections
Previous sections

Following sections
Previous sections

P1 P1

B1 B2 100 bar
1450 psi

Description example:
80L GS10/2/AC(X-100)/18L/EI2(X-100)/18L/RC

GURMAKSAN J-45
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
80L GS GS Series

Outlet section
Parts ordering codes

Ordering example:

80L GS10 / RC

Available configurations
RC: side outlet
RD: upper outlet
RE: upper outlet with side carry-over
RK: upper outlet and closed centre
RV: With backpressure valve: to be used together
with the electro-hydraulic control

2.

2.
options RE-RK-RV

2. 1.

1. Complete outlet cover * 2. Circuit options *


TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION TYPE CODE QTY DESCRIPTION
RC 30 08 5660 Side outlet - 30 05 4918 1 G 3/8 plug for carry-over (RE),
RD 30 08 5711 Upper outlet carry-over with backpressure valve
RE 30 08 5712 Upper outlet with side carry-over sleeve (RV) and closed centre (RK) options
RK 30 08 5713 Upper outlet with closed center VRE 30 05 4990 1 VRE backpressure valve for RV
RV 30 08 5714 With backpressure valve configuration
VRC 30 08 5715 With backpressure valve VRC 30 05 4910 1 Backpressure valve for VRC
configuration
- 30 05 4920 1 Plug G 3/4

NOTE (*) - Items are referred to BSP thread.

J-46 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 80L GS
Outlet section
Dimensional data and hydraulic circuit
Type RC
Allen wrench 10 42
42 Nm / 31 lbft [1.65]
138 21
[5.43] [0.83]

[3.48]
88.4
[3.27]
83

G3/4
T
[1.08]
27.5

M8 25
[0.59]

[0.98]
15

90 24
Directional control
[3.54] [0.94] valve mounting face

Type RD
G3/4 47.5 T
[1.87]
T

Allen wrench 10
42 Nm / 31 lbft

Type RE
G3/4 G3/8 Tapered plug T
Allen wrench 8
T 42 Nm / 31 lbft

C
G3/4

Type RK
G3/4 G3/8 Tapered plug T
Allen wrench 8
T 42 Nm / 31 lbft

Allen wrench 10
42 Nm / 31 lbft

GURMAKSAN J-47
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
100LGS

GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
100L GS GS Series

Features

Simple, compact and heavy duty designed sectional valve from 1 to 12 sections for open and closed centre hydraulic systems.
H Fitted with a main pressure relief valve and a load check valve on every working section
H Available with parallel, tandem or series circuit.
H Optional carryover port.
H A wide variety of auxiliary valves.
H Intermediate sections for several types of circuit.
H Available manual, pneumatic, hydraulic, electro--hydraulic, and remote with flexible cables spool control kits.
H Diameter 20 mm (0.79 in) interchangeable spools.

Additional information
This catalogue shows the product in the most standard configurations. Please
contact Sales Dpt. for more detailed information or special request.

WARNING!
All specifications of this catalogue refer to the standard product at this date.
GMS, oriented to a continuous improvement, reserves the right to
discontinue, modify or revise the specifications, without notice.

GMS IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY DAMAGE CAUSED BY AN INCORRECT


USE OF THE PRODUCT. 1st edition April 2016:

K-2 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 100L GS

Index

- Valve general informations


Working conditions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 4
Standard threads. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 4
Dimensional data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 5
Performance data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 6
Hydraulic circuit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 7
Complete sections ordering codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 8
- Inlet section
Parts ordering codes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 10
Dimensional data and hydraulic circuit . . . . . . . . . page 11
Inlet relief options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 12
- Inlet section for special application
Configuration with rotary commutator. . . . . . . . . .page 15
- Working section
Parts ordering codes (mechanical control). . . . . . . page 16
Spools. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 18
“A” side spool positioners. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 19
“B” side options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 32
Complete controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 37
Port valves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 39
- Intermediate section
CS1 mid return manifold section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 40
DFG pressure compensated flow divider section. . page 41
EI service relief valve section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 42
- Outlet section
Parts ordering codes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 43
Dimensional data and hydraulic circuit . . . . . . . . . page 44

GURMAKSAN K-3
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
100L GS GS Series

Valve general informations


Working conditions

This catalogue shows technical specifications and diagrams measured with mineral oil of 46 mm2/s – 46cSt viscosity
at 40°C temperature.

Nominal flow rating 100 l/min.


Max. flow 120 l
Operating pressure (max.) Series-parallel (tandem) circuit 315 bar 4600 psi
Back pressure (max.) on outlet port T 25 bar 360 psi
Internal leakage A(B)→T ∆p=100 bar – 1450 psi fluid and valve at 40°C 3cm3/min. 0.18 in3/min.
Hydraulic fluid Mineral base oil
Fluid temperature with NBR seals from - 20° to 80°C
with FPM (VITON) seals from - 20° to 100°C
Viscosity operating range from 15 to 75 mm2/s from 15 to 75 cSt
2
Min. 12 mm /s 12 cSt
2
Max. 400 mm /s 400 cSt
Max. level of contamination 19/16 – ISO 4406

Tie rods tightening torque


50 Nm 37 lbft
(wrench 17)

Standard threads

PORTS BSP (ISO 228/1) OPTIONAL UN-UNF (ISO 11926-1) METRIC (ISO 6149-1)
Inlet P G 3/4 - 1 1/16-12 UN- (SAE 12) M27x2
A and B ports G 3/4 G 1/2 1 1/16-12 UN- (SAE 12) M22x1,5
Outlet T and carry-over C G 3/4 - 1 1/16-12 UN- (SAE 12) M27x2
PILOT PORTS
Hydraulic ports G 1/4 - -
Pneumatic ports G 1/8 - -

K-4 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 100L GS
Valve general informations
Dimensional data

Optional top outlet


A (must be used in carry-over configuration)

38 B 114.5
[1.50] [4.51]
35.5 35.5 43.5
[1.40] [1.40] [1.71]
11
[0.43]
[1.97]
50

Carry-over
[C] optional
A1 A2

M8
[5.71]

[2.68]

[3.54]

P
145

[10.28]
90
68

T
261
[1.77]
45
[1.52]

B1 B2
38.5

[1.08]
27.5

1
[1.40]

M10
35.5

17°
[2.60]

0
66

38 17°
[1.50]
2
51 45 45 51 116.5
[2.01] [1.77] [1.77] [2.01] [4.59]
P.max:315bar

100L GS16/2....
Valve type 120 / 16

Production batch Production year

A B Weight A B Weight
TYPE TYPE
mm in mm in kg lb mm in mm in kg lb
100L GS 16/1 147 5.79 71 2.80 9.5 20.94 100L GS 16/7 417 16.42 341 13.43 34.7 76.50
100L GS 16/2 192 7.56 116 4.57 13.7 30.20 100L GS 16/8 462 18.19 386 15.20 38.9 85.76
100L GS 16/3 237 9.33 161 6.34 17.9 39.46 100L GS 16/9 507 19.96 431 16.97 43.1 95.02
100L GS 16/4 282 11.10 206 8.11 22.1 48.72 100L GS 16/10 552 21.73 476 18.74 47.3 104.28
100L GS 16/5 327 12.87 251 9.88 26.3 57.98 100L GS 16/11 597 23.50 521 20.51 51.5 113.54
100L GS 16/6 372 14.65 296 11.65 30.5 67.24 100L GS 16/12 642 25.28 566 22.28 55.7 122.80

GURMAKSAN K-5
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
100L GS GS Series

Valve general informations


Performance data (pressure drop vs. flow)

Open centre
From side inlet to side outlet.

40
(bar) 540
(psi)
A1 A12 30
360
4 sections

Pressure
20
1 sections
P T
180
10
B1 B12

0
0 30 60 90 120
Flow (l/min)

Inlet to work port


From side inlet to A port (spool in position 1) or B port (spool in position 2).

40
(bar) 540
(psi)
A1 A12 30
360
P→A12(B12)
Pressure

20
P T P→A1(B1)
180
10
B1 B12

0
0 30 60 90 120
Flow (l/min)

Work port to outlet


From A port (spool in position 2) or B port (spool in position 1) to side outlet.

40
(bar) 540
(psi)
A1 A12 30
360
Pressure

20
A1(B1)→T
P T
A4(B4)→T 180
10
B1 B12

0
0 30 60 90 120
Flow (l/min)

K-6 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 100L GS
Valve general informations
Hydraulic circuit
Parallel circuit Series-parallel (tandem) circuit
Standard configuration with open centre and side inlet and It needs a special working section kit
outlet. Tandem section is fed from thr free flow pressure line; it’s
excluded when an up strem section is operated.

SP tandem working section


A1 B1 A2 B2 A1 B1 A2 B2

P T P T

100 bar 100 bar


1450 psi 1450 psi

Description example Description example


100L GS16/2/AC(X-100)/18L/18L/RC 100L GS16/2/AC(X-100)/18L/SP-18L/RC

Series circuit
It needs a special working section kit
The return oil from service ports feed the remaining down
stream sections. S series working section
A1 B1 A2 B2

P T

100 bar
1450 psi

Description example
100L GS16/2/AC(X-100)/S-18L/P-18L/RC

Directional valve with right inlet

B2 A2 B1 A1

A2 A1

T P
T P

100 bar
B2 B1 1450 psi

Description example
100L GS16/2/BC(X-100)/18L/18L/RC

GURMAKSAN K-7
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
100L GS GS Series

Valve general informations


Complete sections ordering codes

Standard configuration with side inlet and outlet

100L GS16 / 2 / AC(X-100) / P - 18L.P3T / EI1 / P - 18L.P3T / RC


Nr. of working 8.
section 1. 2. 3. 4. 4.
It’s not necessary to indicate the ”P” 9.
letter in the complete valve description
with parallel circuit (standard); in case 2.
of other circuits, they must be
specified by the related letter (S,SP).

3.

2.

1.
8.

9.

1. Inlet section * page 10 4. Outlet section * page 43


TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
AC(X-100) 30 08 5750 Side inlet with direct pressure relief valve RC 30 08 5654 Side outlet
AD(X-100) 30 08 5665 Upper inlet with direct pressure relief valve RD 30 08 5716 Upper outlet
RE 30 08 5718 Upper outlet with side carry-over sleeve
AC(V) 30 08 5653 Without pressure relief valve
RK 30 08 5717 Upper outlet with closed centre
RV 30 08 5719 With backpressure valve the combination with
2. Working section * page 16 electro-hydraulic control is required
VRC 30 08 5720 Backpressure valve for VRC configuration
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
P-18L 10W010000 Parallel circuit, prearranged for port valves,
double acting spool with spring return,
lever control
S-18L 10W010002 Series circuit, lever control
SP-18L 10W010003 As previous with series-parallel (tandem)
circuit

3. Intermediate sections * page 41


TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
DFG 30 08 5775 Pressure compensated flow divider section
EI1(X-100) 30 08 5734 With direct overpressure relief valve
EI2(X-100) 30 08 5735 With direct overpressure relief valve and
auxiliary inlet

NOTE (*) - Items are referred to BSP thread.

K-8 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 100L GS
Valve general informations
Complete sections ordering codes

Configuration with 2 side inlets and mid return manifold

100L GS16 / 2 / AC(X-100) / 18L.P3T / CS1 / ED - 18L.P3T / BC(X-100)


No. of working 8.
section 1. 2. 5. 6. 7.
9.

2.

1. 7.
8.

9. 6.

5.

8. Assemb. kit without intermediate section


CODE DIRECTIONAL VALVE
30 05 6033 Tie rod kit for 1 section valve
30 05 6037 Tie rod kit for 2 sections valve
30 05 6038 Tie rod kit for 3 sections valve
5. Return manifold * page 40 30 05 6039 Tie rod kit for 4 sections valve
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION 30 05 6040 Tie rod kit for 5 sections valve
CS1 30 08 5780 Mid return manifold with G3/4 outlet port 30 05 6041 Tie rod kit for 6 sections valve
30 05 6042 Tie rod kit for 7 sections valve
30 05 6043 Tie rod kit for 8 sections valve
6. Right inlet working section * 30 05 6044 Tie rod kit for 9 sections valve
30 05 6034 Tie rod kit for 10 sections valve
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
30 05 6035 Tie rod kit for 11 sections valve
P-ED-18L 10W010006 Parallel circuit, prearranged for port valves,
30 05 6036 Tie rod kit for 12 sections valve
double acting spool with spring return,
lever control
S-ED-18L 10W010004 As previous with series circuit
SP-ED-18L 10W010005 As previous with series-parallel (tandem)
circuit
9. Assemb. kit with intermediate section
CODE DIRECTIONAL VALVE
7. Right inlet section * 30 05 6038 Tie rod kit for 2 sections valve (with CS1)
30 05 6039 Tie rod kit for 3 sections valve (with CS1)
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION 30 05 6040 Tie rod kit for 4 sections valve (with CS1)
BC(X-100) 30 08 5754 Side inlet with direct pressure relief valve 30 05 6041 Tie rod kit for 5 sections valve (with CS1)
BD(X-100) 30 08 5758 Upper inlet with pilot operated pressure 30 05 6042 Tie rod kit for 6 sections valve (with CS1)
relief valve 30 05 6043 Tie rod kit for 7 sections valve (with CS1)
BC(V) 30 08 5770 Side inlet with valve blanking plug 30 05 6044 Tie rod kit for 8 sections valve (with CS1)
30 05 6034 Tie rod kit for 9 sections valve (with CS1)
30 05 6035 Tie rod kit for 10 sections valve (with CS1)

NOTE (*) - Items are referred to BSP thread.


GURMAKSAN K-9
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
100L GS GS Series

Inlet section
Parts ordering codes

100L GS16 / AC ( X - 100 ) ELN - MAN14 - 12VDC

1. 3. 4. 2. 5.
Pressure relief valve setting (bar)
Available configurations
AC: with side inlet, for left inlet (standard) directional valve
AD: with upper inlet, for left inlet (standard) directional valve
BC: with side inlet, for right inlet directional valve
BD: with upper inlet, for right inlet directional valve

4. 2. MAN14 3.
X
SV

Z
5. 2.
L

SV
F

1. R2

ELN
MAN14

1. Inlet cover body * page 11 4. Inlet valve options page 14


CODE DESCRIPTION TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
- Standard body - 30 05 4914 Relief valve blanking plug (omit in description)
F - Inlet anti-cavitation valve
2. Parts * L - Hydraulic pilot unloader valve
Solenoid operated unloader valve
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION ELN 30 05 6108 Without emergency
MAN18 30 05 6102 G1/8 Pressure gauge arrangement ELP 30 05 6109 Push-button emergency
MAN14 30 05 6101 G1/4 Pressure gauge arrangement ELT 30 05 6110 Push and twist type with detent emergency

3. Inlet relief valve options page 12 5. Coils


TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
KE10K01 : direct pressure relief valve type X 12VDC 20 03 2268 Coil type BER, ISO4400 integrated type
(X-100) 30 05 4912 Range 20 to 315 bar / 290 to 4600 psi 12VDC
standard setting 100 bar / 1450 psi 24VDC 20 03 2269 Coil type BER, ISO4400 integrated type
24VDC
KE10K02 : pilot operated pressure relief valve type Z
(Z-100) 30 05 4915 Range 25 to 315 bar / 360 to 4600 psi
standard setting 100 bar / 1450 psi
Standard setting is referred to 6 l/min flow.
V 30 05 4914 Relief valve blanking plug

NOTE (*) - Items are referred to BSP thread.

K-10 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 100L GS
Inlet section
Dimensional data and hydraulic circuit

For left inlet directional valve (standard)


With side inlet, type AC
Allen wrench 10 D
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft Description example
AC(X-100)

D-D
[4.13]

G 3/4 P
[3.92]
105

99.5

P
[1.71]

[1.71]
43.5

43.5
100 bar
27
D 1450 psi

[1.06] M8
90 25.5 Directional control
51 [3.54] [1.00] valve mounting face
[2.01]
141
P
With upper inlet, type AD [5.55]
G 3/4
P D Description example
AD(X-100)

D-D

Allen wrench 10
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft 100 bar

56.5
D 1450 psi

[2.22]

For right inlet directional valve


With side inlet, type BC
D
Description example
BC(X-100)
D-D
P

P
100 bar
1450 psi

D P
With upper inlet, type BD
D Description example P
BD(X-100)

D-D

100 bar
1450 psi
D

GURMAKSAN K-11
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
100L GS GS Series

Inlet section
Inlet relief options

Direct pressure relief valve

KE10K01 ( X - 100 )
Standard setting in bar
Adjustment type (X, XH)

Adjustment type

X: with screw XH: valve set and locked

Allen wrench 4 Allen wrench 4


Wrench 24 Wrench 24
42 Nm / 31 lbft 42 Nm / 31 lbft
Wrench 13 Wrench 13
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

46.5 60
[1.83] [2.36]

Performance data

Time response
(% DP)

400 (psi)
(bar) 105%

300 4500
95%
Pressure

90%
Pressure

200 3000
2500 psi
175 bar

100 1500
10%
0
0 30 60 90 Time (")
(l/min) 0.43"
Flow TIME RESPONSE

K-12 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 100L GS
Inlet section
Inlet relief options

Pilot pressure relief valve

KE10K02 ( Z - 100 )
Standard setting in bar
Adjustment type (Z, ZH)

Adjustment type

Z: with screw ZH: valve set and locked


Wrench 27 Wrench 19 Wrench 27 Wrench 19
42 Nm / 31 lbft 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft 42 Nm / 31 lbft 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

Allen wrench 5

max. 50 Allen wrench 5


[1.97]

Performance data

(% DP)
Time response
400 (psi)
(bar) 105%

300 4500
95%
Pressure
Pressure

200 3000 90%


1750 psi
120 bar

100 1500
10%
0
0 30 60 90 Time (")
Flow (l/min) 0,28"
TIME RESPONSE

V: relief valve blanking plug

Allen wrench 10
42 Nm / 31 lbft

1.5
[0.06]

GURMAKSAN K-13
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
100L GS GS Series

Inlet section
Inlet valve options

Unloader valves
Description example: AC (X - 100) ELN - 12VDC Solenoid operated
Hydraulic operated valve: L Emergency with push button and spring return; for detent
Solenoid operated valve: ELN Feeding voltage: for position turn the button after press it.
ELP solenoid operated WARNING: the manual override option is intended for
ELT emergency use, not for continuous duty operation.

ELN: without ELP: push ELT: "push &


emergency button type twist" type
2 2 2
Wrench 27
42 Nm / 31 lbft
1 1 1
Wrench 24
35 Nm / 26 lbft

Pressure drop curve P → T


T (psi)
20
(bar) 250
15
200
P
Pressure
10 150

5 100
100 bar
1450 psi
max. 97
[3.82] 0 0
0 25 50 75 100
Flow (l/min)
Hydraulic operated
X
Wrench 27
42 Nm / 31 lbft
Wrench 27
42 Nm / 31 lbft
T

P
X
G 1/4

100 bar
1450 psi
21
[0.83]

Anti-cavitation valve
Description example: AC (X - 100) F

Wrench 27
42 Nm / 31 lbft
Wrench 22
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft
T

100 bar
13 1450 psi
[0.51]

K-14 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 100L GS
Inlet section for special applications
Configuration with rotary commutator

Dimensional data and hydraulic circuit


Drawing and circuit are referred to left inlet directional valve.
Pos.2

1/4"
KE10K01 X
direct overpressure
relief valve.

[4.88]
124
Pos.1

[3.56]
90.5
[1.71]
43.5
90 25.5
[3.54] [1.00]
141 77.3
[5.55] [3.04]

Pos.2

26.5
[1.04]
[2.11]

97 25°
53.5

[3.82]

Hydraulic circuit and ordering codes


Left inlet Right inlet Pos.1

100 bar 100 bar


1450 psi 1450 psi

P P

1 1
X 2 2
X

AC(X-100)R2 BC(X-100)R2

GURMAKSAN K-15
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
100L GS GS Series

Working section
Parts ordering codes (mechanical control)
Description example:

100L GS16 / P - 1 8 L . U 1 ( 100 ) *


1 mounted on A port.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 2 mounted on B port.
3 mounted on A and B port.
Port valves setting in bar

3. 5. 4.
8-11 a. U

b.
C
9B-10B-11B

L
P3T

8P

SLP

8EI3
1.

TQ

2.

1. Working section kit * 2. Spools page 18


TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
P - With paralle circuit 2 30 01 3582 Double acting, 3 positions, with A and B open
S - With serie circuit to tank in neutral position
SP - With serie-parallel (tandem) circuit 3 30 01 3587 Single acting on A, 3 positions, B plugged;
requires G3/4 plug (see part a)
Include body, seals, rings and load check valve.
4 30 01 3588 Single acting on B, 3 positions, A plugged;
requires G3/4 plug (see part a)
2. Spools page 18 Special spools for particular positioner kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 18
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION 5DY 30 01 3584 Double acting, 4 positions, float in position 3
1 30 01 3581 Double acting, 3 positions, with A and B closed with spool in, 13NZ type positioner kit is
in neutral position required
1A 30 01 3585 Double acting, 3 positions, with A open to tank
in neutral position
1B 30 01 3586 Double acting, 3 positions, with B open to tank
in neutral position

K-16 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 100L GS
Working section
Parts ordering codes (mechanical control)

3. ”A” side spool positioners page 19 4. “B” side options page 32


TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
8 30 07 5375 With spring return in neutral position L 30 07 5403 Standard lever box
8D 30 07 5383 As type 8, M8 female threaded pin LF1 30 07 5405 Lever box with spool stroke limiter in
extension for dual control position 1
8D1 30 07 5402 As type 8, pin with Ø 8 mm (0.31 in) SL - Without lever box
radial hole SLP 30 07 5406 Without lever box, with dust-proof plate
8D2 30 07 5384 As type 8, M8 male threaded pin SLCZ - Without lever box, with endcap.
extension for dual control LB 30 07 5407 Steel lever
8TL 30 07 5397 As type 8 with pin control with flexible cable LEB 30 07 5409 Safety lever box, vertical configuration
8F2 30 07 5377 As type 8 with adjustable stroke limiter TQ 30 07 5398 Flexible cable connection; for CG cables
19 30 07 5436 2 positions, with spring return in neutral LCB 30 07 5433 Joystick lever for 2 sections operation
position from position 1
20 30 07 5437 2 positions, with spring return in neutral
position from position 2 5. Port valves page 39
11 30 07 5378 With detent in position 1, neutral and 2
12 30 07 5438 Detent in positions 1 and 2 TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
15 30 07 5439 2 positions, detent in pos. 1 and neutral Assembled on section
16 30 07 5440 2 positions, detent in pos. 2 and neutral P3T 30 05 4940 A and B ports valve blanking plugs
17 30 07 5441 With spring return position 1 C - Anti-cavitation
18 30 07 5381 With spring return position 2 Anti-shock and anti-cavitation valve
17D 30 07 5442 With spring return position 1 and pin U 30 05 4908 From 0 to 315 bar / 0 to 4600 psi
with M8 female thread for dual control standard setting 100 bar / 1450 psi
18D 30 07 5382 With spring return position 2 and pin
with M8 female thread for dual control Standard setting is referred to 6 l/min flow.
9B 30 07 5386 With detent in position 1 and spring return in
neutral position
10B 30 07 5387 With detent in position 2 and spring return in
6. Complete controls page 37
neutral position TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
11B 30 07 5388 With detent in position 1, 2 and spring Proportional hydraulic control type 8IM and rotative control type R.
return in neutral position
8MG3(NO) 30 07 5435 As type 8 and operation with microswitch in
positions 1 and 2, contact normally open a. ”A” and “B” ports plugs
8MG3(NC) 30 07 5434 As previous, with contact normally closed TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
8P 30 07 5399 ON-OFF pneumatic kit G3/4 30 05 4920 For single acting spools type 3 and 4
8PF - Proportional pneumatic kit
8EP3 30 07 5443 ON-OFF 12VDC electro-pneumatic kit
30 07 5400 ON-OFF 24VDC electro-pneumatic kit b. Optional handlevers
8EP4 30 07 5345 ON-OFF 12VDC electro-pneumatic kit with
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
manifold
AL01/M10x200 30 05 4989 Lenght L = 200mm / 7.87in
30 07 5346 ON-OFF 24VDC electro-pneumatic kit with
manifold
8EI3 30 07 5401 ON-OFF 12VDC electro-hydraulic kit
30 07 5361 ON-OFF 24VDC electro-hydraulic kit
8EI3F2 - 12 VDC ON/OFF electrohydraulic kit with
adjustable stroke limiter
- 24 VDC ON/OFF electrohydraulic kit with
adjustable stroke limiter
Particular positioner kits for special spools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 31
13NZ 30 07 5415 4 positions with spring return in neutral
position and detent in pos.3: for 5DY spool

GURMAKSAN K-17
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
100L GS GS Series

Working section
Spools options

Type 1 Type 2
1 0 2 1 0 2
+ 7 mm / 0.28 in + 7 mm / 0.28 in
A B A B
(1) (1)
(0) (0)
(2) (2)
P T P T
- 7 mm / 0.28 in - 7 mm / 0.28 in

Type 1A Type 1B
1 0 2 1 0 2
+ 7 mm / 0.28 in + 7 mm / 0.28 in
A B A B
(1) (1)
(0) (0)
(2) (2)
P T P T
- 7 mm / 0.28 in - 7 mm / 0.28 in

Type 3 Type 4
1 0 2 1 0 2
+ 7 mm / 0.28 in + 7 mm / 0.28 in
A B
(1) (1)
(0) (0)
(2) (2)
P T P T
- 7 mm / 0.28 in - 7 mm / 0.28 in

Type 5DY

1 0 2 3
+ 7 mm / 0.28 in
A B
(1)
(0)
(2)
P T
- 6.5 mm / 0.26 in
(3)
- 12 mm / 0.47 in

K-18 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 100L GS
Working section
”A” side spool positioners

With spring return in neutral position


8 kit
It’s supplied with standard spring type D (see force-stroke diagram).
It's available with lighter spring type C (8MC) or heavier type E (8ME).

1 0 2
Force-stroke diagram
-0.24 -0.12 0 0.12 0.24 (in)
(lbf)
300
Allen wrench 4 (N) E 60
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 200 D 40
Allen wrench 6 100 20
C
Force

24 Nm / 17.7 lbft 0 0

-100
C -20
-40
-200 D
-300 E
-60
-7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Stroke (mm)
50
[1.97]

8D kit
With M8 female threaded pin extension for dual control.
Spool end joint dimensions (optional) 1 0 2
Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 16 23
[0.63] [0.91]
Wrench 13
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft
[0.71]
Ø18

17
[0.67]
[0.31]

5
M8

[0.20] Ø10
[0.39]
M8

47.5 27
[0.39]

[1.06]
10

[1.87] 50
62.5 [1.97]
[2.46]

8D1 kit 8D2 kit

1 0 2 1 0 2
Allen wrench 4 Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Wrench 14 Wrench 13
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft
[0.51]

1]
Ø13

[∅ 8
0.3

M8

23 47.5 25 47.5
[0.91] [1.87] [0.98] [1.87]
81 95
[3.19] [3.74]

GURMAKSAN K-19
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
100L GS GS Series

Working section
”A” side spool positioners

With spring return in neutral position


8F2 kit
With spool stroke adjustment in position 2 (P →B)
Allen wrench 4
1 0 2
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Allen wrench 6
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft
Wrench 13
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft
Allen wrench 4
[0.31]
M8

50
[1.97]
66.5
[2.62]

8TL kit

1 0 2

24 Nm
17.7 lbft Allen wrench 4
Ø10H8 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
[0.39]
[0.71]
10
18

27.5 55 43 M5
[1.08] [2.17] [1.69]
92
[3.62]

19 kit 20 kit

1 0 0 2

Allen wrench 4 Allen wrench 4


6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Allen wrench 6 Allen wrench 6
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

50 50
[1.97] [1.97]

K-20 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 100L GS
Working section
”A” side spool positioners

With detent
11 kit 12 kit

1 0 2 1 0 2

Allen wrench 4 Allen wrench 4


6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Allen wrench 6 Allen wrench 6
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

50 50
[1.97] [1.97]

Operating features Operating features


Locking and release force . . . . . . . . . : 260 N / 58 lbf ±10% Locking and release force . . . . . . . . . : 260 N / 58 lbf ±10%

15 kit 16 kit

1 0 0 2

Allen wrench 4 Allen wrench 4


6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Allen wrench 6 Allen wrench 6
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

50 50
[1.97] [1.97]

Operating features Operating features


Locking and release force . . . . . . . . . : 260 N / 58 lbf ±10% Locking and release force . . . . . . . . . : 260 N / 58 lbf ±10%

GURMAKSAN K-21
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
100L GS GS Series

Working section
”A” side spool positioners

With spring return


17 kit 18 kit

1 0 2 1 0 2

Allen wrench 4 Allen wrench 4


6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Allen wrench 6 Allen wrench 6
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

50 50
[1.97] [1.97]

17D kit 18D kit

1 0 2 1 0 2

Allen wrench 4 Allen wrench 4


6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Wrench 13 Wrench 13
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft
17 17
[0.67] [0.67]
[0.31]

[0.31]
M8

M8

47.5 47.5
[1.87] [1.87]
49.5 69.5
[1.95] [2.74]

K-22 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 100L GS
Working section
”A” side spool positioners

With detent and spring return to neutral position from either directions
9B kit
Force-stroke diagram
1 0 2 (in)
-0.2 -0.1 0 0.1 0.2
(lbf)
300
(N) 60
200 From position 0 to 1
40
Allen wrench 4 100 From position 2 to 0 20
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Force

0 0
-100 -20
From position 1 to 0
-40
-200 From position 0 to 2
-60
-300
85 -7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
[3.35] Stroke (mm)
Wrench 8 Locking-unlocking area
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

10B kit
Force-stroke diagram
1 0 2 (in)
-0.2 -0.1 0 0.1 0.2
(lbf)
300
(N) 60
200 From position 0 to 1
40
Allen wrench 4 100 From position 2 to 0 20
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Force

0 0
-100 From position 1 to 0 -20
-40
-200 From position 0 to 2
-60
-300
85 -7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
[3.35] Stroke (mm)
Wrench 8 Locking-unlocking area
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

11B kit
Force-stroke diagram
1 0 2 -0.2 -0.1 0 0.1 0.2 (in)
(lbf)
300
(N) 60
200 From position 0 to 1
40
100 From position 2 to 0 20
Allen wrench 4
Force

6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 0 0
-100 From position 1 to 0 -20
-40
-200 From position 0 to 2
-60
-300
-7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
85
[3.35] Stroke (mm)
Wrench 8 Locking-unlocking area
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

GURMAKSAN K-23
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
100L GS GS Series

Working section
”A” side spool positioners

With microswitch type 8MG3(NO)


With spring return in neutral position and microswitch operated in both directions.
Also available 8MG1(NO) configuration (microswitch operated in position 1) and 8MG2(NO) configuration (microswitch operated in
position 2); dimensions are the same of 8MG3(NO) configuration.
Same configurations are available with normally closed (NC) contact.
For more information contact Sales Department.

8MG3(NO) kit

45
1 0 2
Wrench 22
42 Nm / 31 lbft [1.77]

Other configurations
Wrench 15
9.8 Nm / 7.2 lbft
[2.26]
57.5

8MG1(NO) kit 8MG2(NO) kit

1 0 2 1 0 2

Allen wrench 4
Allen wrench 6
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft
110
[4.33] Operating features
MICROSWITCH
Mechanical life : 5x105 operations
Electrical life (resistive load) : 5x104 operations 10A / 12VDC
: 5x104 operations 3A / 24VDC

Type 8MG1\MG2(NC-NC)
With double microswitch in position 1 and 2.

8MG1\MG2(NC-NC) kit
75.5
[2.97]
Wrench 22 47.5 1 0 2
42 Nm / 31 lbft [1.87]

Wrench 15
9.8 Nm / 7.2 lbft A B Positions A B
[2.26]

1
57.5

0
2

Allen wrench 6 Allen wrench 4


24 Nm / 17.7 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
140
[5.51]
Operating features
MICROSWITCH
Mechanical life : 5x105 operations
Electrical life (resistive load) : 5x104 operations 10A / 12VDC
: 5x104 operations 3A / 24VDC

K-24 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 100L GS
Working section
”A” side spool positioners

ON/OFF pneumatic kit type 8P


With spring return to neutral position.

1 0 2
Wrench 10 Allen wrench 4
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft VA VB
32.5 66.2
[1.28] [2.61]

BSP 1/8
VA VB
[1.18]
30

Operating features
Pilot pressure..................: min. 5.5 bar / 80 psi
: max.10 bar / 145 psi

112.2
[4.42]
Allen wrench 4 Wrench 17
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

8PF pneumatic proportional kit


With spring return to neutral position.
VA VB

1 0 2
Wrench 10 Allen wrench 4
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
32.5 66.2
[1.28] [2.61]

BSP 1/8
VA VB
[1.18]
30

Operating features
Pilot pressure..................: min. 5.5 bar / 80 psi
: max.10 bar / 145 psi

112.2
[4.42]
Allen wrench 4 Wrench 17
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

GURMAKSAN K-25
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
100L GS GS Series

Working section
”A” side spool positioners

ON/OFF electropneumatic kit type 8EP3


With spring return to neutral position.
Scheme
VA VB
Wrench 15 32.5 66.2
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft [1.28] [2.61]

Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 1 0 2
[0.24]
Ø6
[4.02]

Scheme ISO 1219


102

VA VB

1 0 2
[1.48]
37.5

VA VB

Operating features
Wrench 5
CONTROL
Pilot pressure : 6 bar / 87 psi
112.2 : max. 15 bar / 218 psi
[4.42] COIL
147.7 Nominal voltage tolerance : ±10%
[5.81] Power rating :8W
Allen wrench 4 Wrench 10 Wrench 17 Nominal current : 12 VDC
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 9 Nm / 6.6 lbft 9 Nm / 6.6 lbft : 24 VDC
Coil insulation : Class H
Weather protection : IP65

ON/OFF electropneumatic kit type 8EP4

32.5 66.2 Scheme


[1.28] [2.61]
VP

1 0 2
G1/8
[4.21]
107

VA VB
Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft Scheme ISO 1219
[1.54]
39

1 0 2

VA VB

Wrench 5
112.2
[4.42]
147.2
[5.80]
Allen wrench 4 Wrench 10 Wrench 17
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 9 Nm / 6.6 lbft 9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

K-26 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 100L GS
Working section
”A” side spool positioners

ON/OFF electrohydraulic kit type 8EI3


ON/OFF electro-hydraulic control with external pilot and drain.
Scheme
149.2
[5.87] L
38 69.2
[1.50] [2.72]
V
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft

1 0 2

Scheme ISO 1219


[4.96]
126

Solenoid valve
1 0 2
Collector

wrench 22 - 9.8 Nm Allen wrench 4


/ 7.2 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
V L

124.2
[4.89]
Allen wrench 4 Wrench 17
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

Operating features
CONTROL
Pilot pressure : min. 10 bar / 145 psi
: max. 50 bar / 725 psi
Max. backpressure on drain L : 25 bar / 360 psi

COIL
Nominal voltage tolerance : ±10%
Power rating : 21 W
Nominal current : 1.75 A - 12 VDC / 0.87 A - 24 VDC
Coil insulation : Class F
Weather protection : IP65

GURMAKSAN K-27
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
100L GS GS Series

Working section
”A” side spool positioners

ON/OFF electrohydraulic kit type 8EI3F2


Collector kit with pilot and drain lines with stroke limiter

149.2
[5.87] Scheme
38 69.2
[1.50] [2.72] L
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft V

1 0 2

Scheme ISO 1219


[4.96]
126

Solenoid valve 1 0 2
Collector

wrench 22 - 9.8 Nm Allen wrench 4


/ 7.2 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
V L

124.2
[4.89]
Allen wrench 4 Wrench 17
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

Operating features
CONTROL
Pilot pressure : min. 10 bar / 145 psi
: max. 50 bar / 725 psi
Max. backpressure on drain L : 25 bar / 360 psi

COIL
Nominal voltage tolerance : ±10%
Power rating : 21 W
Nominal current : 1.75 A - 12 VDC / 0.87 A - 24 VDC
Coil insulation : Class F
Weather protection : IP65

K-28 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 100L GS
Working section
”A” side spool positioners

ON/OFF electrohydraulic kit type 8EI3


Collector kit for external pilot and drain

Collector
A1 B1 A2 B2
V
V L L

20 bar
290 psi
[6.96]
176.7

P T
A1 A2

100 bar
P T
1450 psi

Description example :
100L GS16/2/AC(X-100)/18EI3L/18EI3L/RC-KE2S0-24VDC
B1 B2

COLLECTOR KIT CODES


Type Code Description
KE1S0 30 07 5537 Kit one section
KE2S0 30 07 5527 Kit for 2 sections
KE3S0 30 07 5528 Kit for 3 sections
KE4S0 30 07 5529 Kit for 4 sections
KE5S0 30 07 5530 Kit for 5 sections
KE6S0 30 07 5531 Kit for 6 sections
KE7S0 -- Kit for 7 sections

GURMAKSAN K-29
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
100L GS GS Series

Working section
”A” side spool positioners

ON/OFF electrohydraulic kit type 8EI3


Collector kit with pilot and drain lines
The kit include collector, VRP pressure reducing valve and pipes.
191
Wrench 14
[7.52] VRP T
24 Nm A1 B1 A2 B2
17.7 lbft Collector

Wrench 14 Allen wrench 5


24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

25 bar
Drain
VRP pressure
reducing valve
P C
96.5
Inlet line [3.80]

T 100 bar VRE


Wrench 27 A1 A2
1450 psi

42 Nm / 31 lbft

Description example :
P 100L GS16/2/AC(X-100)/18EI3L/18EI3L/RV-KE2R3-24VDC
C
Description type for outlet
Outlet cover with VRE backpressure cover with VRE valve.
valve (not included in the collector
Wrench 32 B1 B2 kit) and carry-over
42 Nm / 31 lbft
COLLECTOR KIT CODES
Type Code Description
KE1R3 30 07 5500 Kit one section
KE2R3 30 07 5501 Kit for 2 sections
Operating features
VRP VALVE KE3R3 30 07 5502 Kit for 3 sections

Output pressure : 25 bar / 363 psi KE4R3 30 07 5503 Kit for 4 sections
Max. flow : 8 l/min KE5R3 30 07 5504 Kit for 5 sections
Filtering : 80 µ KE6R3 30 07 5505 Kit for 6 sections

VRE - VRC backpressure valve


Valve is assembled on flow through passage of outlet cover; it's necessary to provides pilot pressure to the actuator.
RV complete (with backpressure valve and tapered plug)
G3/4 G3/4
Tapered plug G3/8
Allen wrench 8 - 42 Nm / 31 lbft
T T Valve VRC
Valve VRE
Wrench 36 - 42 Nm / 31 lbft Wrench 32 - 42 Nm / 31 lbft
Special body Special body

C
[1.57]
G3/4

Allen wrench 9
Ø40

24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

56 26.7
[2.20] [1.05]
107 77.7
[4.21] [3.06]

K-30 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 100L GS
Working section
”A” side spool positioners

Particular positioner kits for special spools


13NZ kit
4 positions with spring return in neutral and detent in position 3: for 5DY spool.

1 0 2 3

Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft Special body kit

85
[3.35]
Wrench 8
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

GURMAKSAN K-31
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
100L GS GS Series

Working section
”B” side options

Lever control
Type L
Alluminium lever pivot box with protective rubber bellow; it can be roated 180° (configuration L180).

1 0 2
0 17
17° °
1 2
Vertical handlever
assembly Horizontal handlever
assembly configuration L180
M10
[2.87]

[2.80]
73

71
[2.40]
61
[0.91]
23

[2.87]
73
35.5
[1.40]
Allen wrench 4
66
[1.16]
29.5

6 Nm / 4.4 lbft [2.60]

Type LF1 Type SLP


With spool stroke adjustment in position 1 (P →A). Mechanical control with dust-proof plate kit.

1 0 2 1 0 2

M10

Allen
[1.50]

Allen wrench 4
38

[2.87]

wrench 4 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft


73
[0.91]
23
M8

35.5 Wrench 13
[1.40] 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft
Allen wrench 4 66 17
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft [2.60] [0.67]
77 35.5
[3.03] [1.40]

K-32 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 100L GS
Working section
”B” side options

Lever control
Type LB
Steel manufacture.
Pivot can be assembled below (LB1 configuration) or above (LB3 configuration).

1 0 2

Configuration LB1
Vertical handlever
assembly
28.5°
17° 17°

Horizontal handlever
assembly

[1.46]
37

[2.72]
69
[2.28]
58
[0.91]
23

35.5
[1.40]
45.5
[1.79]

Configuration LB3

€ 20
[0.79]
M10

[1.46]
37

[3.19]
81
[2.76]
[0.91]
70

[4.07]
103.5
23

Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft

Directional control
valve mounting face

GURMAKSAN K-33
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
100L GS GS Series

Working section
”B” side options

Safety lever control


Safety levers with lock in neutral complete with handlever; lift handlever knob to operate.
With insulated handlever type LEBP

Type LEB

1 0 2

LEB

[0.33]
8.5

lock release
Stroke for

Locking bush
[12.05]

Wrench 17
306

24 Nm / 17.7 lbft
[2.28]
58
[0.91]
23
[1.71]
43.5

35.5 Allen wrench 4


Directional control [1.40] 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
valve mounting face 72
[2.83]

K-34 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 100L GS
Working section
”B” side options

Controls prearrangement
Type SL Type SLCZ

1 0 2 1 0 2

45
[0.39]

[1.77]
10

Ø10
[0.39] 85
35.5
[1.40] [3.35]
Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
20.5
[0.81]
Protection cap usable with pneumatic,
[0.71]
Ø18

electropneumatic, and electrohydraulic


spool positioners.
9.5
[0.79]

[0.37]
Ø20

TQ cable remote control kit


Waterproof cap prearranged for remote control with flexible cable.
1 0 2

( OPTIONAL )

(OPTIONAL)
JS100 remote control Example of cable control

JS200 remote control

Wrench 10 Wrench 24 CG flexible


9.8 Nm / 7.2 lbft 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft LOCK cable
DIE CASTING

ELECTRICAL
CABLE
( OPTIONAL )

TQ kit

95
[3.74]
Allen wrench 4 Flexible cable
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft

NOTE : For further information about remote cable control,


require related documentation.

GS16/2 directional
control valve
without lever boxes

GURMAKSAN K-35
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
100L GS GS Series

Working section
”B” side options

LCB mechanical joystick for two sections control


1 0 2
Execution LCB4
2nd section spool Pivot 1 0 2
Wrench 13
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft
1st section spool LCB HCB KCB
Wrench 10 Allen wrench 5
9.8 Nm / 7.2 lbft

Allen wrench 3
6.6 Nm / 4.9 lbft

310
Wrench 12 - 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

254
200
Wrench 13 - 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

Wrench 10 - 9.8 Nm / 7.2 lbft

Description example
100L GS16/2/AC(X-100)/18LCB4/18LCB4/RC

Dimensions and movement scheme

Execution LCB1 Execution LCB2


pivot placed down on the left pivot placed down on the right

1st section axis 45 2nd section axis


[1.77]

B1 B2 spool axis
B1-A2 B1-B2 B2-B1 B2-A1

A2 B2 B1 A1
[1.71]
43.5

[1.26]
32

A1-A2 A1-B2 A2-B1 A2-A1


A1 A2 90.5
[0.16]

[3.56]
4

M10 33 12
[1.30] [0.47]

Execution LCB3 Execution LCB4


pivot placed above on the left pivot placed above on the right

A1 A2
A1-A2 A1-B2 A2-B1 A2-A1

A2 B2 B1 A1
[2.17]
55

B1-A2 B1-B2 B2-B1 B2-A1


B1 B2

K-36 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 100L GS
Working section
Complete controls

Proportional hydraulic control type 8IM


It can be used with standard spools and body

VA VB
1 0 2 Pilot pressure - stroke diagram
Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft Port B Port A
2 0 1
Allen wrench 5 -0.3 -0.28 -0.2 -0.1 0 0.1 0.2 0.28 0.3
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft (bar) 20 (psi)
G 1/4 18.5 268
240
VA VB 15

Pilot pressure
160
10

5 80
3 43.5

0
-8 -6 -4 -2 0 2 4 6 8
59 Stroke (mm)
[2.32] Spool overlap area
76
[2.99] Metering area
297
[11.69]
Operating features
Pilot pressure : max. 50 bar / 725 psi
Internal leakage A(B) → T (∆p = 100 bar - 1450 psi / T = 40°C)
........................................ : max. 6cm3/min - 0.37 in3/min

Connection example

Hydraulic pilot control


valve series JSSC400

A1 A2

P
T

B1 B2

GURMAKSAN K-37
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
100L GS GS Series

Working section
Special configurations

Directional valve with rotary control kit

147 101.5
[5.79] [4.00]
[2.28]
58

A1
[5.71]

P T
145

[12.05]
306

B1
[0.28]
-7
[1.40]
35.5

2 Standard body kit


Stroke

0
1
[0.28]
[2.66]
67.5

+7

43.5
[1.71]
Angle excursion ± 90° 244.5
[9.63]

A B

P T

100 bar
1450 psi

Description example
100L GS16/1/AC(X-100)/1 R SLP /RC

K-38 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 100L GS
Working section
Port valves

Antishock and anticavitation valves

U 1 ( 100 )
U1 U2 U3
Standard setting in bar
A B A B A B
1 mounted on port A.
2 mounted on port B.
3 mounted on ports A and B. T T
Wrench 22 P P
42 Nm / 31 lbft

Anticavitation valves
Notch
2 mm / 0.079 in
C1 C2 C3
Wrench 24
42 Nm / 31 lbft A B A B A B
25 max.
[0.98]
T T
P P

Performance data (Antishock and anticavitation valves)


Time response
(% DP)
60
(bar) (psi)
750 105%

40
Pressure

500 95%
Pressure

90%
1450 psi
100 bar
260 psi

20
18 bar

250
OVERSHOOT
0 10%
0 10 20 30 40
Flow (l/min) 0.45" 0.6" Time (")
TRANSIENT
TIME RESPONSE RECOVERY TIME

Valve blanking plug

P 1 T
1 mounted on port A.
2 mounted on port B.
3 mounted on ports A and B.
Allen wrench 10
42 Nm / 31 lbft

A B A B A B

T T
P P

GURMAKSAN K-39
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
100L GS GS Series

Intermediate section
CS1 mid return manifold
Mid return manifolds for directional valve with left and right inlet both; they allow 2 independent circuits with common outlet.

D-D
95
[3.74]
45 81
[1.77] [3.19]
D

A1 A2

P1 P2

[5.55]
T

G 3/4
141

B1 B2

D 99.5
[3.92]
Allen wrench 8
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft
Directional control valve mounting face

Hydraulic circuit
T

A1 B1 B2 A2

P1 P2

100 bar 100 bar


1450 psi 1450 psi

Description example:
100L GS16/2/AC(X-100)/18L/CS1/ED-18L/BC(X-100)

K-40 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 100L GS
Intermediate section
DFG pressure compensated flow divider section
The flow on the downstream sections can be adjusted from 0 to 100 l/min. by means of graduated handwheel; exceeding
setting flow goes to tank.

45
[1.77]

A1 A2

P T

[12.07]
306.5
B1 B2
min. 176.5
max. 184

[6.95]
[7.24]

Hydraulic circuit

A1 B1 A2 B2

P T

100 bar
1450 psi

Description example:
100L GS16/2/AC(X-100)/18L/DFG/18L/RC

GURMAKSAN K-41
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
100L GS GS Series

Intermediate section
Service relief valve section

EI configuration
The operation of up stream section exclude the EI downstream section.
The pressure of the downstream sections should be adjusted at least 20 bar below the relief valve setting.
Execution EI2, without plug, is prearranged for a second inlet.
Execution EI1
Directional control D-D
valve mounting face
45 99.5 5.5
[1.77] [3.92] [0.22]
Hydraulic circuit
D
[1.00]
25.5

A1 A2
Following sections
Previous sections

Following sections
Previous sections
[5.55]
141

Steel plug
Wrench 10
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft
100 bar
B1 B2 1450 psi

Direct overpressure relief valve


EI section kit Type : X
Wrench 24 - 42 Nm / 31 lbft

D 43.5
[1.71]

Description example:
100L GS16/2/AC(X-100)/18L/EI1(X-100)/18L/RC

Execution EI2 Hydraulic circuit


D-D
P1
D

A1 A2
Following sections
Previous sections

Following sections
Previous sections

P1 P1
G3/4

100 bar
B1 B2 1450 psi

Description example:
100L GS16/2/AC(X-100)/18L/EI2(X-100)/18L/RC

K-42 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 100L GS
Outlet section
Parts ordering codes

Ordering example:

100L GS16 / RC

Available configurations
RC: side outlet
RD: upper outlet
RE: upper outlet with side carry-over
RK: upper outlet and closed centre
RV: With backpressure valve: to be used together
with the electro-hydraulic control

2.

2.
options RE-RK-RV

2. 1.

1. Complete outlet cover * 2. Circuit options *


TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION TYPE CODE QTY DESCRIPTION
RC 30 08 5654 Side outlet - 30 05 4918 1 G 3/8 plug for carry-over (RE),
RD 30 08 5716 Upper outlet carry-over with backpressure valve
RE 30 08 5718 Upper outlet with side carry-over sleeve (RV) and closed centre (RK) options
RK 30 08 5717 Upper outlet with closed center VRE 30 05 4905 1 VRE backpressure valve for RV
RV 30 08 5719 With backpressure valve configuration
VRC 30 08 5720 With backpressure valve VRC 30 05 4904 1 Backpressure valve for VRC
configuration
- 30 05 4920 1 Plug G 3/4

NOTE (*) - Items are referred to BSP thread.


GURMAKSAN K-43
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
100L GS GS Series

Outlet section
Dimensional data and hydraulic circuit
Type RC 51
[2.01]
Allen wrench 10 27
42 Nm / 31 lbft [1.06]

[4.13]
[3.92]
105
99.5

G 3/4
[1.71]
43.5

45
M8
[0.43]

[1.77]
11

90 Directional control
[3.54] valve mounting face

Type RD G 3/4 56.5


[2.22] T
T

Allen wrench 10
42 Nm / 31 lbft

Type RE G3/4
T G3/8 Tapered plug T
Allen wrench 8
42 Nm / 31 lbft

C
G3/4

Type RK G3/8 Tapered plug


G3/4

Allen wrench 8
T
42 Nm / 31 lbft

Allen wrench 10
42 Nm / 31 lbft

K-44 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
150LGS

GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
150L GS GS Series

Features

^ŝŵƉůĞ͕ĐŽŵƉĂĐƚĂŶĚŚĞĂǀLJĚƵƚLJĚĞƐŝŐŶĞĚƐĞĐƚŝŽŶĂůǀĂůǀĞĨƌŽŵϭƚŽϭϮƐĞĐƚŝŽŶƐĨŽƌŽƉĞŶĂŶĚĐůŽƐĞĚĐĞŶƚƌĞŚLJĚƌĂƵůŝĐƐLJƐƚĞŵƐ͘
H &ŝƚƚĞĚǁŝƚŚĂŵĂŝŶƉƌĞƐƐƵƌĞƌĞůŝĞĨǀĂůǀĞĂŶĚĂůŽĂĚĐŚĞĐŬǀĂůǀĞŽŶĞǀĞƌLJǁŽƌŬŝŶŐƐĞĐƚŝŽŶ
H ǀĂŝůĂďůĞǁŝƚŚƉĂƌĂůůĞů͕ƚĂŶĚĞŵŽƌƐĞƌŝĞƐĐŝƌĐƵŝƚ͘
H KƉƚŝŽŶĂůĐĂƌƌLJŽǀĞƌƉŽƌƚ͘
H ǁŝĚĞǀĂƌŝĞƚLJŽĨĂƵdžŝůŝĂƌLJǀĂůǀĞƐ͘
H /ŶƚĞƌŵĞĚŝĂƚĞƐĞĐƚŝŽŶƐĨŽƌƐĞǀĞƌĂůƚLJƉĞƐŽĨĐŝƌĐƵŝƚ͘
H ǀĂŝůĂďůĞŵĂŶƵĂů͕ƉŶĞƵŵĂƚŝĐ͕ŚLJĚƌĂƵůŝĐ͕ĞůĞĐƚƌŽͲͲŚLJĚƌĂƵůŝĐ͕ĂŶĚƌĞŵŽƚĞǁŝƚŚĨůĞdžŝďůĞĐĂďůĞƐƐƉŽŽůĐŽŶƚƌŽůŬŝƚƐ͘
H ŝĂŵĞƚĞƌϮϬŵŵ;Ϭ͘ϳϵŝŶͿŝŶƚĞƌĐŚĂŶŐĞĂďůĞƐƉŽŽůƐ͘

Additional information
This catalogue shows the product in the most standard configurations. Please
contact Sales Dpt. for more detailed information or special request.

WARNING!
All specifications of this catalogue refer to the standard product at this date.
GMS, oriented to a continuous improvement, reserves the right to
discontinue, modify or revise the specifications, without notice.

GMS IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY DAMAGE CAUSED BY AN INCORRECT


USE OF THE PRODUCT. 1st edition April 2016:

L-2 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 150L GS

Index

- Valve general informations


Working conditions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 4
Standard threads. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 4
Dimensional data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 5
Performance data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 6
Hydraulic circuit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 7
Complete sections ordering codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 8
- Inlet section
Parts ordering codes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 10
Dimensional data and hydraulic circuit . . . . . . . . . page 11
Inlet relief options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 12
- Inlet section for special application
Configuration with rotary commutator. . . . . . . . . .page 15
- Working section
Parts ordering codes (mechanical control). . . . . . . page 16
Spools. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 18
“A” side spool positioners. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 19
“B” side options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 32
Complete controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 37
Port valves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 40
- Intermediate section
CS1 mid return manifold section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 41
DFG pressure compensated flow divider section. . page 42
EI service relief valve section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 43
- Outlet section
Parts ordering codes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 44
Dimensional data and hydraulic circuit . . . . . . . . . page 45

GURMAKSAN L-3
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
150L GS GS Series

Valve general informations


Working conditions

This catalogue shows technical specifications and diagrams measured with mineral oil of 46 mm2/s – 46cSt viscosity
at 40°C temperature.

Nominal flow rating 150 l/min.


Max. flow 170 l
Operating pressure (max.) Series-parallel (tandem) circuit 315 bar 4600 psi
Back pressure (max.) on outlet port T 25 bar 360 psi
3
Internal leakage A(B)→T ∆p=100 bar – 1450 psi fluid and valve at 40°C 3cm /min. 0.18 in3/min.
Hydraulic fluid Mineral base oil
Fluid temperature with NBR seals from - 20° to 80°C
with FPM (VITON) seals from - 20° to 100°C
Viscosity operating range from 15 to 75 mm2/s from 15 to 75 cSt
2
Min. 12 mm /s 12 cSt
Max. 400 mm2/s 400 cSt
Max. level of contamination 19/16 – ISO 4406
Tie rods tightening torque
(wrench 17) 50 Nm 36 lbft

Standard threads

PORTS BSP (ISO 228/1) UN-UNF (ISO 11926-1)


Inlet P G 3/4 1 5/16 - 12 UN - 2B (SAE 16)
A and B ports G 3/4 1 1/16 - 12 UN - 2B (SAE 12)
Outlet T and carry-over C G1 1 5/16 - 12 UN - 2B (SAE 16)
PILOT PORTS
Hydraulic ports G 1/4 -
Pneumatic ports G 1/8 -

L-4 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 150L GS
Valve general informations
Dimensional data

A 115 5.8
[4.53] [0.23]
B 40
[1.57]
22 62 62 13 36
[0.87] [2.44] [2.44] [0.51] [1.42]

14
[0.55]

[0.39]
[0.08]

10
2

A1 A2

[0.31]
8
[3.31]

[3.94]

P T [6.89]
[11.54]

175
100
84
293

[1.97]
50

[1.48]

B1 B2
37.5
[0.31]
8

1
17°
[2.64]

0
67

17°
M10

30°
2

14 48 48 49 13 113 3
[0.55] [1.89] [1.89] [1.93] [0.51] [4.45]
P.max:315bar

150L GS16/2....
Valve type 120 / 16

Production batch Production year

A B Weight A B Weight
TYPE TYPE
mm in mm in kg lb mm in mm in kg lb
150L GS 16/1 176 6.93 124 4.88 13 28.7 150L GS 16/7 464 18.27 412 16.22 46 101.4
150L GS 16/2 224 8.82 172 6.77 18.5 40.8 150L GS 16/8 512 20.16 460 18.11 51.5 113.5
150L GS 16/3 272 10.71 220 8.66 24 52.9 150L GS 16/9 560 22.05 508 20.00 57 125.7
150L GS 16/4 320 12.60 268 10.55 29.5 65 150L GS 16/10 608 23.94 556 21.89 62.5 137.8
150L GS 16/5 368 14.49 316 12.44 35 77.2 150L GS 16/11 656 25.83 604 23.78 68 149.9
150L GS 16/6 416 16.38 364 14.33 40.5 89.3 150L GS 16/12 704 27.72 652 25.67 73.5 162

GURMAKSAN L-5
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
150L GS GS Series

Valve general informations


Performance data (pressure drop vs. flow)

Open centre
From side inlet to side outlet.

40
(bar) 540
(psi)
A1 A12
30
12 sections
360
8 sections

Pressure
20
P T
4 sections
1 sections 180
10
B1 B12
0
0 50 100 150
Flow (l/min)

Inlet to work port


From side inlet to A port (spool in position 1) or B port (spool in position 2).

40
(bar) 540
A1 A12 (psi)
30
P→A12(B12) 360
Pressure

P T 20
P→A1(B1)
180
10
B1 B12

0
0 50 100 150
Flow (l/min)

Work port to outlet


From A port (spool in position 2) or B port (spool in position 1) to side outlet.

40
(bar) 540
(psi)
A1 A12
30
360
A1(B1)→T
Pressure

20
P T
A12(B12)→T
180
10
B1 B12
0
0 50 100 150
Flow (l/min)

L-6 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 150L GS
Valve general informations
Hydraulic circuit
Parallel circuit Series-parallel (tandem) circuit
Standard configuration with open centre and side inlet and It needs a special working section kit
outlet. Tandem section is fed from thr free flow pressure line; it’s
excluded when an up strem section is operated.

SP tandem working section


A1 B1 A2 B2 A1 B1 A2 B2

P T P T

100 bar 100 bar


1450 psi 1450 psi

Description example Description example


150L GS16/2/AC(X-100)/18L/18L/RC 150L GS16/2/AC(X-100)/18L/SP-18L/RC

Series circuit
It needs a special working section kit
The return oil from service ports feed the remaining down
stream sections. S series working section
A1 B1 A2 B2

P T

100 bar
1450 psi

Description example
150L GS16/2/AC(X-100)/S-18L/P-18L/RC

Directional valve with right inlet

B2 A2 B1 A1

A2 A1

T P
T P

100 bar
1450 psi
B2 B1

Description example
150L GS16/2/BC(X-100)/18L/18L/RC

GURMAKSAN L-7
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
150L GS GS Series

Valve general informations


Complete sections ordering codes

Standard configuration with side inlet and outlet

150L GS16 / 2 / AC(X-100) / P - 18L.P3T / EI1 / P - 18L.P3T / RC


Nr. of working
section 1. 2. 3. 4.
It’s not necessary to indicate the ”P”
letter in the complete valve description
with parallel circuit (standard); in case
of other circuits, they must be
specified by the related letter (S,SP).

8.

9.
4.

8.
2.
9.
3.

2.

1.

1. Inlet section * page 10 4. Outlet section * page 44


TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
AC(X-100) 30 08 5751 Side inlet with direct pressure relief valve RC 30 08 5658 Side outlet
AD(X-100) 30 08 5666 Upper inlet with direct pressure relief valve RD 30 08 5721 Upper outlet
RE 30 08 5723 Upper outlet with side carry-over sleeve
AC(V) 30 08 5657 Without pressure relief valve
RK 30 08 5722 Upper outlet with closed centre
RF 30 08 5725 With ports plugged
2. Working section * page 16 RV 30 08 5724 With backpressure valve the combination
with electro-hydraulic control is required
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
P-18L 15W010000 Parallel circuit, prearranged for port valves,
double acting spool with spring return,
lever control
S-18L 15W010002 Series circuit, lever control
SP-18L 15W010003 As previous with series-parallel (tandem)
circuit

3. Intermediate sections * page 42


TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
DFG 30 08 5776 Pressure compensated flow divider section
EI1(X-100) 30 08 5736 With direct pressure relief valve
EI2(X-100) 30 08 5737 With direct pressure relief valve and
auxiliary inlet

NOTE (*) - Items are referred to BSP thread.

L-8 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 150L GS
Valve general informations
Complete sections ordering codes

Configuration with 2 side inlets and mid return manifold

150L GS16 / 2 / AC(X-100) / 18L.P3T / CS1 / ED - 18L.P3T / BC(X-100)


No. of working
section 1. 2. 5. 6. 7.

8.

9.

7.

8.
6.
9.
5.

2.

1. 8. Assemb. kit without intermediate section


CODE DIRECTIONAL VALVE
30 05 6045 Tie rod kit for 1 section valve
30 05 6049 Tie rod kit for 2 sections valve
30 05 6050 Tie rod kit for 3 sections valve
5. Return manifold * page 41 30 05 6089 Tie rod kit for 4 sections valve
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION 30 05 6090 Tie rod kit for 5 sections valve
CS1 30 08 5781 Mid return manifold with G3/4 outlet port 30 05 6093 Tie rod kit for 6 sections valve
30 05 6114 Tie rod kit for 7 sections valve
30 05 6115 Tie rod kit for 8 sections valve
6. Right inlet working section * 30 05 6051 Tie rod kit for 9 sections valve
30 05 6046 Tie rod kit for 10 sections valve
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
30 05 6047 Tie rod kit for 11 sections valve
P-ED-18L 15W010006 Parallel circuit, prearranged for port valves,
30 05 6048 Tie rod kit for 12 sections valve
double acting spool with spring return,
lever control
S-ED-18L 15W010004 As previous with series circuit
SP-ED-18L 15W010005 As previous with series-parallel (tandem)
circuit
9. Assemb. kit with intermediate section
CODE DIRECTIONAL VALVE
7. Right inlet section * 30 05 6050 Tie rod kit for 2 sections valve (with CS1)
30 05 6089 Tie rod kit for 3 sections valve (with CS1)
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION 30 05 6090 Tie rod kit for 4 sections valve (with CS1)
BC(X-100) 30 08 5755 Side inlet with direct pressure relief valve 30 05 6093 Tie rod kit for 5 sections valve (with CS1)
BD(X-100) 30 08 5759 Upper inlet with pilot operated pressure 30 05 6114 Tie rod kit for 6 sections valve (with CS1)
relief valve 30 05 6115 Tie rod kit for 7 sections valve (with CS1)
BC(V) 30 08 5771 Side inlet with valve blanking plug 30 05 6051 Tie rod kit for 8 sections valve (with CS1)
30 05 6046 Tie rod kit for 9 sections valve (with CS1)
30 05 6047 Tie rod kit for 10 sections valve (with CS1)

NOTE (*) - Items are referred to BSP thread.


GURMAKSAN L-9
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
150L GS GS Series

Inlet section
Parts ordering codes

150L GS16 / AC ( X - 100 ) ELN - MAN14 - 12VDC

1. 3. 4. 2. 5.
Pressure relief valve setting (bar)
Available configurations
AC: with side inlet, for left inlet (standard) directional valve
AD: with upper inlet, for left inlet (standard) directional valve
BC: with side inlet, for right inlet directional valve
BD: with upper inlet, for right inlet directional valve

4. 2. MAN14 3.
X
SV

Z
5. 2.
L

SV
F
R2

ELN 1.
MAN14

1. Inlet cover body * page 11 4. Inlet valve options page 14


CODE DESCRIPTION TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
- Standard body - 30 05 4914 Relief valve blanking plug (omit in description)
F - Inlet anti-cavitation valve
2. Parts * L - Hydraulic pilot unloader valve
Solenoid operated unloader valve
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION ELN 30 05 6108 Without emergency
MAN18 30 05 6102 G1/8 Pressure gauge arrangement ELP 30 05 6109 Push-button emergency
MAN14 30 05 6101 G1/4 Pressure gauge arrangement ELT 30 05 6110 Push and twist type with detent emergency

3. Inlet relief valve options page 12 5. Coils


TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
KE10K01 : direct pressure relief valve type X 12VDC 20 03 2268 Coil type BER, ISO4400 integrated type
(X-100) 30 05 4912 Range 20 to 315 bar / 290 to 4600 psi 12VDC
standard setting 100 bar / 1450 psi 24VDC 20 03 2269 Coil type BER, ISO4400 integrated type
24VDC
KE10K02 : pilot operated pressure relief valve type Z
(Z-100) 30 05 4915 Range 25 to 315 bar / 360 to 4600 psi
standard setting 100 bar / 1450 psi
Standard setting is referred to 6 l/min flow.
V 30 05 4914 Relief valve blanking plug

NOTE (*) - Items are referred to BSP thread.

L-10 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 150L GS
Inlet section
Dimensional data and hydraulic circuit

For left inlet directional valve (standard)


With side inlet, type AC Allen wrench 10

[0,23]
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

5,8
D
Description example
AC(X-100)
D-D
[4,53]
115

P
G3/4

[1,57]
[1,42]

40
36

D 100 bar
36 50 M10 1450 psi
Directional control
[1,42] [1,97] valve mounting face
60 100 35,5
[2,36] [3,94] [1,40]
173
With upper inlet, type AD
[6,81] P
G3/4
P D
Description example
AD(X-100)
D-D

Allen wrench 10
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft
100 bar
65,3
D 1450 psi

[2,57]

For right inlet directional valve


With side inlet, type BC
D
Description example
BC(X-100)
D-D
P

P
100 bar
1450 psi
D P
With upper inlet, type BD
D P
Description example
BD(X-100)
D-D

100 bar
1450 psi
D

GURMAKSAN L-11
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
150L GS GS Series

Inlet section
Inlet relief options

Direct pressure relief valve

KE10K01 ( X - 100 )
Standard setting in bar
Adjustment type (X, XH)

Adjustment type

X: with screw XH: valve set and locked

Wrench 24 Wrench 24
42 Nm / 31 lbft 42 Nm / 31 lbft
Allen Allen
wrench 4 wrench 4

48 61.5
[1.89] [2.42]
Wrench 13 Wrench 13
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

Performance data

Time response
(% DP)

400 (psi)
(bar) 105%

300 4500
95%
Pressure

90%
Pressure

200 3000
2500 psi
175 bar

100 1500
10%
0
0 30 60 90 Time (")
(l/min) 0.43"
Flow TIME RESPONSE

L-12 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 150L GS
Inlet section
Inlet relief options

Pilot pressure relief valve

KE10K02 ( Z - 100 )
Standard setting in bar
Adjustment type (Z, ZH)

Adjustment type

Z: with screw ZH: valve set and locked

Wrench 27 Wrench 19 Wrench 27 Wrench 19


42 Nm / 31 lbft 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft 42 Nm / 31 lbft 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

Allen Allen
wrench 5 wrench 5

max. 51
[2]

Performance data

(% DP)
Time response
400 (psi)
(bar) 105%

300 4500
95%
Pressure
Pressure

200 3000 90%


1750 psi
120 bar

100 1500
10%
0
0 30 60 90 Time (")
Flow (l/min) 0,28"
TIME RESPONSE

V: relief valve blanking plug

Allen wrench 10
42 Nm / 31 lbft

3
[0.12]

GURMAKSAN L-13
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
150L GS GS Series

Inlet section
Inlet valve options

Unloader valves
Description example: AC (X - 100) ELN - 12VDC Solenoid operated
Hydraulic operated valve: L Emergency with push button and spring return; for detent
Solenoid operated valve: ELN Feeding voltage: for position turn the button after press it.
ELP solenoid operated WARNING: the manual override option is intended for
ELT emergency use, not for continuous duty operation.

ELN: without ELP: push ELT: "push &


emergency button type twist" type
2 2 2

Wrench 27 1 1 1
42 Nm / 31 lbft
Wrench 24
35 Nm / 26 lbft Pressure drop curve P → T
T (psi)
20
(bar) 250
15
200
P
Pressure
10 150

5 100
100 bar
max. 96 1450 psi
[3.78]
0 0
0 40 80 120 160
Hydraulic operated
Flow (l/min)

X
Wrench 27
42 Nm / 31 lbft

Wrench 27
42 Nm / 31 lbft T

P
X
G 1/4

100 bar
20.5 1450 psi
[0.81]

Anti-cavitation valve
Description example: AC (X - 100) F

Wrench 27
42 Nm / 31 lbft
T
Wrench 22
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft
P

100 bar
1450 psi
12.5
[0.49]

L-14 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 150L GS
Inlet section for special applications
Configuration with rotary commutator

Dimensional data and hydraulic circuit


Drawing and circuit are referred to left inlet directional valve.

Pos.2

1/4"
KE10K01 X
direct overpressure
relief valve.

[4.74]
120.5
Pos.1

[3.43]
87
[1.57]
40
37.5 100 35.5
[1.48] [3.94] [1.40]
173 77.8
[6.81] [3.06]

Pos.2

27
[1.06] 25°
[1.75]
44.5

112.5
[4.43]

Pos.1

Hydraulic circuit and ordering codes


Left inlet Right inlet

100 bar 100 bar


1450 psi 1450 psi

P P

1 1
X 2 2
X

AC(X-100)R2 BC(X-100)R2

GURMAKSAN L-15
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
150L GS GS Series

Working section
Parts ordering codes (mechanical control)
Description example:

150L GS16 / P - 1 8 L . U 1 ( 100 ) *


1 mounted on A port.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 2 mounted on B port.
3 mounted on A and B port.
Port valves setting in bar

3. 5. 4.
8-11 a. U

b.
C
9B-10B-11B

L
P3T

8P

SLP

1.
8EI3

TQ
2.

1. Working section kit * 2. Spools page 18


TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
P - With paralle circuit 2 30 01 3605 Double acting, 3 positions, with A and B open
S - With serie circuit to tank in neutral position
SP - With serie-parallel (tandem) circuit 3 30 01 3611 Single acting on A, 3 positions, B plugged;
requires G3/4 plug (see part a)
Include body, seals, rings and load check valve.
4 30 01 3612 Single acting on B, 3 positions, A plugged;
requires G3/4 plug (see part a)
2. Spools page 18 2H 30 01 3606 Double acting, 3 positions, with A and B
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION partially open to tank in neutral position
1 30 01 3604 Double acting, 3 positions, with A and B closed 1AH 30 01 3609 Double acting, 3 positions, with A
in neutral position partially open to tank in neutral position
1A 30 01 3607 Double acting, 3 positions, with A open to tank 1BH 30 01 3610 Double acting, 3 positions, with B
in neutral position partially open to tank in neutral position
1B 30 01 3608 Double acting, 3 positions, with B open to tank 1S 30 01 3602 As type 1, for series circuit
in neutral position 2S 30 01 3603 As type 2, for series circuit

L-16 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 150L GS
Working section
Parts ordering codes (mechanical control)

2. Spool options page 18 3. ”A” side spool positioners page 19


TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
Special spools for particular positioner kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Particular positioner kits for special spools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.......... . . . page 31
5DY 30 01 3614 Double acting, 4 positions, float in position 3 13NZ 30 07 5419 4 positions with spring return in neutral
with spool in, 13NZ type positioner position and detent in pos.3: for 5DY spool
kit is required 8CR 30 07 5575 3 positions with spring return in neutral
8P 30 01 3613 Double acting 3 positions, regenerative and reduced spool stroke: for 8P spool
circuit in 3rd position with spool in:
need dedicated positioner kit

3. ”A” side spool positioners page 19 4. “B” side options page 32


TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
8 30 07 5416 With spring return in neutral position L 30 07 5403 Standard lever box
8D 30 07 5417 As type 8, M8 female threaded pin LF1 30 07 5405 Lever box with spool stroke limiter in
extension for dual control position 1
8D1 30 07 5570 As type 8, pin with Ø 8 mm (0.31 in) SL - Without lever box
radial hole SLP 30 07 5406 Without lever box, with dust-proof plate
8D2 30 07 5418 As type 8, M8 male threaded pin SLCZ - Without lever box, with endcap.
extension for dual control LB 30 07 5407 Steel lever
8TL 30 07 5571 As type 8 with pin control with flexible cable LEB 30 07 5409 Safety lever box, vertical configuration
8F2 30 07 5572 As type 8 with adjustable stroke limiter TQ 30 07 5398 Flexible cable connection; for CG cables
19 30 07 5576 2 positions, with spring return in neutral LCB 30 07 5433 Joystick lever for 2 sections operation
position from position 1
20 30 07 5577 2 positions, with spring return in neutral
position from position 2 5. Port valves page 40
11 30 07 5378 With detent in position 1, neutral and 2
12 30 07 5438 Detent in positions 1 and 2 TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
15 30 07 5439 2 positions, detent in pos. 1 and neutral Assembled on section
16 30 07 5440 2 positions, detent in pos. 2 and neutral P3T 30 05 4941 A and B ports valve blanking plugs
17 30 07 5578 With spring return position 1 C - Anti-cavitation
18 30 07 5579 With spring return position 2 Anti-shock and anti-cavitation valve
17D 30 07 5580 With spring return position 1 and pin U 30 05 4938 From 0 to 315 bar / 0 to 4600 psi
with M8 female thread for dual control standard setting 100 bar / 1450 psi
18D 30 07 5581 With spring return position 2 and pin
with M8 female thread for dual control Standard setting is referred to 6 l/min flow.
9B 30 07 5386 With detent in position 1 and spring return in
neutral position
10B 30 07 5387 With detent in position 2 and spring return in
6. Complete controls page 37
neutral position TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
11B 30 07 5388 With detent in position 1, 2 and spring Proportional hydraulic control type 8IM, 13IM and rotative control type R.
return in neutral position
8MG3(NO) 30 07 5573 As type 8 and operation with microswitch in
positions 1 and 2, contact normally open a. ”A” and “B” ports plugs
8MG3(NC) 30 07 5574 As previous, with contact normally closed
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
8P 30 07 5399 ON-OFF pneumatic kit
G3/4 30 05 4920 For single acting spools type 3 and 4
8PF - Proportional pneumatic kit
8EP3 30 07 5443 ON-OFF 12VDC electro-pneumatic kit
30 07 5400 ON-OFF 24VDC electro-pneumatic kit b. Optional handlevers
8EP4 30 07 5345 ON-OFF 12VDC electro-pneumatic kit with TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
manifold AL01/M10x200 30 05 4989 Lenght L = 200mm / 7.87in
30 07 5346 ON-OFF 24VDC electro-pneumatic kit with
manifold
8EI3 30 07 5401 ON-OFF 12VDC electro-hydraulic kit
30 07 5361 ON-OFF 24VDC electro-hydraulic kit
8EI3F2 - 12 VDC ON/OFF electrohydraulic kit with
adjustable stroke limiter
- 24 VDC ON/OFF electrohydraulic kit with
adjustable stroke limiter

GURMAKSAN L-17
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
150L GS GS Series

Working section
Spools options

Type 1 Type 2
1 0 2 1 0 2
+ 7 mm / 0.28 in + 7 mm / 0.28 in
A B A B
(1) (1)
(0) (0)
(2) (2)
P T P T
- 7 mm / 0.28 in - 7 mm / 0.28 in

Type 1A Type 1B
1 0 2 1 0 2
+ 7 mm / 0.28 in + 7 mm / 0.28 in
A B A B
(1) (1)
(0) (0)
(2) (2)
P T P T
- 7 mm / 0.28 in - 7 mm / 0.28 in

Type 3 Type 4
1 0 2 1 0 2
+ 7 mm / 0.28 in + 7 mm / 0.28 in
A B
(1) (1)
(0) (0)
(2) (2)
P T P T
- 7 mm / 0.28 in - 7 mm / 0.28 in

Type 2H Type 1AH


1 0 2 1 0 2
+ 7 mm / 0.28 in + 7 mm / 0.28 in
A B A B
(1) (1)
(0) (0)
(2) (2)
P T P T
- 7 mm / 0.28 in - 7 mm / 0.28 in

Type 1BH Type 1S


1 0 2 1 0 2
+ 7 mm / 0.28 in + 7 mm / 0.28 in
A B A B
(1) (1)
(0) (0)
(2) (2)
P T P T
- 7 mm / 0.28 in - 7 mm / 0.28 in

Type 2S Type 8P
1 0 2 1 0 2
+ 7 mm / 0.28 in + 5.7 mm / 0.23 in
A B A B
(1) (1)
(0) (0)
(2) (2)
P T P T
- 7 mm / 0.28 in - 5.7 mm / 0.23 in

Type 5DY

1 0 2 3 + 6 mm / 0.24 in
A B (1)
(0)
(2)
P T - 6 mm / 0.24 in
(3)
- 12 mm / 0.47 in

L-18 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 150L GS
Working section
”A” side spool positioners

With spring return in neutral position


8 kit
It’s supplied with standard spring type D (see force-stroke diagram).
It's available with lighter spring type C (8MC) or heavier type E (8ME).

1 0 2
Force-stroke diagram
-0.24 -0.12 0 0.12 0.24 (in)
(lbf)
300
Allen wrench 4 (N) E 60
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 200 D 40
Allen wrench 6 100 20
C
Force

24 Nm / 17.7 lbft 0 0

-100
C -20
-40
-200 D
-300 E
-60
-7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Stroke (mm)
50
[1.97]

8D kit
With M8 female threaded pin extension for dual control.
Spool end joint dimensions (optional) 1 0 2
Allen wrench 4
16 23
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft [0.63] [0.91]
Wrench 13
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft
[0.71]
Ø18

17
[0.67]
[0.31]

5
M8

[0.20] Ø10
[0.39]
M8

27
[0.39]

47.5 [1.06]
10

[1.87] 50
62.5 [1.97]
[2.46]

8D1 kit 8D2 kit

1 0 2 1 0 2

Allen wrench 4 Allen wrench 4


6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Wrench 14 Wrench 13
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft
[0.51]

1]
Ø13

[∅ 8
0.3

M8

23 47.5 25 47.5
[0.91] [1.87] [0.98] [1.87]
81 95
[3.19] [3.74]

GURMAKSAN L-19
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
150L GS GS Series

Working section
”A” side spool positioners

With spring return in neutral position


8F2 kit
With spool stroke adjustment in position 2 (P →B)
Allen wrench 4
1 0 2
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Allen wrench 6
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft
Wrench 13
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft
Allen wrench 4
[0.31]
M8

50
[1.97]
66.5
[2.62]

8TL kit

1 0 2

24 Nm
17.7 lbft Allen wrench 4
Ø10H8 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
[0.39]
[0.71]
10
18

27.5 55 43 M5
[1.08] [2.17] [1.69]
92
[3.62]

19 kit 20 kit

1 0 0 2

Allen wrench 4 Allen wrench 4


6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Allen wrench 6 Allen wrench 6
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

50 50
[1.97] [1.97]

L-20 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 150L GS
Working section
”A” side spool positioners

With detent
11 kit 12 kit

1 0 2 1 0 2

Allen wrench 4 Allen wrench 4


6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Allen wrench 6 Allen wrench 6
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

50 50
[1.97] [1.97]

Operating features Operating features


Locking and release force . . . . . . . . . : 260 N / 58 lbf ±10% Locking and release force . . . . . . . . . : 260 N / 58 lbf ±10%

15 kit 16 kit

1 0 0 2

Allen wrench 4 Allen wrench 4


6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Allen wrench 6 Allen wrench 6
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

50 50
[1.97] [1.97]

Operating features Operating features


Locking and release force . . . . . . . . . : 260 N / 58 lbf ±10% Locking and release force . . . . . . . . . : 260 N / 58 lbf ±10%

GURMAKSAN L-21
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
150L GS GS Series

Working section
”A” side spool positioners

With spring return


17 kit 18 kit

1 0 2 1 0 2

Allen wrench 4 Allen wrench 4


6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Allen wrench 6 Allen wrench 6
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

50 50
[1.97] [1.97]

17D kit 18D kit

1 0 2 1 0 2

Allen wrench 4 Allen wrench 4


6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Wrench 13 Wrench 13
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft
17 17
[0.67] [0.67]
[0.31]

[0.31]
M8

M8

47.5 47.5
[1.87] [1.87]
49.5 69.5
[1.95] [2.74]

L-22 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 150L GS
Working section
”A” side spool positioners

With detent and spring return to neutral position from either directions
9B kit
Force-stroke diagram
1 0 2
-0.2 -0.1 0 0.1 0.2 (in)
(lbf)
300
(N) 60
200 From position 0 to 1
40
100 From position 2 to 0 20
Allen wrench 4 Force
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 0 0
-100 -20
From position 1 to 0
-40
-200 From position 0 to 2
-60
-300
-7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
85
[3.35] Stroke (mm)
Wrench 8 Locking-unlocking area
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

10B kit
Force-stroke diagram
1 0 2
-0.2 -0.1 0 0.1 0.2 (in)
(lbf)
300
(N) 60
200 From position 0 to 1
40
100 From position 2 to 0 20
Allen wrench 4
Force

6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 0 0
-100 From position 1 to 0 -20
-40
-200 From position 0 to 2
-60
-300
-7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
85
[3.35] Stroke (mm)
Wrench 8 Locking-unlocking area
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

11B kit
Force-stroke diagram
1 0 2 (in)
-0.2 -0.1 0 0.1 0.2
(lbf)
300
(N) 60
200 From position 0 to 1
40
100 From position 2 to 0 20
Allen wrench 4
Force

6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 0 0
-100 From position 1 to 0 -20
-40
-200 From position 0 to 2
-60
-300
-7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
85 Stroke (mm)
[3.35]
Wrench 8 Locking-unlocking area
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

GURMAKSAN L-23
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
150L GS GS Series

Working section
”A” side spool positioners

With microswitch type 8MG3(NO)


With spring return in neutral position and microswitch operated in both directions.
Also available 8MG1(NO) configuration (microswitch operated in position 1) and 8MG2(NO) configuration (microswitch operated in
position 2); dimensions are the same of 8MG3(NO) configuration.
Same configurations are available with normally closed (NC) contact.
For more information contact Sales Department.

8MG3(NO) kit

45
1 0 2
Wrench 22
42 Nm / 31 lbft [1.77]

Other configurations
Wrench 15
9.8 Nm / 7.2 lbft
[2.26]
57.5

8MG1(NO) kit 8MG2(NO) kit

1 0 2 1 0 2

Allen wrench 4
Allen wrench 6
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft
110
[4.33] Operating features
MICROSWITCH
Mechanical life : 5x105 operations
Electrical life (resistive load) : 5x104 operations 10A / 12VDC
: 5x104 operations 3A / 24VDC

Type 8MG1\MG2(NC-NC)
With double microswitch in position 1 and 2.

8MG1\MG2(NC-NC) kit
75.5
[2.97]
Wrench 22 47.5 1 0 2
42 Nm / 31 lbft [1.87]

Wrench 15
9.8 Nm / 7.2 lbft A B Positions A B
[2.26]

1
57.5

0
2

Allen wrench 6 Allen wrench 4


24 Nm / 17.7 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
140
[5.51]
Operating features
MICROSWITCH
Mechanical life : 5x105 operations
Electrical life (resistive load) : 5x104 operations 10A / 12VDC
: 5x104 operations 3A / 24VDC

L-24 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 150L GS
Working section
”A” side spool positioners

ON/OFF pneumatic kit type 8P


With spring return to neutral position.

1 0 2
Wrench 10 Allen wrench 4
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft VA VB
32.5 66.2
[1.28] [2.61]

BSP 1/8
VA VB
[1.18]
30

112.2
[4.42]
Allen wrench 4 Wrench 17
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft Operating features
Pilot pressure..................: min. 5.5 bar / 80 psi
: max.10 bar / 145 psi

8PF pneumatic proportional kit


With spring return to neutral position.
VA VB

1 0 2
Wrench 10 Allen wrench 4
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
32.5 66.2
[1.28] [2.61]

BSP 1/8
VA VB
[1.18]
30

112.2
[4.42]
Allen wrench 4 Wrench 17
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft Operating features
Pilot pressure..................: min. 5.5 bar / 80 psi
: max.10 bar / 145 psi

GURMAKSAN L-25
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
150L GS GS Series

Working section
”A” side spool positioners

ON/OFF electropneumatic kit type 8EP3


With spring return to neutral position.
Scheme
VA VB
Wrench 15 32.5 66.2
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft [1.28] [2.61]

Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft

1 0 2
[0.24]
Ø6
[4.02]

Scheme ISO 1219


102

VA VB

1 0 2
[1.48]
37.5

VA VB

Operating features
Wrench 5 CONTROL
112.2 Pilot pressure : 6 bar / 87 psi
[4.42] : max. 15 bar / 218 psi
147.7 COIL
[5.81] Nominal voltage tolerance : ±10%
Power rating :8W
Allen wrench 4 Wrench 10 Wrench 17 Nominal current : 12 VDC
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 9 Nm / 6.6 lbft 9 Nm / 6.6 lbft : 24 VDC
Coil insulation : Class H
Weather protection : IP65

ON/OFF electropneumatic kit type 8EP4

32.5 66.2 Scheme


[1.28] [2.61]
VP

1 0 2
G1/8
[4.21]
107

VA VB
Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft Scheme ISO 1219
[1.54]
39

1 0 2

VA VB

Wrench 5
112.2
[4.42]
147.2
[5.80]
Allen wrench 4 Wrench 10 Wrench 17
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 9 Nm / 6.6 lbft 9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

L-26 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 150L GS
Working section
”A” side spool positioners

ON/OFF electrohydraulic kit type 8EI3


ON/OFF electro-hydraulic control with external pilot and drain.
Scheme
149.2
[5.87] L
38 69.2
[1.50] [2.72]
V
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft

1 0 2

Scheme ISO 1219


[4.96]
126

Solenoid valve
1 0 2
Collector

wrench 22 - 9.8 Nm Allen wrench 4


/ 7.2 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
V L

124.2
[4.89]
Allen wrench 4 Wrench 17
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

Operating features
CONTROL
Pilot pressure : min. 10 bar / 145 psi
: max. 50 bar / 725 psi
Max. backpressure on drain L : 25 bar / 360 psi

COIL
Nominal voltage tolerance : ±10%
Power rating : 21 W
Nominal current : 1.75 A - 12 VDC / 0.87 A - 24 VDC
Coil insulation : Class F
Weather protection : IP65

GURMAKSAN L-27
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
150L GS GS Series

Working section
”A” side spool positioners

ON/OFF electrohydraulic kit type 8EI3F2


Collector kit with pilot and drain lines with stroke limiter

149.2
[5.87] Scheme
38 69.2
[1.50] [2.72] L
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft V

1 0 2

Scheme ISO 1219


[4.96]
126

Solenoid valve 1 0 2
Collector

wrench 22 - 9.8 Nm Allen wrench 4


/ 7.2 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
V L

124.2
[4.89]
Allen wrench 4 Wrench 17
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

Operating features
CONTROL
Pilot pressure : min. 10 bar / 145 psi
: max. 50 bar / 725 psi
Max. backpressure on drain L : 25 bar / 360 psi

COIL
Nominal voltage tolerance : ±10%
Power rating : 21 W
Nominal current : 1.75 A - 12 VDC / 0.87 A - 24 VDC
Coil insulation : Class F
Weather protection : IP65

L-28 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 150L GS
Working section
”A” side spool positioners

ON/OFF electrohydraulic kit type 8EI3


Collector kit for external pilot and drain

Collector
A1 B1 A2 B2
V
V L L

20 bar
290 psi
[7.35]
186.7

P T
A1 A2

100 bar
1450 psi

P T
Description example :
150L GS16/2/AC(X-100)/18EI3L/18EI3L/RC-KE2S0-24VDC

B1 B2

COLLECTOR KIT CODES


Type Code Description
KE1S0 30 07 5537 Kit one section
KE2S0 30 07 5532 Kit for 2 sections
KE3S0 30 07 5533 Kit for 3 sections
KE4S0 30 07 5534 Kit for 4 sections
KE5S0 30 07 5535 Kit for 5 sections
KE6S0 30 07 5536 Kit for 6 sections
KE7S0 -- Kit for 7 sections

GURMAKSAN L-29
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
150L GS GS Series

Working section
”A” side spool positioners

ON/OFF electrohydraulic kit type 8EI3


Collector kit with pilot and drain lines
The kit include collector, VRP pressure reducing valve and pipes.
217.7
Wrench 14 [8.57] VRP T
24 Nm
17.7 lbft Collector A1 B1 A2 B2

Wrench 14 Allen
wrench 5
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

Drain 25 bar

VRP pressure
reducing valve

P C
Inlet line
70.8
Wrench 27 [2.79]
42 Nm / 31 lbft 100 bar VRE
A1 A2 T 1450 psi

Description example :
P 150L GS16/2/AC(X-100)/18EI3L/18EI3L/RV-KE2R3-24VDC
C
Description type for outlet
cover with VRE valve.
Outlet cover with VRE backpressure
Wrench 32 valve (not included in the collector
42 Nm / 31 lbft kit) and carry-over
B1 B2
COLLECTOR KIT CODES
Type Code Description
KE1R3 30 07 5500 Kit one section
KE2R3 30 07 5507 Kit for 2 sections
Operating features
KE3R3 30 07 5508 Kit for 3 sections
VRP VALVE
Output pressure : 25 bar / 363 psi KE4R3 30 07 5509 Kit for 4 sections
Max. flow : 8 l/min KE5R3 30 07 5510 Kit for 5 sections
Filtering : 80 µ KE6R3 30 07 5511 Kit for 6 sections

VRE backpressure valve


Valve is assembled on flow through passage of outlet cover; it's necessary to provides pilot pressure to the actuator.
RV complete (with backpressure valve and tapered plug)
G1

Tapered plug G3/8


T Allen wrench 8 - 42 Nm / 31 lbft

Standard
cover body Valve VRE
Wrench 36 - 42 Nm / 31 lbft

C
[1.57]
G3/4
Ø40

57.8
[2.28]
108.8
[4.28]

L-30 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 150L GS
Working section
”A” side spool positioners

Particular positioner kits for special spools


8CR kit
3 positions with spring return in neutral and reduced spool stroke: for 8P spool.

1 0 2

Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Allen wrench 6
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

50
[1.97]

13NZ kit
4 positions with spring return in neutral and detent in position 3: for 5DY spool.

1 0 2 3

Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft

85
[3.35]
Wrench 8
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft

GURMAKSAN L-31
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
150L GS GS Series

Working section
”B” side options

Lever control
Type L
Alluminium lever pivot box with protective rubber bellow; it can be roated 180° (configuration L180).

1 0 2
0 17
17° °
1 2
Vertical handlever
assembly Horizontal handlever configuration L180
assembly
M10

[2.95]
[2.87]

75
73
[2.40]
61
[0.91]
23

[2.87]
73
35.5
[1.40]
Allen wrench 4
66 [1.30]
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
33
[2.60]

Type LF1 Type SLP


With spool stroke adjustment in position 1 (P →A). Mechanical control with dust-proof plate kit.

1 0 2 1 0 2

M10

Allen
[1.50]

Allen wrench 4
[2.87]
38

wrench 4 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft


73
[0.91]
23
M8

Wrench 13
35.5 17
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft [0.67]
Allen wrench 4 [1.40]
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 66 35.5
[2.60] [1.40]
77
[3.03]

L-32 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 150L GS
Working section
”B” side options

Lever control
Type LB
Steel manufacture.
Pivot can be assembled below (LB1 configuration) or above (LB3 configuration).

1 0 2

Configuration LB1
Vertical handlever
assembly
28.5°
17° 17°

Horizontal handlever
assembly

[1.46]
37

[2.72]
69

[3.03]
[2.28]

77
58
[0.91]
23

35.5
[1.40]
45.5
[1.79]

Configuration LB3

€ 20
[0.79]
M10

[1.46]
37

[3.19]
81
[2.76]
[0.91]
70

[3.94]
23

100

Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft

Directional control
valve mounting face

GURMAKSAN L-33
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
150L GS GS Series

Working section
”B” side options

Safety lever control


Safety levers with lock in neutral complete with handlever; lift handlever knob to operate.
With insulated handlever type LEBP

Type LEB

1 0 2

LEB

[0.33]
8.5

lock release
Stroke for

Locking bush
[11.91]

Wrench 17
302.5

24 Nm / 17.7 lbft
[2.28]
58
[0.91]
23
[1.57]
40

35.5 Allen wrench 4


Directional control [1.40] 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
valve mounting face 72
[2.83]

L-34 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 150L GS
Working section
”B” side options

Controls prearrangement
Type SL Type SLCZ

1 0 2 1 0 2

Ø10
[0.39]
[0.39]
10

35.5 85
[1.40] [3.35]
45 Allen wrench 4
[1.77] 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft

26.5
[1.04]
Protection cap usable with pneumatic,
electropneumatic, and electrohydraulic
[0.71]
Ø18

spool positioners.

9.5
[0.79]
Ø20

[0.37]

TQ cable remote control kit


Waterproof cap prearranged for remote control with flexible cable.
1 0 2

( OPTIONAL )

(OPTIONAL)
JS100 remote control Example of cable control

JS200 remote control

Wrench 10 Wrench 24 CG flexible


9.8 Nm / 7.2 lbft 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft LOCK cable
DIE CASTING

ELECTRICAL
CABLE
( OPTIONAL )

TQ kit

95
[3.74]
Allen wrench 4 Flexible cable
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft

NOTE : For further information about remote cable control,


require related documentation.

GS16/2 directional
control valve
without lever boxes

GURMAKSAN L-35
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
150L GS GS Series

Working section
”B” side options

LCB mechanical joystick for two sections control


1 0 2
Execution LCB4
2nd section spool Pivot 1 0 2
Wrench 13
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft
1st section spool LCB HCB KCB
Wrench 10 Allen wrench 5
9.8 Nm / 7.2 lbft

Allen wrench 3
6.6 Nm / 4.9 lbft

310
Wrench 12 - 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

254
200
Wrench 13 - 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

Wrench 10 - 9.8 Nm / 7.2 lbft

Description example
150L GS16/2/AC(X-100)/18LCB4/18LCB4/RC

Dimensions and movement scheme


Execution LCB1 Execution LCB2
pivot placed down on the left pivot placed down on the right
1st section axis 48 2nd section axis
[1.89]

spool axis

[2.95]
75
[3.41]
86.5

B1-A2
B1 B1-B2 B2-B1
B2 B2-A1

A2 B2 B1 A1 [1.57]
40

A1-A2 A1-B2 A2-B1 A2-A1


A1 A2
12 M10 88.5
[0.35]

[0.47] [3.48]
9

Execution LCB3 Execution LCB4


pivot placed above on the left pivot placed above on the right

A1 A2
[2.48]

A1-A2 A1-B2 A2-B1 A2-A1


63

[3.50]

A2 B2 B1 A1
89

B1-A2 B1-B2 B2-B1 B2-A1


B1 B2

L-36 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 150L GS
Working section
Complete controls

Proportional hydraulic control type 8IM


It can be used with standard spools and body

VA VB
1 0 2
Pilot pressure - stroke diagram
Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft Port B Port A
2 0 1
Allen wrench 6 -0.3 -0.28 -0.2 -0.1 0 0.1 0.2 0.28 0.3
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft G1/4 (bar) 20 (psi)
18.5 268
240
VA VB 15

Pilot pressure
160
10

5 80
3 43.5

0
-8 -6 -4 -2 0 2 4 6 8
59 Stroke (mm)
[2.32] Spool overlap area
76
[2.99] Metering area
327
[12.87]
Operating features
Pilot pressure : max. 50 bar / 725 psi
Internal leakage A(B) → T (∆p = 100 bar - 1450 psi / T = 40°C)
........................................ : max. 6cm3/min - 0.37 in3/min

Connection example

Hydraulic pilot control


valve series JSSC400

A1 A2

P
T

B1 B2

GURMAKSAN L-37
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
150L GS GS Series

Working section
Complete controls

Proportional hydraulic control type 13IM


It can be used with floating spools and special body kit

VA VB
1 0 2 3

Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Allen wrench 6
9 Nm / 6.6 lbft G1/4

VA VB

78.5 59
[3.09] [2.32]
95.5 76
[3.76] [2.99]
346.5
[13.64]

Operating features
Pilot pressure : max. 50 bar / 725 psi
Internal leakage A(B) → T (∆p = 100 bar - 1450 psi / T = 40°C)
........................................ : max. 6cm3/min - 0.37 in3/min

Performance data

Pressure - stroke diagram


Max. pilot pressure 30 bar - 435 psi.
Floating Port B Port A
3 2 0 1
(bar) 35
30
25
20
Pressure

15
10
5
0
-12 -10 -8 -6 -4 -2 0 2 4 6
Stroke

Metering zone with spool type F1 Spool dead band

L-38 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 150L GS
Working section
Special configurations

Directional valve with rotary control kit


176 105.5
[6.93] [4.15]
[2.28]
58

A1
[6.89]

P T
175

[13.23]
336

B1
[0.28]
-7
[1.40]

Standard body kit


35.5

2
Stroke

0
1
[0.28]
[2.66]
67.5

+7

40
[1.57]
Angle excursion ± 90° 241
[9.49]

A B

P T

100 bar
1450 psi

Description example
150L GS16/1/AC(X-100)/1 R SLP /RC

GURMAKSAN L-39
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
150L GS GS Series

Working section
Port valves

Antishock and anticavitation valves

U 1 ( 100 )
U1 U2 U3
Standard setting in bar
A B A B A B
1 mounted on port A.
2 mounted on port B.
3 mounted on ports A and B. T T
Wrench 27 P P
42 Nm / 31 lbft
Notch Anticavitation valves
2 mm / 0.079 in

C1 C2 C3
Wrench 30
42 Nm / 31 lbft A B A B A B
max. 20
[0.79]
T T
P P

Performance data (Antishock and anticavitation valves)

Pressure drop P → T

0 10 20 30 40
200 (psi)
(bar) 2500
150
2000
Pressure

100 1500
1000
50
500
0 0
0 40 80 120 160
Flow (l/min)

Valve blanking plug

P 1 T
1 mounted on port A.
2 mounted on port B.
3 mounted on ports A and B.
Allen wrench 10
42 Nm / 31 lbft

A B A B A B

T T
P P

L-40 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 150L GS
Intermediate section
CS1 mid return manifold
Mid return manifolds for directional valve with left and right inlet both; they allow 2 independent circuits with common outlet.

D-D
111.5
[4.39]
48 101
[1.89] [3.98]
D

A1 A2

[6.77]
P1 T P2

172

G1
B1 B2

D Allen wrench 8
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft
115
[4.53]
Directional control valve mounting face

Hydraulic circuit
T

A1 B1 B2 A2

P1 P2

100 bar 100 bar


1450 psi 1450 psi

Description example:
150L GS16/2/AC(X-100)/18L/CS1/ED-18L/BC(X-100)

GURMAKSAN L-41
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
150L GS GS Series

Intermediate section
DFG pressure compensated flow divider section
The flow on the downstream sections can be adjusted from 0 to 150 l/min. by means of graduated handwheel; exceeding
setting flow goes to tank.

48
[1.89]

A1 A2

P
T

[12.99]
330
B1 B2
min. 184
max. 191.5

[7.24]
[7.54]

Hydraulic circuit

A1 B1 A2 B2

P T

100 bar
1450 psi

Description example:
150L GS16/2/AC(X-100)/18L/DFG/18L/RC

L-42 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 150L GS
Intermediate section
Service relief valve section

EI configuration
The operation of up stream section exclude the EI downstream section.
The pressure of the downstream sections should be adjusted at least 20 bar below the relief valve setting.
Execution EI2, without plug, is prearranged for a second inlet.
Execution EI1
Directional control D-D
valve mounting face
48 115 5.5
[1.89] [4.53] [0.22] Hydraulic circuit
D

A1 A2
Following sections
Previous sections

Following sections
Previous sections
[6.77]
172

Steel plug
Wrench 10
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft
100 bar
B1 B2 1450 psi

EI section kit Direct overpressure relief valve


Type : X
Wrench 24 - 42 Nm / 31 lbft
D 45
[1.77]

Description example:
150L GS16/2/AC(X-100)/18L/EI1(X-100)/18L/RC

Execution EI2 Hydraulic circuit


D-D
P1
D

A1 A2
Following sections
Previous sections

Following sections
Previous sections

P1 P1
G3/4

100 bar
B1 B2 1450 psi

Description example:
150L GS16/2/AC(X-100)/18L/EI2(X-100)/18L/RC

GURMAKSAN L-43
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
150L GS GS Series

Outlet section
Parts ordering codes

Ordering example:

150L GS16 / RC

Available configurations
RC: side outlet
RD: upper outlet
RE: upper outlet with side carry-over
RK: upper outlet and closed centre
RF: With ports plugged
RV: With backpressure valve: to be used together
with the electro-hydraulic control

2.

2.
options RE-RK-RV

1.
2.

1. Complete outlet cover * 2. Circuit options *


TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION TYPE CODE QTY DESCRIPTION
RC 30 08 5658 Side outlet - 30 05 4918 1 G 3/8 plug for carry-over (RE),
RD 30 08 5721 Upper outlet carry-over with backpressure valve
RE 30 08 5723 Upper outlet with side carry-over sleeve (RV) and closed centre (RK) options
RK 30 08 5722 Upper outlet with closed center VRE 30 05 4905 1 VRE backpressure valve for RV
RF 30 08 5725 With ports plugged configuration
RV 30 08 5724 With backpressure valve - 30 05 4993 1 Plug G1

NOTE (*) - Items are referred to BSP thread.

L-44 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 150L GS
Outlet section
Dimensional data and hydraulic circuit
51
Allen wrench 12 [2.01]
42 Nm / 31 lbft 26
D D-D [1.02]

[4.44]
112.8
[4.21]
107
T

G1
[1.30]
33

D
M10 50
[0.59]
15

[1.97] Directional control


36 100
[1.42] [3.94] valve mounting face
172
[6.77]

Type RC Type RD Type RF Type RV


T T

T C

Type RE Type RK
Section D-D Section D-D
G3/8 Tapered plug G3/8 Tapered plug
G1
Allen wrench 8 T G1
Allen wrench 8 T
T 42 Nm / 31 lbft T 42 Nm / 31 lbft

C
G1

Allen wrench 12
42 Nm / 31 lbft

GURMAKSAN L-45
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
250LGS

GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
250L GS GS Series

Features

^ŝŵƉůĞ͕ĐŽŵƉĂĐƚĂŶĚŚĞĂǀLJĚƵƚLJĚĞƐŝŐŶĞĚƐĞĐƚŝŽŶĂůǀĂůǀĞĨƌŽŵϭƚŽϭϮƐĞĐƚŝŽŶƐĨŽƌŽƉĞŶĂŶĚĐůŽƐĞĚĐĞŶƚƌĞŚLJĚƌĂƵůŝĐƐLJƐƚĞŵƐ͘
H&ŝƚƚĞĚǁŝƚŚĂŵĂŝŶƉƌĞƐƐƵƌĞƌĞůŝĞĨǀĂůǀĞĂŶĚĂůŽĂĚĐŚĞĐŬǀĂůǀĞŽŶĞǀĞƌLJǁŽƌŬŝŶŐƐĞĐƚŝŽŶ
HǀĂŝůĂďůĞǁŝƚŚƉĂƌĂůůĞůŽƌƐĞƌŝĞƐĐŝƌĐƵŝƚ͘
HKƉƚŝŽŶĂůĐĂƌƌLJŽǀĞƌƉŽƌƚ͘
HǁŝĚĞǀĂƌŝĞƚLJŽĨĂƵdžŝůŝĂƌLJǀĂůǀĞƐ͘
H /ŶƚĞƌŵĞĚŝĂƚĞƐĞĐƚŝŽŶƐĨŽƌƐĞǀĞƌĂůƚLJƉĞƐŽĨĐŝƌĐƵŝƚ͘
HǀĂŝůĂďůĞŵĂŶƵĂů͕ƉŶĞƵŵĂƚŝĐ͕ŚLJĚƌĂƵůŝĐ͕ĞůĞĐƚƌŽͲͲŚLJĚƌĂƵůŝĐ͕ĂŶĚƌĞŵŽƚĞǁŝƚŚĨůĞdžŝďůĞĐĂďůĞƐƐƉŽŽůĐŽŶƚƌŽůŬŝƚƐ͘
HŝĂŵĞƚĞƌϮϱŵŵ;Ϭ͘ϵϴŝŶͿŝŶƚĞƌĐŚĂŶŐĞĂďůĞƐƉŽŽůƐ͘

Additional information
This catalogue shows the product in the most standard configurations. Please
contact Sales Dpt. for more detailed information or special request.

WARNING!
All specifications of this catalogue refer to the standard product at this date.
GMS, oriented to a continuous improvement, reserves the right to
discontinue, modify or revise the specifications, without notice.

GMS IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY DAMAGE CAUSED BY AN INCORRECT


USE OF THE PRODUCT. 1st edition April 2016:

M-2 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 250L GS

Index

- Valve general informations


Working conditions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 4
Standard threads. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 4
Dimensional data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 5
Performance data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 6
Hydraulic circuit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 7
Complete sections ordering codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 8
- Inlet section
Parts ordering codes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 10
Dimensional data and hydraulic circuit . . . . . . . . . page 11
Inlet relief options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 12
- Inlet section for special application
Configuration with rotary commutator. . . . . . . . . .page 14
- Working section
Parts ordering codes (mechanical control). . . . . . . page 15
Spools. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 17
“A” side spool positioners. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 18
“B” side options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 22
Complete controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 24
Port valves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 26
- Intermediate section
CS1 mid return manifold section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 27
EI service relief valve section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 28
- Outlet section
Parts ordering codes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 29
Dimensional data and hydraulic circuit . . . . . . . . . page 30

GURMAKSAN M-3
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
250L GS GS Series

Valve general informations


Working conditions

This catalogue shows technical specifications and diagrams measured with mineral oil of 46 mm2/s – 46cSt viscosity
at 40°C temperature.

Nominal flow rating 250 l/min.


Max. flow 380 l
Operating pressure (max.) Series-parallel (tandem) circuit 315 bar 4600 psi
Back pressure (max.) on outlet port T 25 bar 360 psi
3
Internal leakage A(B)→T ∆p=100 bar – 1450 psi fluid and valve at 40°C 4cm /min. 0.24 in3/min.
Hydraulic fluid Mineral base oil
Fluid temperature with NBR seals from - 20° to 80°C
with FPM (VITON) seals from - 20° to 100°C
Viscosity operating range from 15 to 75 mm2/s from 15 to 75 cSt
2
Min. 12 mm /s 12 cSt
Max. 400 mm2/s 400 cSt
Max. level of contamination 19/16 – ISO 4406

Standard threads

PORTS BSP (ISO 228/1) OPTIONAL UN-UNF (ISO 11926-1)


Inlet P G1 G 1 1/4 1 5/8 - 12 UN - 2B (SAE 20)
A and B ports G1 G 1 1/4 1 5/16 - 12 UN - 2B (SAE 16)
Outlet T and carry-over C G 1 1/4 G 1 1/2 1 5/8 - 12 UN - 2B (SAE 20)
PILOT PORTS
Hydraulic ports G 1/4 - -
Pneumatic ports G 1/8 - -

M-4 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 250L GS
Valve general informations
Dimensional data

A
36 B 137
[1.42] [5.39]
89 89 48.5
[3.50] [3.50] [1.91]
[2.36]
60

Carry-over
A1 A2 "C" optional

M10
[8.58]

[4.09]

[5.31]
P
[13.98]

T
218

135
104
355

[2.66]
67.5
[2.24]

B1 B2
[1.63]
57

41.5

1
[1.77]
45

19° 19°
[3.03]
77

22 22 137.5 2
[0.87] M12 [0.87] [5.41]
73 76 76 73
[2.87] [2.99] [2.99] [2.87]
Optional top outlet
(must be used in
carry-over configuration)
P.max:315bar

250L GS20/2....
Valve type 130 / 16

Production batch Production year

A B Weight A B Weight
TYPE TYPE
mm in mm in kg lb mm in mm in kg lb
250L GS 20/1 250 9.84 178 7.01 30.00 66.1 250L GS 20/7 706 27.80 634 24.96 102.00 224.9
250L GS 20/2 326 12.83 254 10.00 42.00 92.6 250L GS 20/8 782 30.79 710 27.95 114.00 251.3
250L GS 20/3 402 15.83 330 12.99 54.00 119 250L GS 20/9 858 33.78 786 30.94 126.00 277.8
250L GS 20/4 478 18.82 406 15.98 66.00 145.5 250L GS 20/10 934 36.77 862 33.94 138.00 304.2
250L GS 20/5 554 21.81 482 18.98 78.00 171.9 250L GS 20/11 1010 39.76 938 36.93 150.00 330.7
250L GS 20/6 630 24.80 558 21.97 90.00 198.4 250L GS 20/12 1086 42.76 1014 39.92 162.00 357.1

GURMAKSAN M-5
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
250L GS GS Series

Valve general informations


Performance data (pressure drop vs. flow)

Open centre
From side inlet to side outlet.

40
(bar) 540
(psi)
A1 A12 30
360
4 sections

Pressure
20
P 1 sections
T 180
10
B1 B12

0
0 100 200 300
Flow (l/min)

Inlet to work port


From side inlet to A port (spool in position 1) or B port (spool in position 2).

40
(bar) 540
(psi)
A1 A12 30
P→A4(B4) 360
Pressure

20
P P→A1(B1)
T
180
B1 B12
10

0
0 100 200 300
Flow (l/min)

Work port to outlet


From A port (spool in position 2) or B port (spool in position 1) to side outlet.

40
(bar) 540
(psi)
A1 A12 30
A1(B1)→T 360
Pressure

20
P A4(B4)→T
T 180
10
B1 B12

0
0 100 200 300
Flow (l/min)

M-6 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 250L GS
Valve general informations
Hydraulic circuit
Parallel circuit Series-parallel (tandem) circuit
Standard configuration with open centre and side inlet and It needs a special working section kit
outlet. Tandem section is fed from thr free flow pressure line; it’s
excluded when an up strem section is operated.
SP tandem working section
A1 B1 A2 B2 A1 B1 A2 B2

P T P T

100 bar 100 bar


1450 psi 1450 psi

Description example Description example


250L GS20/2/AC(Z-100)/18L/18L/RC 250L GS20/2/AC(Z-100)/18L/SP-18L/RC

Series circuit
It needs a special working section kit
The return oil from service ports feed the remaining down
stream sections. S series working section
A1 B1 A2 B2

100 bar
1450 psi

Description example
250L GS20/2/AC(Z-100)/18L/S-18L/......

Directional valve with right inlet

B2 A2 B1 A1

A2 A1

T P
T P

100 bar
B2 B1 1450 psi

Description example
250L GS20/2/BC(Z-100)/18L/18L/RC

GURMAKSAN M-7
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
250L GS GS Series

Valve general informations


Complete sections ordering codes

Standard configuration with side inlet and outlet

250L GS20 / 2 / AC(Z-100) / P - 18L.P3T / EI1 / P - 18L.P3T / RC


Nr. of working
section 1. 2. 3. 4.
It’s not necessary to indicate the ”P”
letter in the complete valve description
with parallel circuit (standard); in case
of other circuits, they must be
specified by the related letter (S,SP).

8.

9.

4.

8.
2.
9.
3.

2.

1.

1. Inlet section * page 10 4. Outlet section * page 29


TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
AC(Z-100) 30 08 5746 Side inlet with direct pressure relief valve RC 30 08 5700 Side outlet
AD(Z-100) 30 08 5747 Upper inlet with direct pressure relief valve RD 30 08 5726 Upper outlet
RE 30 08 5727 Upper outlet with side carry-over sleeve
AC(V) 30 08 5699 Without pressure relief valve
RK 30 08 5728 Upper outlet with closed centre
RF 30 08 5729 With ports plugged
2. Working section * page 15
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
P-18L 25W010000 Parallel circuit, prearranged for port valves,
double acting spool with spring return,
lever control
SP-18L 25W010001 As previous with series-parallel (tandem)
circuit

3. Intermediate sections * page 28


TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
EI1(X-100) 30 08 5777 With direct pressure relief valve
EI2(X-100) 30 08 5778 With direct pressure relief valve and
auxiliary inlet

NOTE (*) - Items are referred to BSP thread.

M-8 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 250L GS
Valve general informations
Complete sections ordering codes

Configuration with 2 side inlets and mid return manifold

250L GS20 / 2 / AC(Z-100) / 18L.P3T / CS1 / ED - 18L.P3T / BC(Z-100)


No. of working
section 1. 2. 5. 6. 7.

8.

9.

7.

8.
6.
9.
5.

2.

1. 8. Assemb. kit without intermediate section


CODE DIRECTIONAL VALVE
30 05 6052 Tie rod kit for 1 section valve
30 05 6056 Tie rod kit for 2 sections valve
30 05 6057 Tie rod kit for 3 sections valve
5. Return manifold * page 27 30 05 6058 Tie rod kit for 4 sections valve
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION 30 05 6059 Tie rod kit for 5 sections valve
CS1 30 08 5782 Mid return manifold with G3/4 outlet port 30 05 6060 Tie rod kit for 6 sections valve
30 05 6061 Tie rod kit for 7 sections valve
30 05 6062 Tie rod kit for 8 sections valve
6. Right inlet working section * 30 05 6063 Tie rod kit for 9 sections valve
30 05 6053 Tie rod kit for 10 sections valve
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION 30 05 6054 Tie rod kit for 11 sections valve
P-ED-18L 25W010003 Parallel circuit, prearranged for port valves, 30 05 6055 Tie rod kit for 12 sections valve
double acting spool with spring return,
lever control
SP-ED-18L 25W010002 As previous with series-parallel (tandem)
circuit 9. Assemb. kit with intermediate section
CODE DIRECTIONAL VALVE
30 05 6057 Tie rod kit for 2 sections valve (with CS1)
7. Right inlet section * 30 05 6058 Tie rod kit for 3 sections valve (with CS1)
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION 30 05 6059 Tie rod kit for 4 sections valve (with CS1)
BC(Z-100) 30 08 5763 Side inlet with direct pressure relief valve 30 05 6060 Tie rod kit for 5 sections valve (with CS1)
BD(Z-100) 30 08 5767 Upper inlet with pilot operated pressure 30 05 6061 Tie rod kit for 6 sections valve (with CS1)
relief valve 30 05 6062 Tie rod kit for 7 sections valve (with CS1)
BC(V) 30 08 5772 Side inlet with valve blanking plug 30 05 6063 Tie rod kit for 8 sections valve (with CS1)
30 05 6053 Tie rod kit for 9 sections valve (with CS1)
30 05 6054 Tie rod kit for 10 sections valve (with CS1)

NOTE (*) - Items are referred to BSP thread.


GURMAKSAN M-9
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
250L GS GS Series

Inlet section
Parts ordering codes

250L GS20 / AC ( Z - 100 ) ELN - MAN14 - 12VDC

1. 3. 4. 2. 5.
Pressure relief valve setting (bar)
Available configurations
AC: with side inlet, for left inlet (standard) directional valve
AD: with upper inlet, for left inlet (standard) directional valve
BC: with side inlet, for right inlet directional valve
BD: with upper inlet, for right inlet directional valve

4. 2. MAN14

3.
SV
Z

5. 2.
L
SV

F R2

ELN 1.
MAN14

1. Inlet cover body * page 11 4. Inlet valve options page 13


CODE DESCRIPTION TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
- Standard body - 30 05 4914 Relief valve blanking plug (omit in description)
F - Inlet anti-cavitation valve
2. Parts * L - Hydraulic pilot unloader valve
Solenoid operated unloader valve
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION ELN 30 05 6108 Without emergency
MAN18 30 05 6104 G1/8 Pressure gauge arrangement ELP 30 05 6109 Push-button emergency
MAN14 30 05 6103 G1/4 Pressure gauge arrangement ELT 30 05 6110 Push and twist type with detent emergency

3. Inlet relief valve options page 12 5. Coils


TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
KE10K02 : pilot operated pressure relief valve type Z 12VDC 20 03 2268 Coil type BER, ISO4400 integrated type
(Z-100) 30 05 4915 Range 25 to 315 bar / 360 to 4600 psi 12VDC
standard setting 100 bar / 1450 psi 24VDC 20 03 2269 Coil type BER, ISO4400 integrated type
Standard setting is referred to 6 l/min flow. 24VDC
V 30 05 4914 Relief valve blanking plug

NOTE (*) - Items are referred to BSP thread.

M-10 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 250L GS
Inlet section
Dimensional data and hydraulic circuit

For left inlet directional valve (standard)


With side inlet, type AC
Allen wrench 12
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft
D

Description example
D-D AC(Z-100)
[5,37]
136,5

P
[5,08]
129

G1

[1,91]
48,5
[1,52]
38,5

D 100 bar
36.5 M10 41,5 Directional control 1450 psi
[1.44] [1,63] valve mounting face
73 218
[2.87] [8,58]
P
With upper inlet, type AD
G1 D
P
Description example
D-D AD(Z-100)

Allen wrench 12
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft
D 100 bar
79 1450 psi
[3.11]

For right inlet directional valve


With side inlet, type BC

Description example D-D


BC(Z-100) P

P
100 bar
1450 psi
D
P
With upper inlet, type BD

D
P
Description example D-D
BD(Z-100)

100 bar
1450 psi
D

GURMAKSAN M-11
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
250L GS GS Series

Inlet section
Inlet relief options

Pilot pressure relief valve

KE10K02 ( Z - 100 )
Standard setting in bar
Adjustment type (Z, ZH)

Adjustment type

Z: with screw ZH: valve set and locked

Wrench 27 Wrench 27
42 Nm / 31 lbft 42 Nm / 31 lbft
Wrench 19 Wrench 19
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft
Allen Allen
wrench 5 wrench 5

max. 42
[1.65]

Performance data

(% DP)
Time response
400 (psi)
(bar) 105%

300 4500
95%
Pressure
Pressure

200 3000 90%


1750 psi
120 bar

100 1500
10%
0
0 30 60 90 Time (")
Flow (l/min) 0,28"
TIME RESPONSE

V: relief valve blanking plug

Allen wrench 10
42 Nm / 31 lbft

M-12 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 250L GS
Inlet section
Inlet valve options

Unloader valves
Description example: AC (Z - 100) ELN - 12VDC Solenoid operated
Hydraulic operated valve: L Emergency with push button and spring return; for detent
Solenoid operated valve: ELN Feeding voltage: for position turn the button after press it.
ELP solenoid operated WARNING: the manual override option is intended for
ELT emergency use, not for continuous duty operation.

ELN: without ELP: push ELT: "push &


emergency button type twist" type
2 2 2

1 1 1
Wrench 27
42 Nm / 31 lbft
Wrench 24 Pressure drop curve P → T
35 Nm / 26 lbft T
20 (psi)
(bar) 250
15
200
P
Pressure

10 150

5 100
max. 90 100 bar
1450 psi
[3.54]
0 0
0 50 100 150 200 250
Hydraulic operated Flow (l/min)
X

Wrench 27
42 Nm / 31 lbft
Wrench 27 T
42 Nm / 31 lbft

P
X
G 1/4

100 bar
1450 psi
15
[0.59]

Anti-cavitation valve
Description example: AC (Z - 100) F

Wrench 27 T
42 Nm / 31 lbft
Wrench 22
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft
P

100 bar
1450 psi
6
[0.24]

GURMAKSAN M-13
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
250L GS GS Series

Inlet section for special applications


Configuration with rotary commutator

Dimensional data and hydraulic circuit


Drawing and circuit are referred to left inlet directional valve.

Pos.2

1/4"
KE10K02
pilot operated X
pressure relief
valve.

[5.08]
129
Pos.1

[3.76]
95.5
[1.91]
48.5
41.5 135 41.5 69.8
[1.63] [5.31] [1.63] [2.75]
218
[8.58]

Pos.2

19
25°
[1.73]

[0.75]
44

128
[5.04]
Pos.1
Hydraulic circuit and ordering codes
Left inlet Right inlet

100 bar 100 bar


1450 psi 1450 psi

P P

1 1
X 2 2
X

AC(Z-100)R2 BC(Z-100)R2

M-14 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 250L GS
Working section
Parts ordering codes (mechanical control)
Description example:

250L GS20 / P - 1 8 L . U 1 ( 100 ) *


1 mounted on A port.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 2 mounted on B port.
3 mounted on A and B port.
Port valves setting in bar

3. 5. 4.
8-11 a. U

C
b.
9B-10B-11B

P3T
L

SLP
1.

2.

1. Working section kit * 2. Spools page 17


TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
P - With paralle circuit 2 30 01 3625 Double acting, 3 positions, with A and B open
SP - With serie-parallel (tandem) circuit to tank in neutral position
3 30 01 3628 Single acting on A, 3 positions, B plugged;
Include body, seals, rings and load check valve. requires G3/4 plug (see part a)
4 30 01 3629 Single acting on B, 3 positions, A plugged;
requires G3/4 plug (see part a)
2. Spools page 17 Spools for 8IM hydraulic control
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION 1IM 30 01 3632 As type 1
1 30 01 3624 Double acting, 3 positions, with A and B closed 2IM 30 01 3763 As type 2
in neutral position Special spools: need special body kit
1A 30 01 3626 Double acting, 3 positions, with A open to tank 5DY 30 01 3762 Double acting, 4 positions, float in position 3
in neutral position with spool in, 13NZ type positioner
1B 30 01 3627 Double acting, 3 positions, with B open to tank kit is required
in neutral position 8F 30 01 3631 Double acting 3 positions, regenerative
circuit in 3rd position with spool out:
need dedicated positioner kit

GURMAKSAN M-15
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
250L GS GS Series

Working section
Parts ordering codes (mechanical control)

3. ”A” side spool positioners page 18 5. Port valves page 26


TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
8 30 07 5424 With spring return in neutral position Assembled on section
19 - With spring return in position 0 from 1 P3T 30 05 4941 A and B ports valve blanking plugs
20 - With spring return in position 0 from 2 C - Anti-cavitation
11 30 07 5425 With detent in positions 1, 0 and 2 Anti-shock and anti-cavitation valve
12 - Detent in positions 1 and 2 U 30 05 4938 From 0 to 315 bar / 0 to 4600 psi
15 - With detent in positions 1 and 0 standard setting 100 bar / 1450 psi
16 - With detent in positions 2 and 0
9B - With detent in position 1 and spring return in Standard setting is referred to 6 l/min flow.
neutral position
10B - With detent in position 2 and spring return in
neutral position 6. Complete controls page 24
11B - Detent in positions 1 and 2 and spring return in TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
neutral position Proportional hydraulic control type 8IM and rotative control type R.
Particular positioner kits for special spools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page **
13 30 07 5583 4 positions with spring return in neutral
position and detent in pos.3: for 5DY spool a. ”A” and “B” ports plugs
8CR 30 07 5582 3 positions with spring return in neutral
and reduced spool stroke: for 8F spool TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
G1 30 05 4993 For single acting spools type 3 and 4

4. “B” side options page 22 b. Optional handlevers


TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
L 30 07 5423 Standard lever box AL01/M12x225 30 05 6012 Lenght L = 225mm / 8.86in
SLP 30 07 5358 Without lever box, with dust-proof plate
LB 30 07 5357 Steel lever

M-16 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 250L GS
Working section
Spools options

Type 1 (1IM) Type 2 (2IM)

1 0 2 1 0 2
+ 10 mm / 0.39 in + 10 mm / 0.39 in
A B A B
(1) (1)
(0) (0)
(2) (2)
P T P T
- 10 mm / 0.39 in - 10 mm / 0.39 in

Type 1A Type 1B

1 0 2 1 0 2
+ 10 mm / 0.39 in + 10 mm / 0.39 in
A B A B
(1) (1)
(0) (0)
(2) (2)
P T P T
- 10 mm / 0.39 in - 10 mm / 0.39 in

Type 3 Type 4

1 0 2 1 0 2
+ 10 mm / 0.39 in + 10 mm / 0.39 in
A B
(1) (1)
(0) (0)
(2) (2)
P T P T
- 10 mm / 0.39 in - 10 mm / 0.39 in

Type 8F

1 0 2
+ 8 mm / 0.31 in
A B
(1)
(0)
(2)
P T
- 8 mm / 0.31 in

Type 5DY

1 0 2 3
+ 7 mm / 0.28 in
A B
(1)
(0)
(2)
P T
- 7 mm / 0.28 in
(3)
- 14 mm / 0.55 in

GURMAKSAN M-17
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
250L GS GS Series

Working section
”A” side spool positioners

With spring return in neutral position


8 kit
It’s supplied with standard spring type D (see force-stroke diagram) and available with lighter spring type B (8MB) or heavier
type C (8MC).
1 0 2

Force-stroke diagram
-0.3 -0.2 -0.1 0.1 0.2 0.3 (in)
450 100
Allen wrench 4 (N) D
300 (lbf)
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft C 50
Allen wrench 8 150
B
Force

24 Nm / 17.7 lbft 0 0
B
-150
-50
-300 C
D
-450 -100
-10 -8 -6 -4 -2 0 2 4 6 8 10
Stroke (mm)

60
[2.36]

19 kit 20 kit

1 0 2 1 0 2

Allen wrench 4 Allen wrench 4


6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Allen wrench 8 Allen wrench 8
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

60 60
[2.36] [2.36]

M-18 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 250L GS
Working section
”A” side spool positioners

With detent
11 kit 12 kit

1 0 2 1 0 2

Allen wrench 4 Allen wrench 4


6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Allen wrench 6 Allen wrench 6
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

60 60
[2.36] [2.36]

15 kit 16 kit

1 0 0 2

Allen wrench 4 Allen wrench 4


6 Nm / 4.4 lbft 6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Allen wrench 6 Allen wrench 6
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft 24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

60 60
[2.36] [2.36]

GURMAKSAN M-19
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
250L GS GS Series

Working section
”A” side spool positioners

With detent and spring return to neutral position from either directions
9B kit

1 0 2

Wrench 19
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

97
[3.82]
Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft

10B kit

1 0 2

Wrench 19
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

97
[3.82]
Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft

11B kit

1 0 2

Wrench 19
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

97
[3.82]
Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft

M-20 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 250L GS
Working section
”A” side spool positioners

Particular positioner kits for special spools


8CR kit
3 positions with spring return in neutral and reduced spool stroke: for 8F spool.

1 0 2

Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Allen wrench 8
24 Nm / 17.7 lbft

60
[2.36]

13 kit
4 positions with spring return in neutral and detent in position 3: for 5DY spool.

1 0 2 3

Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft

97
[3.82]

GURMAKSAN M-21
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
250L GS GS Series

Working section
”B” side options

Lever control
Type L
Alluminium lever pivot box with protective rubber bellow; it can be roated 180° (configuration L180).

1 0 2

0
19° 19°
Vertical handlever 1 2
assembly Horizontal handlever configuration L180
assembly

M12
[3.50]

[3.48]
88.5
[2.93]
89
74.5
[1.14]
29

[3.50]
89
45
Allen wrench 4 [1.77]
[1.59]

77
40.5

6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
[3.03]

Type SLP
Mechanical control with dust-proof plate kit.

1 0 2

Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft

15
[0.59]

M-22 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 250L GS
Working section
”B” side options

Lever control
Type LB
Steel manufacture.
Pivot can be assembled below (LB1 configuration) or above (LB3 configuration).

1 0 2

Configuration LB1
Vertical handlever
assembly 0
19° 19°
2 1
Horizontal handlever
assembly

[2.13]
54
[1.14]

[1.57]
29

40

45
[1.77]
57.5
[2.26]

Configuration LB3
0
19° 19°
1 2
[2.13]

M12
54

[5.18]
131.5
[1.14]
29

25
[0.98]

Allen wrench 4
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft
Directional control
valve mounting face

GURMAKSAN M-23
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
250L GS GS Series

Working section
Complete controls

Proportional hydraulic control type 8IM


VA VB
1 0 2

G1/4 71
[2.80]
VA VB

Allen wrench 4 83
6 Nm / 4.4 lbft [3.27]
384
[15.12]

Pilot pressure - stroke diagram Operating features


Pilot pressure : max. 50 bar / 725 psi
Port B Port A
2 0 1 Internal leakage A(B) → T (∆p = 100 bar - 1450 psi / T = 40°C)
-0.3 -0.2 -0.1 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 (in) ........................................ : max. 6cm3/min - 0.37 in3/min
(bar) 40 (psi)
500
30
Pilot pressure

20
400
300
Ex.: 250L GS20/P-1IM 8IM
200
10
100 Spool Spool control kit
0
code 30 01 3632 code 30 07 5422
-10 -8 -6 -4 -2 0 2 4 6 8 10
Stroke (mm)

Spool overlap area


Metering area

Connection example

Hydraulic pilot control


valve series JSSC400
A1 A2

P
T

B1 B2

M-24 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 250L GS
Working section
Special configurations

Directional valve with rotary control kit


137
[5.39]
250 124
[9.84] [4.88]
[3.07]
78

A1
[8.58]

P T
218

[16.46]
418

B1
[0.39]
-10
[1.77]
45

2
Stroke

0
1
Standard body kit
[0.39]
+10

48.5
[1.91]
310
Angle excursion ± 90° [12.20]

A B

P T

100 bar
1450 psi

Description example
250L GS20/1/AC(Z-100)/1 R SLP /RC

GURMAKSAN M-25
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
250L GS GS Series

Working section
Port valves

Antishock and anticavitation valves

U 1 ( 100 )
U1 U2 U3
Standard setting in bar
A B A B A B
1 mounted on port A.
2 mounted on port B.
3 mounted on ports A and B. T T
Wrench 27 P P
42 Nm / 31 lbft

Notch Anticavitation valves


2 mm / 0.079 in

C1 C2 C3
Wrench 30
42 Nm / 31 lbft A B A B A B
16 max.
[0.63]
T T
P P

Performance data (Antishock and anticavitation valves)

Pressure drop P → T

0 10 20 30 40
200 (psi)
(bar) 2500
150
2000
Pressure

100 1500
1000
50
500
0 0
0 40 80 120 160
Flow (l/min)

Valve blanking plug

P 1 T
1 mounted on port A.
2 mounted on port B.
3 mounted on ports A and B.
Allen wrench 10
42 Nm / 31 lbft

A B A B A B

T T
P P

M-26 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 250L GS
Intermediate section
CS1 mid return manifold
Mid return manifolds for directional valve with left and right inlet both; they allow 2 independent circuits with common outlet.

76
[2.99]

A1 A2
G 1 1/4

P1 T P2

B1 B2

Hydraulic circuit
T

A1 B1 B2 A2

P1 P2

100 bar 100 bar


1450 psi 1450 psi

Description example:
250L GS20/2/AC(Z-100)/18L/CS1/ED-18L/BC(Z-100)

GURMAKSAN M-27
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
250L GS GS Series

Intermediate section
Service relief valve section

EI configuration
The operation of up stream section exclude the EI downstream section.
The pressure of the downstream sections should be adjusted at least 20 bar below the relief valve setting.
Execution EI2, without plug, is prearranged for a second inlet.

Execution EI1

Hydraulic circuit
76
[2.99]

A1 A2

Following sections
Previous sections
Following sections
Previous sections

100 bar
1450 psi
B1 B2

Description example:
250L GS20/2/AC(Z-100)/18L/EI1(Z-100)/18L/RC

Execution EI2 Hydraulic circuit


P1

A1 A2
Following sections
Previous sections
Following sections
Previous sections

P1

100 bar
1450 psi
B1 B2

Description example:
250L GS20/2/AC(Z-100)/18L/EI2(Z-100)/18L/RC

M-28 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
GS Series 250L GS
Outlet section
Parts ordering codes

Ordering example:

250L GS20 / RC

Available configurations
RC: side outlet
RD: upper outlet
RE: upper outlet with side carry-over
RK: upper outlet and closed centre
RF: With ports plugged

2.

2.
options RE-RK

1.

1. Complete outlet cover * 2. Circuit options *


TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION TYPE CODE QTY DESCRIPTION
RC 30 08 5700 Side outlet - 30 02 4009 1 G 3/4 plug for carry-over (RE),
RD 30 08 5726 Upper outlet carry-over with backpressure valve
RE 30 08 5727 Upper outlet with side carry-over sleeve (RV) and closed centre (RK) options
RK 30 08 5728 Upper outlet with closed centre - 30 05 5073 1 Plug G1 1/4
RF 30 08 5729 With ports plugged

NOTE (*) - Items are referred to BSP thread.


GURMAKSAN M-29
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI
250L GS GS Series

Outlet section
Dimensional data and hydraulic circuit

Allen wrench 12 73
[2.87]
42 Nm / 31 lbft D-D 36
D [1.42]

[5.39]
[5.12]
137
130

G1 1/4
T
[1.52]
38.5

D
M10 67.5
[2.66] Directional control
135 valve mounting face
[5.31]
216.5
[8.52]

Type RC Type RD Type RF


T

Type RE Type RK

Section D-D
Tapered plug G 3/4
Allen wrench 10 T Section D-D
Tapered plug G 3/4
Allen wrench 10 T
42 Nm / 31 lbft 42 Nm / 31 lbft
G1 1/4 G1 1/4

T T
G1 1/4

C
C
Allen wrench 12
42 Nm / 31 lbft

M-30 GURMAKSAN
HI
D.DEVRE.
ELM.
SAN.
TIC.
LTD.
STI

You might also like